All language subtitles for Canon R6iii Tutorial Training - Complete Beginner Guide, Setup, Settings & Full Walk Through.en

af Afrikaans
ak Akan
sq Albanian
am Amharic
ar Arabic
hy Armenian
az Azerbaijani
eu Basque
be Belarusian
bem Bemba
bn Bengali
bh Bihari
bs Bosnian
br Breton
bg Bulgarian
km Cambodian
ca Catalan
ceb Cebuano
chr Cherokee
ny Chichewa
zh-CN Chinese (Simplified)
zh-TW Chinese (Traditional)
co Corsican
hr Croatian
cs Czech
da Danish
nl Dutch
en English
eo Esperanto
et Estonian
ee Ewe
fo Faroese
tl Filipino
fi Finnish Download
fr French
fy Frisian
gaa Ga
gl Galician
ka Georgian
de German
el Greek
gn Guarani
gu Gujarati
ht Haitian Creole
ha Hausa
haw Hawaiian
iw Hebrew
hi Hindi
hmn Hmong
hu Hungarian
is Icelandic
ig Igbo
id Indonesian
ia Interlingua
ga Irish
it Italian
ja Japanese
jw Javanese
kn Kannada
kk Kazakh
rw Kinyarwanda
rn Kirundi
kg Kongo
ko Korean
kri Krio (Sierra Leone)
ku Kurdish
ckb Kurdish (Soranî)
ky Kyrgyz
lo Laothian
la Latin
lv Latvian
ln Lingala
lt Lithuanian
loz Lozi
lg Luganda
ach Luo
lb Luxembourgish
mk Macedonian
mg Malagasy
ms Malay
ml Malayalam
mt Maltese
mi Maori
mr Marathi
mfe Mauritian Creole
mo Moldavian
mn Mongolian
my Myanmar (Burmese)
sr-ME Montenegrin
ne Nepali
pcm Nigerian Pidgin
nso Northern Sotho
no Norwegian
nn Norwegian (Nynorsk)
oc Occitan
or Oriya
om Oromo
ps Pashto
fa Persian
pl Polish
pt-BR Portuguese (Brazil)
pt Portuguese (Portugal)
pa Punjabi
qu Quechua
ro Romanian
rm Romansh
nyn Runyakitara
ru Russian
sm Samoan
gd Scots Gaelic
sr Serbian
sh Serbo-Croatian
st Sesotho
tn Setswana
crs Seychellois Creole
sn Shona
sd Sindhi
si Sinhalese
sk Slovak
sl Slovenian
so Somali
es Spanish
es-419 Spanish (Latin American)
su Sundanese
sw Swahili
sv Swedish
tg Tajik
ta Tamil
tt Tatar
te Telugu
th Thai
ti Tigrinya
to Tonga
lua Tshiluba
tum Tumbuka
tr Turkish
tk Turkmen
tw Twi
ug Uighur
uk Ukrainian
ur Urdu
uz Uzbek
vi Vietnamese
cy Welsh
wo Wolof
xh Xhosa
yi Yiddish
yo Yoruba
zu Zulu
Would you like to inspect the original subtitles? These are the user uploaded subtitles that are being translated: 1 00:00:00,240 --> 00:00:02,000 My name is Michael Andrew. I'm going to 2 00:00:02,000 --> 00:00:03,520 be your host and instructor for about 3 00:00:03,520 --> 00:00:05,200 the next two hours depending on your 4 00:00:05,200 --> 00:00:08,240 playback speed. And I just want to give 5 00:00:08,240 --> 00:00:10,639 you some words of encouragement. I 6 00:00:10,639 --> 00:00:12,880 remember when I got started in 2003. It 7 00:00:12,880 --> 00:00:15,679 was a Canon 10D. It took me 2 years to 8 00:00:15,679 --> 00:00:18,640 learn my camera. I have primarily been 9 00:00:18,640 --> 00:00:20,880 shooting Canon ever since. [music] 10 00:00:20,880 --> 00:00:24,000 So, I'm about to cram almost 23 years of 11 00:00:24,000 --> 00:00:26,640 Canon knowledge into this video. So, 12 00:00:26,640 --> 00:00:28,800 you're going to save yourself a ton of 13 00:00:28,800 --> 00:00:31,279 time and frustration. Be patient with 14 00:00:31,279 --> 00:00:34,480 yourself. I got you. This is going to be 15 00:00:34,480 --> 00:00:36,960 very straightforward if you watch what I 16 00:00:36,960 --> 00:00:39,040 show you carefully. For those of you who 17 00:00:39,040 --> 00:00:40,399 want to jump around to different 18 00:00:40,399 --> 00:00:42,800 chapters, if you hit command F or 19 00:00:42,800 --> 00:00:44,640 control F, depending on the computer you 20 00:00:44,640 --> 00:00:46,239 have, type in the topic that you're 21 00:00:46,239 --> 00:00:47,600 interested in. If we have a chapter 22 00:00:47,600 --> 00:00:49,360 marker for it, it will highlight and 23 00:00:49,360 --> 00:00:50,719 then you can jump straight to that 24 00:00:50,719 --> 00:00:53,039 chapter. Another tip is that when you 25 00:00:53,039 --> 00:00:55,680 finish a section, type in the time code 26 00:00:55,680 --> 00:00:58,320 of where you finish. So when you return, 27 00:00:58,320 --> 00:01:00,239 you'll be able to see exactly where to 28 00:01:00,239 --> 00:01:02,239 pick up. Another thing you can do is the 29 00:01:02,239 --> 00:01:04,319 playback speed. If I'm speaking too slow 30 00:01:04,319 --> 00:01:06,720 or too fast, you can adjust that speed 31 00:01:06,720 --> 00:01:09,040 by clicking on the gear icon. And we 32 00:01:09,040 --> 00:01:11,680 also have a great resource on Facebook 33 00:01:11,680 --> 00:01:14,640 in the Facebook R six Mark III Facebook 34 00:01:14,640 --> 00:01:16,640 group. We'd love to see you there. If 35 00:01:16,640 --> 00:01:18,720 you enjoy my teaching style and are 36 00:01:18,720 --> 00:01:20,960 looking for more training, including the 37 00:01:20,960 --> 00:01:24,000 basics as well as advanced real world 38 00:01:24,000 --> 00:01:26,479 shooting, we have a full crash course on 39 00:01:26,479 --> 00:01:29,200 the R six Mark II and the R six Mark 40 00:01:29,200 --> 00:01:32,640 III. These cameras are 98% identical in 41 00:01:32,640 --> 00:01:34,640 their operation, and this course is 42 00:01:34,640 --> 00:01:37,200 already available. Check the link in the 43 00:01:37,200 --> 00:01:38,960 description to learn more. Check out 44 00:01:38,960 --> 00:01:40,880 Maven Filters. This is a company that I 45 00:01:40,880 --> 00:01:42,479 created. These are patented, 46 00:01:42,479 --> 00:01:45,600 color-coded, awesome filters. I will put 47 00:01:45,600 --> 00:01:47,520 that link in the description. Without 48 00:01:47,520 --> 00:01:49,920 further ado, let's get started. There's 49 00:01:49,920 --> 00:01:52,079 a famous saying that the poor man pays 50 00:01:52,079 --> 00:01:53,600 twice. 51 00:01:53,600 --> 00:01:55,920 That saying basically means is that if 52 00:01:55,920 --> 00:01:58,560 you buy really inexpensive gear, oftent 53 00:01:58,560 --> 00:02:00,960 times you have to reby it. So, the 54 00:02:00,960 --> 00:02:03,119 advice I give to all of my students is 55 00:02:03,119 --> 00:02:06,399 buy the best gear that you can afford at 56 00:02:06,399 --> 00:02:08,800 the time. There are tons of great 57 00:02:08,800 --> 00:02:10,318 companies out there. Just do your 58 00:02:10,318 --> 00:02:12,239 research and find something that's 59 00:02:12,239 --> 00:02:14,800 quality and is going to last. These have 60 00:02:14,800 --> 00:02:16,480 lasted me over 10 years. I have multiple 61 00:02:16,480 --> 00:02:18,160 sets of them. But another thing that 62 00:02:18,160 --> 00:02:20,480 people don't know about the Bogen Monfro 63 00:02:20,480 --> 00:02:23,280 tripods is that they sell the parts. So 64 00:02:23,280 --> 00:02:25,200 when it does finally break, you can 65 00:02:25,200 --> 00:02:27,520 order the part, replace the part, and 66 00:02:27,520 --> 00:02:30,560 continue to use it. I use the 496 RC2 67 00:02:30,560 --> 00:02:32,000 ball head. I like it because it has a 68 00:02:32,000 --> 00:02:33,599 locking mechanism. There's a newer 69 00:02:33,599 --> 00:02:36,480 version of this called the XPro. And the 70 00:02:36,480 --> 00:02:38,400 plate that I use is the 200, I think 71 00:02:38,400 --> 00:02:41,200 it's called 200L 14 plate. I prefer 72 00:02:41,200 --> 00:02:43,760 those over the Arca Swiss. just my 73 00:02:43,760 --> 00:02:45,519 preference because it has a number of 74 00:02:45,519 --> 00:02:48,480 mechanisms that lock it into the tripod. 75 00:02:48,480 --> 00:02:50,160 Arca-Swiss is more of a sliding 76 00:02:50,160 --> 00:02:52,000 mechanism. It's really comes down to 77 00:02:52,000 --> 00:02:53,519 preference, but again, if you buy 78 00:02:53,519 --> 00:02:55,040 quality, it's going to last a lot 79 00:02:55,040 --> 00:02:58,480 longer. There's tons of garbage. So, our 80 00:02:58,480 --> 00:03:01,519 camera mount on the bottom is a/4 in 20. 81 00:03:01,519 --> 00:03:04,239 There are slightly larger threads that 82 00:03:04,239 --> 00:03:06,319 you're going to see on some tripods, and 83 00:03:06,319 --> 00:03:09,120 there's adapter rings for a 3/8 mount. 84 00:03:09,120 --> 00:03:12,239 But again, this is the 200 PL14. This is 85 00:03:12,239 --> 00:03:13,920 the one that I like. You'll notice it 86 00:03:13,920 --> 00:03:16,319 tells us to mount it towards the front 87 00:03:16,319 --> 00:03:17,360 of the lens. So, we're just going to put 88 00:03:17,360 --> 00:03:20,840 that on real quick. 89 00:03:21,120 --> 00:03:22,879 This is what it should look like. 90 00:03:22,879 --> 00:03:25,440 Something like that. And when I'm ready, 91 00:03:25,440 --> 00:03:26,800 I'm going to drop the front of this in 92 00:03:26,800 --> 00:03:28,480 here and push it down. And there's this 93 00:03:28,480 --> 00:03:29,920 locking lever in the back that really 94 00:03:29,920 --> 00:03:31,519 locks the camera. I mean, it is not 95 00:03:31,519 --> 00:03:33,360 going to go anywhere. You'll notice this 96 00:03:33,360 --> 00:03:37,040 little notch here on the camera cover. 97 00:03:37,040 --> 00:03:39,280 that will correspond to this red mark 98 00:03:39,280 --> 00:03:42,480 underneath which is the lens alignment. 99 00:03:42,480 --> 00:03:44,560 And something I'll do is I'll take a 100 00:03:44,560 --> 00:03:47,360 silver Sharpie. And I'll just go over 101 00:03:47,360 --> 00:03:49,760 that a little bit. Makes it a lot easier 102 00:03:49,760 --> 00:03:51,599 to see when you're fumbling with things 103 00:03:51,599 --> 00:03:53,920 in dark places and want to just know 104 00:03:53,920 --> 00:03:57,200 where things line up. So these red tick 105 00:03:57,200 --> 00:04:00,879 marks are going to line up. 106 00:04:00,879 --> 00:04:03,120 Rotate till it clicks. To take it off, 107 00:04:03,120 --> 00:04:05,360 we're going to push, hold down, rotate 108 00:04:05,360 --> 00:04:07,280 till it comes off, and then it pops off 109 00:04:07,280 --> 00:04:09,040 again. Something else I want to point 110 00:04:09,040 --> 00:04:11,840 out is that we live in a micro world, 111 00:04:11,840 --> 00:04:13,760 meaning there there is particles and 112 00:04:13,760 --> 00:04:16,238 dust and things that we just cannot see 113 00:04:16,238 --> 00:04:19,759 constantly around us. So, my advice to 114 00:04:19,759 --> 00:04:21,600 beginning photographers is to always try 115 00:04:21,600 --> 00:04:24,080 to keep your camera covered. If you need 116 00:04:24,080 --> 00:04:26,560 to change your lens outside, what I 117 00:04:26,560 --> 00:04:29,840 would recommend is changing this facing 118 00:04:29,840 --> 00:04:32,000 down. So, holding the camera down, you 119 00:04:32,000 --> 00:04:33,520 would you would undo this cover and then 120 00:04:33,520 --> 00:04:35,759 you put the lens on as fast as possible. 121 00:04:35,759 --> 00:04:37,440 And there are some environments I would 122 00:04:37,440 --> 00:04:39,759 say you may want to even wait because if 123 00:04:39,759 --> 00:04:41,520 it's windy and you're on a beach, for 124 00:04:41,520 --> 00:04:43,199 example, there's lots of sand blowing 125 00:04:43,199 --> 00:04:45,600 around. I personally would be very 126 00:04:45,600 --> 00:04:47,840 nervous about changing my camera in a 127 00:04:47,840 --> 00:04:49,600 sandy condition. So, just keep this in 128 00:04:49,600 --> 00:04:51,360 mind. We always want to keep the camera 129 00:04:51,360 --> 00:04:52,800 covered. We always want to keep the back 130 00:04:52,800 --> 00:04:54,720 of the lens covered if we can help it. 131 00:04:54,720 --> 00:04:57,520 Real quick, talking about the new LPE6P 132 00:04:57,520 --> 00:05:00,560 battery is the same size and shape as 133 00:05:00,560 --> 00:05:03,600 previous LPE6 batteries. Just know that 134 00:05:03,600 --> 00:05:05,759 this is optimized for maximum power. If 135 00:05:05,759 --> 00:05:07,280 you read the very very fine print, 136 00:05:07,280 --> 00:05:09,919 you'll see this has higher voltage, 137 00:05:09,919 --> 00:05:12,160 which allows the camera to do higher 138 00:05:12,160 --> 00:05:14,320 performance types of things. You can use 139 00:05:14,320 --> 00:05:16,000 older batteries in it, but it's it's not 140 00:05:16,000 --> 00:05:17,919 going to maximize the camera's 141 00:05:17,919 --> 00:05:19,919 capabilities. So, something else I want 142 00:05:19,919 --> 00:05:21,520 to point out is you'll notice this 143 00:05:21,520 --> 00:05:23,840 little lever here. We can pop this off. 144 00:05:23,840 --> 00:05:25,680 This is useful if you're putting on 145 00:05:25,680 --> 00:05:29,320 different types of grips. 146 00:05:29,840 --> 00:05:31,759 When we are talking about memory cards, 147 00:05:31,759 --> 00:05:33,199 there's two different slots. There's a 148 00:05:33,199 --> 00:05:35,600 CF ExpressB and then we have our 149 00:05:35,600 --> 00:05:39,120 standard SD memory card slot. When we 150 00:05:39,120 --> 00:05:41,440 are recording video or when we're 151 00:05:41,440 --> 00:05:44,160 shooting it, think of it as a cup being 152 00:05:44,160 --> 00:05:46,080 filled up with water. As you're filling 153 00:05:46,080 --> 00:05:49,120 up the camera's buffer with different 154 00:05:49,120 --> 00:05:51,840 types of data, depending on the shooting 155 00:05:51,840 --> 00:05:53,680 that we're doing, that cup is going to 156 00:05:53,680 --> 00:05:57,919 fill up faster or slower depending on 157 00:05:57,919 --> 00:06:00,800 what we are doing. But in order to stay 158 00:06:00,800 --> 00:06:03,039 into the action, the camera has to empty 159 00:06:03,039 --> 00:06:05,840 that cup of water. If the cup fills up, 160 00:06:05,840 --> 00:06:07,440 the camera will turn off. Let's say 161 00:06:07,440 --> 00:06:09,360 you're shooting JPEGs and you're 162 00:06:09,360 --> 00:06:11,680 shooting high-speed bursts. You may not 163 00:06:11,680 --> 00:06:13,919 fill that fill it up. If you're shooting 164 00:06:13,919 --> 00:06:16,560 uncompressed RAW files at 40 frames per 165 00:06:16,560 --> 00:06:18,960 second, it's going to fill up faster. 166 00:06:18,960 --> 00:06:20,639 So, in order to stay back into the 167 00:06:20,639 --> 00:06:23,199 action, we want to have fast memory 168 00:06:23,199 --> 00:06:25,600 cards that can unload that data. The 169 00:06:25,600 --> 00:06:27,759 right speed of the memory cards will 170 00:06:27,759 --> 00:06:31,520 limit the camera depending on these 171 00:06:31,520 --> 00:06:34,479 right speeds. There is some nomenclature 172 00:06:34,479 --> 00:06:37,199 we're going to go into in just a second. 173 00:06:37,199 --> 00:06:39,360 Needs its own video really. Suffice it 174 00:06:39,360 --> 00:06:41,919 to say, the CF ExpressB cards are going 175 00:06:41,919 --> 00:06:45,039 to be way faster than your SD memory 176 00:06:45,039 --> 00:06:47,440 cards, but your SD memory cards are 177 00:06:47,440 --> 00:06:49,840 quite capable in in terms of what you're 178 00:06:49,840 --> 00:06:51,440 doing if you have the right ones. It's 179 00:06:51,440 --> 00:06:53,360 not like going to Walmart and buying one 180 00:06:53,360 --> 00:06:56,080 of these. These the SD memory cards is, 181 00:06:56,080 --> 00:06:58,160 you know, there's thousands of them in 182 00:06:58,160 --> 00:07:00,400 the same size and shape, but they have 183 00:07:00,400 --> 00:07:02,240 different performances. 184 00:07:02,240 --> 00:07:03,919 What I always recommend is get the 185 00:07:03,919 --> 00:07:06,479 biggest, fastest memory card that you 186 00:07:06,479 --> 00:07:09,199 can afford. Starting off with your CF 187 00:07:09,199 --> 00:07:12,479 ExpressB, the R six Mark II had two SD 188 00:07:12,479 --> 00:07:15,520 card memory slots, and this is 189 00:07:15,520 --> 00:07:17,599 significant. We saw this on the R5 190 00:07:17,599 --> 00:07:19,919 models, and it's because the camera has 191 00:07:19,919 --> 00:07:23,680 abilities that require faster memory. 192 00:07:23,680 --> 00:07:25,919 Let's talk about our SD memory cards. 193 00:07:25,919 --> 00:07:27,520 There's some things in in here that I 194 00:07:27,520 --> 00:07:29,919 really want to point out. Obviously, the 195 00:07:29,919 --> 00:07:32,080 larger number in red, this is how much 196 00:07:32,080 --> 00:07:35,120 space or storage you have on the card. 197 00:07:35,120 --> 00:07:36,639 But even though they're the size, same 198 00:07:36,639 --> 00:07:38,479 size and same basic shape, there are 199 00:07:38,479 --> 00:07:40,639 some differences here. So, when I turn 200 00:07:40,639 --> 00:07:45,919 these around, you can see this is a UHS1 201 00:07:45,919 --> 00:07:48,960 card and this is a UHS2 card. The two 202 00:07:48,960 --> 00:07:51,039 card will have two rows of pins. These 203 00:07:51,039 --> 00:07:53,440 are generally much faster and they can 204 00:07:53,440 --> 00:07:55,680 write much faster and they're usually 205 00:07:55,680 --> 00:07:57,840 more expensive. 206 00:07:57,840 --> 00:07:59,840 On the front, the red number is the 207 00:07:59,840 --> 00:08:02,080 amount of storage that we have. 128 208 00:08:02,080 --> 00:08:05,919 gigabytes versus 512 gigabytes. And then 209 00:08:05,919 --> 00:08:07,280 you're going to start noticing these 210 00:08:07,280 --> 00:08:10,560 little symbols here, V90 and V30. 211 00:08:10,560 --> 00:08:12,080 There's also these little circles with 212 00:08:12,080 --> 00:08:15,280 numbers and little U's. So, these are 213 00:08:15,280 --> 00:08:17,919 all different minimum write speeds, 214 00:08:17,919 --> 00:08:21,120 classifications of these memory cards. 215 00:08:21,120 --> 00:08:23,120 How fast can they write? How fast can 216 00:08:23,120 --> 00:08:25,199 they clear the buffer? 217 00:08:25,199 --> 00:08:26,720 Started off with these guys, the circles 218 00:08:26,720 --> 00:08:30,080 with the 10. U3 is the minimum right 219 00:08:30,080 --> 00:08:33,039 speed for 4K video. And then we have a 220 00:08:33,039 --> 00:08:37,679 V30 and a V90. This stands for video 221 00:08:37,679 --> 00:08:39,919 sustained minimum sustained right speed. 222 00:08:39,919 --> 00:08:44,560 So V30 is 30 megabytes per second. V90 223 00:08:44,560 --> 00:08:47,360 is 90 megabytes per second. So the 224 00:08:47,360 --> 00:08:50,560 minimum 4K video standard is class U3. 225 00:08:50,560 --> 00:08:52,720 But if you are shooting in higher bit 226 00:08:52,720 --> 00:08:56,080 rates or higher frame rates, if there's 227 00:08:56,080 --> 00:08:58,240 more data, then you're going to want to 228 00:08:58,240 --> 00:09:02,720 maximize your Vclass. In this case, V90. 229 00:09:02,720 --> 00:09:04,160 So, this is the one I'm going to throw 230 00:09:04,160 --> 00:09:05,600 it throw into the camera. Even though it 231 00:09:05,600 --> 00:09:08,880 has a smaller amount of space, the speed 232 00:09:08,880 --> 00:09:11,519 is going to be better for the R six Mark 233 00:09:11,519 --> 00:09:14,959 III. When we get into the menu systems, 234 00:09:14,959 --> 00:09:16,640 probably in a separate video, we'll talk 235 00:09:16,640 --> 00:09:19,279 about managing or designating which 236 00:09:19,279 --> 00:09:21,600 memory card we're using for what 237 00:09:21,600 --> 00:09:24,080 purpose. Just remember, if you ever do 238 00:09:24,080 --> 00:09:26,240 any 7K, you're going to want the CF 239 00:09:26,240 --> 00:09:28,480 ExpressB. If you do very high frame rate 240 00:09:28,480 --> 00:09:30,640 sport shooting, probably the same. It'll 241 00:09:30,640 --> 00:09:32,160 allow you to clear your buffer faster, 242 00:09:32,160 --> 00:09:33,920 but the SD memory card for general 243 00:09:33,920 --> 00:09:35,680 shooting and even 4K video is quite 244 00:09:35,680 --> 00:09:38,480 capable. So, the very first time we turn 245 00:09:38,480 --> 00:09:39,839 the camera on, and we'll do a button 246 00:09:39,839 --> 00:09:42,000 overview here in a minute. Obviously, 247 00:09:42,000 --> 00:09:43,200 we're going to want to select the 248 00:09:43,200 --> 00:09:44,560 language. Hope you're an English 249 00:09:44,560 --> 00:09:49,040 speaker. Now, we have a password lock. 250 00:09:49,040 --> 00:09:50,399 You'll also notice that we have this 251 00:09:50,399 --> 00:09:52,640 touch screen. In this case, I'm going to 252 00:09:52,640 --> 00:09:56,720 go 65s for now. Going to hit okay. 253 00:09:56,720 --> 00:09:58,480 Before using the camera, set a password. 254 00:09:58,480 --> 00:10:00,959 It's all fives. 255 00:10:00,959 --> 00:10:04,560 Wants me to put these all in. Again, 256 00:10:04,560 --> 00:10:05,760 something you'll notice is that as you 257 00:10:05,760 --> 00:10:07,360 move your finger in front of this 258 00:10:07,360 --> 00:10:09,120 sensor, it'll turn off the screen. It's 259 00:10:09,120 --> 00:10:11,839 a power saving feature. So just keep 260 00:10:11,839 --> 00:10:13,440 that in mind. But we have this beautiful 261 00:10:13,440 --> 00:10:16,720 touchcreen. We can also navigate using 262 00:10:16,720 --> 00:10:19,279 big scroll wheel or the joystick. Once 263 00:10:19,279 --> 00:10:20,880 we highlight something, it's going to be 264 00:10:20,880 --> 00:10:23,279 in orange. Press the set button. We get 265 00:10:23,279 --> 00:10:25,200 these up and down order arrows. We can 266 00:10:25,200 --> 00:10:27,120 push on these guys if we want. Pretty 267 00:10:27,120 --> 00:10:29,120 straightforward. We want to get this all 268 00:10:29,120 --> 00:10:31,600 set up. Hit okay. We're going to connect 269 00:10:31,600 --> 00:10:34,000 the smartphone a little bit later. And 270 00:10:34,000 --> 00:10:35,760 then we are finally in the shooting 271 00:10:35,760 --> 00:10:37,680 menu. And let's do a quick button 272 00:10:37,680 --> 00:10:39,279 overview. So, there are a couple 273 00:10:39,279 --> 00:10:40,880 controls I want you to be aware of as 274 00:10:40,880 --> 00:10:42,399 we're getting started. Obviously, we 275 00:10:42,399 --> 00:10:44,640 have the power switch. All the way to 276 00:10:44,640 --> 00:10:46,959 the right is on. If we don't want our 277 00:10:46,959 --> 00:10:48,399 settings to change, we can flip it over 278 00:10:48,399 --> 00:10:50,720 to the lock position. Over here, we have 279 00:10:50,720 --> 00:10:52,720 our stills versus video mode selector. 280 00:10:52,720 --> 00:10:54,160 So, if we're shooting video, we'd flip 281 00:10:54,160 --> 00:10:56,399 this over. Stills is here. But what I 282 00:10:56,399 --> 00:10:58,079 want you to do right now is with your 283 00:10:58,079 --> 00:11:00,399 camera turned on, make sure you have it 284 00:11:00,399 --> 00:11:02,959 to to a stills mode. And just put it on 285 00:11:02,959 --> 00:11:04,480 something like P for now on the mode 286 00:11:04,480 --> 00:11:05,920 dial. I'll come back to explain these in 287 00:11:05,920 --> 00:11:07,760 a second. I want you to play with your 288 00:11:07,760 --> 00:11:10,640 shutter button. There are actually two 289 00:11:10,640 --> 00:11:13,680 positions on the shutter button. There 290 00:11:13,680 --> 00:11:17,040 is a halfway depression and you can kind 291 00:11:17,040 --> 00:11:19,279 of feel this spongy resistance as you 292 00:11:19,279 --> 00:11:21,120 push it halfway down. And then to take a 293 00:11:21,120 --> 00:11:22,399 push picture, you're going to push it 294 00:11:22,399 --> 00:11:25,200 all the way down. So, what this is is 295 00:11:25,200 --> 00:11:27,519 the halfway shutter button depression 296 00:11:27,519 --> 00:11:30,399 allows you to focus with the camera. 297 00:11:30,399 --> 00:11:31,920 There's different ways to set this up, 298 00:11:31,920 --> 00:11:33,360 and we'll talk about it in the focusing 299 00:11:33,360 --> 00:11:35,760 lesson, but it's important to train your 300 00:11:35,760 --> 00:11:38,640 finger to feel the difference between a 301 00:11:38,640 --> 00:11:40,399 slight depression and then pushing it 302 00:11:40,399 --> 00:11:42,640 all the way into the camera body. I like 303 00:11:42,640 --> 00:11:44,480 to call this guy right here your primary 304 00:11:44,480 --> 00:11:47,200 selector because your finger number one 305 00:11:47,200 --> 00:11:49,920 is going to change the primary setting. 306 00:11:49,920 --> 00:11:51,680 You're going to be using this one quite 307 00:11:51,680 --> 00:11:54,240 a bit. We have our dedicated video 308 00:11:54,240 --> 00:11:56,720 record button to start and stop video 309 00:11:56,720 --> 00:11:59,120 recording. Up here we have something 310 00:11:59,120 --> 00:12:00,800 called the MFN button or the 311 00:12:00,800 --> 00:12:03,360 multi-function button. It will pull up a 312 00:12:03,360 --> 00:12:06,000 menu of secondary camera settings. 313 00:12:06,000 --> 00:12:08,320 Things like our white balance. Have a 314 00:12:08,320 --> 00:12:10,160 separate lesson on this shortly. Couple 315 00:12:10,160 --> 00:12:11,600 other things I wanted to point out right 316 00:12:11,600 --> 00:12:13,279 here. You see these little holes in the 317 00:12:13,279 --> 00:12:15,440 camera. These are your microphones. The 318 00:12:15,440 --> 00:12:18,800 set of four holes is a speaker. This is 319 00:12:18,800 --> 00:12:21,200 our mode dial. Very important. We'll be 320 00:12:21,200 --> 00:12:23,680 talking about it in depth. All these 321 00:12:23,680 --> 00:12:25,519 letters mean something. And there's 322 00:12:25,519 --> 00:12:27,200 different modes you're going to want to 323 00:12:27,200 --> 00:12:29,360 shoot in depending on what you're doing. 324 00:12:29,360 --> 00:12:30,959 I will have this as its own lesson a 325 00:12:30,959 --> 00:12:32,399 little bit later. Underneath the front 326 00:12:32,399 --> 00:12:34,560 of the camera, so as we grip the camera 327 00:12:34,560 --> 00:12:36,880 near where our pinky would rest, this is 328 00:12:36,880 --> 00:12:39,279 the depth of field preview button. It 329 00:12:39,279 --> 00:12:41,120 allows us to get a preview of the depth 330 00:12:41,120 --> 00:12:43,120 of field by stopping down the lens 331 00:12:43,120 --> 00:12:45,279 blades. It can be customized to do 332 00:12:45,279 --> 00:12:47,120 different things. I typically use it to 333 00:12:47,120 --> 00:12:49,519 change the focusing clusters. I'll talk 334 00:12:49,519 --> 00:12:50,959 about that a little bit later. When 335 00:12:50,959 --> 00:12:52,320 we're talking about the back of the 336 00:12:52,320 --> 00:12:54,160 camera, many of these controls can be 337 00:12:54,160 --> 00:12:56,240 tweaked or customized, which I will also 338 00:12:56,240 --> 00:12:59,279 show you in a later lesson. As we grip 339 00:12:59,279 --> 00:13:01,519 the camera, this is our joystick, eight 340 00:13:01,519 --> 00:13:02,959 different directions, up, down, left, 341 00:13:02,959 --> 00:13:05,839 right into the diagonals, but also you 342 00:13:05,839 --> 00:13:08,639 can push it into the camera body as a 343 00:13:08,639 --> 00:13:11,920 selector or an enter type of feature. We 344 00:13:11,920 --> 00:13:13,519 have a magnifying glass, which will 345 00:13:13,519 --> 00:13:15,040 allow us to zoom in on what we're 346 00:13:15,040 --> 00:13:17,200 looking at, whether it is during a 347 00:13:17,200 --> 00:13:20,079 shooting mode or a playback. We have our 348 00:13:20,079 --> 00:13:21,680 info button. We'll toggle through this 349 00:13:21,680 --> 00:13:23,920 in just a moment. We have our Q button, 350 00:13:23,920 --> 00:13:26,000 which is our quick menu. It allows us to 351 00:13:26,000 --> 00:13:28,880 access different secondary menu items. 352 00:13:28,880 --> 00:13:30,959 And then this guy here, I like to call 353 00:13:30,959 --> 00:13:34,320 the secondary control wheel because one, 354 00:13:34,320 --> 00:13:37,200 index finger is our primary and our 355 00:13:37,200 --> 00:13:39,680 thumb is our secondary. Be using this 356 00:13:39,680 --> 00:13:42,320 quite a bit. The set button is like an 357 00:13:42,320 --> 00:13:45,839 enter or select button. We have our 358 00:13:45,839 --> 00:13:47,920 playback button if we're going to review 359 00:13:47,920 --> 00:13:50,240 images. And then we have our garbage 360 00:13:50,240 --> 00:13:52,880 icon when we're going to delete things. 361 00:13:52,880 --> 00:13:56,480 We also have our rate button. Color. 362 00:13:56,480 --> 00:13:58,399 Color allows us to determine whether 363 00:13:58,399 --> 00:14:00,800 using picture styles or a color filter. 364 00:14:00,800 --> 00:14:03,120 We also have our deep menu button. 365 00:14:03,120 --> 00:14:04,399 Something else I just want to point out 366 00:14:04,399 --> 00:14:06,560 is that when you see blue colors, this 367 00:14:06,560 --> 00:14:09,920 is typically in playback mode of still 368 00:14:09,920 --> 00:14:11,760 images, not when you're shooting. So 369 00:14:11,760 --> 00:14:14,000 when you're playing an image, the blue 370 00:14:14,000 --> 00:14:17,040 items take effect. When we are shooting, 371 00:14:17,040 --> 00:14:20,480 it's mostly these white items. Over here 372 00:14:20,480 --> 00:14:22,160 on the right, where our thumb would 373 00:14:22,160 --> 00:14:24,480 rest, we have an autofocus on button, 374 00:14:24,480 --> 00:14:26,480 which engages the camera's focusing 375 00:14:26,480 --> 00:14:28,959 systems. So, sometimes shooters want to 376 00:14:28,959 --> 00:14:30,639 use their thumb versus the halfway 377 00:14:30,639 --> 00:14:33,440 shutter button depression. We have our 378 00:14:33,440 --> 00:14:35,600 exposure lock, which also acts as a 379 00:14:35,600 --> 00:14:37,920 flash exposure lock when we are using a 380 00:14:37,920 --> 00:14:40,320 flash. And then we have our cluster 381 00:14:40,320 --> 00:14:42,240 selector, which we'll cover in the 382 00:14:42,240 --> 00:14:45,120 focusing lesson. Couple other things to 383 00:14:45,120 --> 00:14:46,959 point out real quick is we have our 384 00:14:46,959 --> 00:14:48,880 diopter adjustment here. It's this 385 00:14:48,880 --> 00:14:50,800 little wheel on the side of the 386 00:14:50,800 --> 00:14:53,199 viewfinder. The diopter adjustment will 387 00:14:53,199 --> 00:14:56,399 focus the lens that looks at this little 388 00:14:56,399 --> 00:14:58,880 monitor in here. In DSLRs, we used to 389 00:14:58,880 --> 00:15:00,480 look through a mirror that would 390 00:15:00,480 --> 00:15:02,240 actually look out the lens. Now we have 391 00:15:02,240 --> 00:15:04,399 a little TV monitor to look at. This 392 00:15:04,399 --> 00:15:06,399 changes the focus of it. Now, depending 393 00:15:06,399 --> 00:15:08,000 on the lens that you have, you're often 394 00:15:08,000 --> 00:15:09,440 going to see these kinds of switches 395 00:15:09,440 --> 00:15:12,160 here. If it's an image stabilized lens, 396 00:15:12,160 --> 00:15:14,000 you we can turn that off. And then we 397 00:15:14,000 --> 00:15:16,720 also have an autofocus to manual focus. 398 00:15:16,720 --> 00:15:18,320 So if you wanted to jump into manual 399 00:15:18,320 --> 00:15:19,839 focus real quick, you just flip that 400 00:15:19,839 --> 00:15:22,800 over. If your camera is not focusing, 401 00:15:22,800 --> 00:15:25,120 check this switch. This often gets 402 00:15:25,120 --> 00:15:27,199 bumped. And then we have a number of 403 00:15:27,199 --> 00:15:29,199 ports under these gaskets. Let's open 404 00:15:29,199 --> 00:15:31,120 these real quick. Obviously, we get a 405 00:15:31,120 --> 00:15:32,800 little hint on the outside. This is our 406 00:15:32,800 --> 00:15:34,639 microphone input. So, if we were 407 00:15:34,639 --> 00:15:36,480 recording highquality video and we're 408 00:15:36,480 --> 00:15:38,160 using a microphone, we would want to 409 00:15:38,160 --> 00:15:41,040 plug the mic into here. We also have the 410 00:15:41,040 --> 00:15:43,040 ability to listen to what is being 411 00:15:43,040 --> 00:15:46,079 recorded with our headset. If you mix 412 00:15:46,079 --> 00:15:47,600 those up, they will not work the way 413 00:15:47,600 --> 00:15:51,279 they're supposed to. We have our 414 00:15:51,279 --> 00:15:54,240 HDMI out. So, if we want to put a video 415 00:15:54,240 --> 00:15:57,040 feed out, this is where we'd put it in. 416 00:15:57,040 --> 00:15:59,839 And then we also have our USBC 417 00:15:59,839 --> 00:16:01,920 connector. And then we have a remote 418 00:16:01,920 --> 00:16:04,320 terminal. So, this is mostly for video 419 00:16:04,320 --> 00:16:06,320 out. Something you'll notice is that as 420 00:16:06,320 --> 00:16:07,680 you turn the camera on, if you haven't 421 00:16:07,680 --> 00:16:09,600 set it up, it's going to keep asking you 422 00:16:09,600 --> 00:16:12,079 if you want to connect to the Canon 423 00:16:12,079 --> 00:16:14,639 Camera Connect app. For now, we're going 424 00:16:14,639 --> 00:16:17,279 to hide this. We're going to hit cancel. 425 00:16:17,279 --> 00:16:19,279 So, I want to show you how playback 426 00:16:19,279 --> 00:16:21,199 works on the camera and using the 427 00:16:21,199 --> 00:16:23,040 touchscreen. I'm going to take a couple 428 00:16:23,040 --> 00:16:25,360 pictures just of anything. Just take 429 00:16:25,360 --> 00:16:26,880 some pictures. Press play. It doesn't 430 00:16:26,880 --> 00:16:28,800 matter what these look like. And you'll 431 00:16:28,800 --> 00:16:31,120 notice that we have 432 00:16:31,120 --> 00:16:34,560 the ability to zoom in by moving our 433 00:16:34,560 --> 00:16:37,120 fingers out. It's a little focusing 434 00:16:37,120 --> 00:16:39,600 target. And as I move my fingers 435 00:16:39,600 --> 00:16:42,560 together, I get this grid where I can 436 00:16:42,560 --> 00:16:44,639 scroll through different images I've 437 00:16:44,639 --> 00:16:47,120 taken recently. 438 00:16:47,120 --> 00:16:49,040 See here? 439 00:16:49,040 --> 00:16:51,360 Take a look at that. This is one of the 440 00:16:51,360 --> 00:16:52,880 Maven filters that we've recently 441 00:16:52,880 --> 00:16:55,519 released. It's an H alpha. I take a lot 442 00:16:55,519 --> 00:16:57,920 of pictures of the filters. So the idea 443 00:16:57,920 --> 00:17:00,160 is that by touching on the screen and 444 00:17:00,160 --> 00:17:02,800 swiping to the left or right, pinching 445 00:17:02,800 --> 00:17:04,880 together, we can zoom out and we can 446 00:17:04,880 --> 00:17:08,480 look at the these grid views of 447 00:17:08,480 --> 00:17:10,480 our playback. Here I am again doing 448 00:17:10,480 --> 00:17:12,160 another shoot. There's another filter. 449 00:17:12,160 --> 00:17:14,959 It's one of our infrareds. 450 00:17:14,959 --> 00:17:19,760 Very intuitive to navigate through these 451 00:17:19,760 --> 00:17:23,199 and zoom in. So we can choose this is 452 00:17:23,199 --> 00:17:25,520 the kaleidoscope filter. the other ones. 453 00:17:25,520 --> 00:17:28,559 I do a lot of filter shooting one of our 454 00:17:28,559 --> 00:17:31,760 models. Testing out the filter. 455 00:17:31,760 --> 00:17:34,320 So, this is how we navigate 456 00:17:34,320 --> 00:17:37,120 through the pictures. When I'm ready to 457 00:17:37,120 --> 00:17:38,720 start shooting again, I'm going to tap 458 00:17:38,720 --> 00:17:41,120 the shutter button. In between the 459 00:17:41,120 --> 00:17:43,520 shutter button and the primary selector, 460 00:17:43,520 --> 00:17:45,280 there's a little button there called the 461 00:17:45,280 --> 00:17:48,799 multi-function button. This will open up 462 00:17:48,799 --> 00:17:51,280 a subset of items. And what I'm doing is 463 00:17:51,280 --> 00:17:52,960 I'm toggling this. I'm pushing it 464 00:17:52,960 --> 00:17:55,440 repeatedly over and over again and it's 465 00:17:55,440 --> 00:17:58,000 scrolling through those options. On the 466 00:17:58,000 --> 00:18:00,400 top we get the half moon primary 467 00:18:00,400 --> 00:18:02,640 selector icon. So I can change those 468 00:18:02,640 --> 00:18:05,600 there. On the bottom we get the 469 00:18:05,600 --> 00:18:07,840 secondary control wheel. So what this is 470 00:18:07,840 --> 00:18:09,440 is telling us is that we can jump 471 00:18:09,440 --> 00:18:11,760 through our menus of these items very 472 00:18:11,760 --> 00:18:14,640 quickly. This top row here, let me get 473 00:18:14,640 --> 00:18:16,960 my little pointer. We have our white 474 00:18:16,960 --> 00:18:18,880 balance. It's currently on custom one, 475 00:18:18,880 --> 00:18:20,160 but you can see as I scroll through 476 00:18:20,160 --> 00:18:22,720 there, there's our auto white balance. 477 00:18:22,720 --> 00:18:25,280 Auto white balance, metering modes, 478 00:18:25,280 --> 00:18:29,200 press it again. Drive modes, focusing 479 00:18:29,200 --> 00:18:32,240 mode, push it again. Flash exposure 480 00:18:32,240 --> 00:18:35,360 compensation, ISO control, push it 481 00:18:35,360 --> 00:18:38,080 again. Picture styles, and then we have 482 00:18:38,080 --> 00:18:39,679 our focusing clusters. Obviously, 483 00:18:39,679 --> 00:18:42,080 there's other shortcuts we have to get 484 00:18:42,080 --> 00:18:43,520 to these, but sometimes it's really 485 00:18:43,520 --> 00:18:45,039 super easy. For example, let's say you 486 00:18:45,039 --> 00:18:47,039 do want you want to do white balance or 487 00:18:47,039 --> 00:18:49,600 you want to do your drive modes. Then we 488 00:18:49,600 --> 00:18:52,240 can come in and change them by rotating 489 00:18:52,240 --> 00:18:54,559 the corresponding wheel. Again, primary 490 00:18:54,559 --> 00:18:57,440 selector. This is our secondary selector 491 00:18:57,440 --> 00:18:59,919 down here to just jump through those 492 00:18:59,919 --> 00:19:02,320 menu items. And that is the MFN button. 493 00:19:02,320 --> 00:19:04,320 It's located between the shutter button 494 00:19:04,320 --> 00:19:06,960 and the primary control wheel. Searching 495 00:19:06,960 --> 00:19:09,039 for filters and then threading them onto 496 00:19:09,039 --> 00:19:12,000 your lens wastes time. Maven filters use 497 00:19:12,000 --> 00:19:15,433 a patented magnetic system. Snap, stack, 498 00:19:15,433 --> 00:19:16,480 [music] 499 00:19:16,480 --> 00:19:19,840 shoot. Smarter filters. That's Maven. 500 00:19:19,840 --> 00:19:23,879 You can get yours at mavenfilters.com. 501 00:19:24,240 --> 00:19:26,080 Let's talk about all the numbers and 502 00:19:26,080 --> 00:19:28,240 symbols that we see. Can be very 503 00:19:28,240 --> 00:19:31,039 overwhelming the first time. But what I 504 00:19:31,039 --> 00:19:33,200 would like for you to do is to get your 505 00:19:33,200 --> 00:19:35,919 camera in hand and turn it on. Make sure 506 00:19:35,919 --> 00:19:38,240 you're in the stills mode and press the 507 00:19:38,240 --> 00:19:41,919 info button. Just keep pressing it over 508 00:19:41,919 --> 00:19:44,640 and over again. And what you'll see is 509 00:19:44,640 --> 00:19:47,919 the screens will start to cycle over and 510 00:19:47,919 --> 00:19:49,120 over again. So we get a lot of 511 00:19:49,120 --> 00:19:50,240 questions. Hey, I'm not on the screen 512 00:19:50,240 --> 00:19:52,400 that you're on. If there's something 513 00:19:52,400 --> 00:19:54,000 confusing about this, this is what's 514 00:19:54,000 --> 00:19:56,080 going on. Is that the info screen 515 00:19:56,080 --> 00:19:58,720 changes the information sets that we 516 00:19:58,720 --> 00:20:00,720 have. 517 00:20:00,720 --> 00:20:02,559 Another thing I want to point out is 518 00:20:02,559 --> 00:20:04,799 there is a little sensor right here, 519 00:20:04,799 --> 00:20:07,360 right above the screen here. And this is 520 00:20:07,360 --> 00:20:09,280 a battery saver. It's designed so that 521 00:20:09,280 --> 00:20:12,480 when you look in to the viewfinder here 522 00:20:12,480 --> 00:20:14,880 that it automatically turns off the 523 00:20:14,880 --> 00:20:16,799 monitor on the back. And there is a way 524 00:20:16,799 --> 00:20:20,160 to deal with this. So we can come into 525 00:20:20,160 --> 00:20:22,080 our yellow tab. It's page five out of 526 00:20:22,080 --> 00:20:24,400 eight. It's the screen in viewfinder 527 00:20:24,400 --> 00:20:27,200 display. It's set to auto one. So the 528 00:20:27,200 --> 00:20:29,679 difference between these two, auto one 529 00:20:29,679 --> 00:20:32,000 and auto2 has to deal with what you see 530 00:20:32,000 --> 00:20:35,120 in this icon here. when the monitor is 531 00:20:35,120 --> 00:20:37,440 open and facing you. When it's into the 532 00:20:37,440 --> 00:20:39,360 camera and facing you, these behave the 533 00:20:39,360 --> 00:20:41,760 same. Basically, what it's saying in 534 00:20:41,760 --> 00:20:44,400 auto one, when this is open and facing 535 00:20:44,400 --> 00:20:47,440 you, this little switch will not work. 536 00:20:47,440 --> 00:20:50,320 It will stay on. Uh, I like it this way, 537 00:20:50,320 --> 00:20:52,400 but sometimes I do gimbal work, so I'll 538 00:20:52,400 --> 00:20:55,280 I'll flip it over to screen. 539 00:20:55,280 --> 00:20:57,120 Coming back out, we're going to tap the 540 00:20:57,120 --> 00:20:59,679 shutter button. The easiest way for me 541 00:20:59,679 --> 00:21:02,880 to cover all of this is to do it in the 542 00:21:02,880 --> 00:21:04,720 black information screen. So, I'm going 543 00:21:04,720 --> 00:21:06,559 to push the info button until I come 544 00:21:06,559 --> 00:21:09,039 back to it. There's three sets of 545 00:21:09,039 --> 00:21:10,559 numbers you're always going to see. And 546 00:21:10,559 --> 00:21:12,960 by the way, let's set it to the M mode 547 00:21:12,960 --> 00:21:15,280 up here on the mode dial. If you rotate 548 00:21:15,280 --> 00:21:18,400 that to M, you'll see the same 549 00:21:18,400 --> 00:21:21,360 information as me. These three numbers 550 00:21:21,360 --> 00:21:23,840 here are critical. You're constantly 551 00:21:23,840 --> 00:21:25,760 going to be looking at them. The first 552 00:21:25,760 --> 00:21:28,080 one is our shutter speed which deals 553 00:21:28,080 --> 00:21:30,720 with how long the shutter is open and it 554 00:21:30,720 --> 00:21:33,840 is given in fractions. In this instance 555 00:21:33,840 --> 00:21:36,799 160th of a second. 556 00:21:36,799 --> 00:21:38,960 The second number deals with our 557 00:21:38,960 --> 00:21:41,760 aperture. The aperture is the opening of 558 00:21:41,760 --> 00:21:43,760 the lens. It can become bigger or 559 00:21:43,760 --> 00:21:48,159 smaller. This is stated in an F value 560 00:21:48,159 --> 00:21:51,520 which is the focal length of the lens 561 00:21:51,520 --> 00:21:54,320 divided by the opening in millimeters. 562 00:21:54,320 --> 00:21:56,320 It's a ratio. This last number here is 563 00:21:56,320 --> 00:21:59,520 our ISO. ISO doesn't really deal with 564 00:21:59,520 --> 00:22:01,280 real light entering the lens. It's an 565 00:22:01,280 --> 00:22:03,919 artificial boost applied to the sensor. 566 00:22:03,919 --> 00:22:05,919 The higher the number, the higher the 567 00:22:05,919 --> 00:22:07,840 boost. The lower the number, the lower 568 00:22:07,840 --> 00:22:09,520 the boost. This is going to be very 569 00:22:09,520 --> 00:22:11,840 important when we talk about exposure a 570 00:22:11,840 --> 00:22:13,919 little bit later. 571 00:22:13,919 --> 00:22:16,640 These three orange symbols, there's an 572 00:22:16,640 --> 00:22:19,120 orange top crescent, a circle, and a 573 00:22:19,120 --> 00:22:22,159 bottom crescent deal with the three 574 00:22:22,159 --> 00:22:25,840 different controls. The first one is our 575 00:22:25,840 --> 00:22:28,720 primary selector located just behind the 576 00:22:28,720 --> 00:22:32,240 shutter button up here. The second one 577 00:22:32,240 --> 00:22:34,159 is what I refer to as the secondary 578 00:22:34,159 --> 00:22:36,400 control wheel, which we use our thumb 579 00:22:36,400 --> 00:22:39,919 for. And the third one right here, I 580 00:22:39,919 --> 00:22:42,400 like to refer to this as the ISO control 581 00:22:42,400 --> 00:22:45,120 wheel on the back of the camera. 582 00:22:45,120 --> 00:22:47,840 The interesting thing is you're going to 583 00:22:47,840 --> 00:22:50,320 see these numbers appear just about 584 00:22:50,320 --> 00:22:52,080 everywhere. You're going to see it in 585 00:22:52,080 --> 00:22:53,760 the viewfinder on the bottom of the 586 00:22:53,760 --> 00:22:56,559 screen often. And if we press the info 587 00:22:56,559 --> 00:22:58,559 button as we cycle through the different 588 00:22:58,559 --> 00:23:00,799 sets of information, you will see them 589 00:23:00,799 --> 00:23:02,480 appear on the bottom of your screen. 590 00:23:02,480 --> 00:23:05,679 Shutter speed, aperture, ISO, 591 00:23:05,679 --> 00:23:09,120 shutter speed, aperture, ISO, 592 00:23:09,120 --> 00:23:10,960 shutter speed, aperture, ISO. Right? And 593 00:23:10,960 --> 00:23:13,760 in this nothing screen, if you tap the 594 00:23:13,760 --> 00:23:16,240 shutter button, we can still see them 595 00:23:16,240 --> 00:23:18,159 here on the bottom. 596 00:23:18,159 --> 00:23:20,240 So, they're obviously very important and 597 00:23:20,240 --> 00:23:22,720 you will be referring to them often. 598 00:23:22,720 --> 00:23:26,480 This guy here is in a different mode 599 00:23:26,480 --> 00:23:28,480 like aperture priority or shutter 600 00:23:28,480 --> 00:23:32,159 priority or P mode. This is referred to 601 00:23:32,159 --> 00:23:35,600 as the exposure compensation bracket. In 602 00:23:35,600 --> 00:23:38,159 the manual mode, it looks very similar, 603 00:23:38,159 --> 00:23:40,960 but it's more of a metering bracket, 604 00:23:40,960 --> 00:23:42,799 which tells you how much light is coming 605 00:23:42,799 --> 00:23:44,400 into the camera. Now something else 606 00:23:44,400 --> 00:23:46,080 you'll notice is that sometimes we have 607 00:23:46,080 --> 00:23:48,559 boxes that are empty because it's not in 608 00:23:48,559 --> 00:23:50,640 that mode or whatever. You'll notice 609 00:23:50,640 --> 00:23:52,400 here we have this little Q in the bottom 610 00:23:52,400 --> 00:23:54,000 lefthand corner and we also have 611 00:23:54,000 --> 00:23:55,679 corresponding Q button here. This is the 612 00:23:55,679 --> 00:23:59,039 quick menu button and when we push this 613 00:23:59,039 --> 00:24:01,200 we get this orange highlight. That 614 00:24:01,200 --> 00:24:04,559 orange highlight can be moved around by 615 00:24:04,559 --> 00:24:06,000 touching on the screen. So there's a 616 00:24:06,000 --> 00:24:07,280 number of different ways to change the 617 00:24:07,280 --> 00:24:09,520 settings. If we double tap, we can 618 00:24:09,520 --> 00:24:12,400 change the shutter speed using this 619 00:24:12,400 --> 00:24:15,600 graph in the back. Or if we wanted to 620 00:24:15,600 --> 00:24:17,600 change our focusing clusters, we could 621 00:24:17,600 --> 00:24:20,720 do it here. Something else you'll notice 622 00:24:20,720 --> 00:24:24,240 is that we get this prompt every time we 623 00:24:24,240 --> 00:24:26,320 touch on something. And I I find this 624 00:24:26,320 --> 00:24:28,640 kind of annoying. So, what I would 625 00:24:28,640 --> 00:24:31,840 recommend is come into your menu, come 626 00:24:31,840 --> 00:24:34,960 to your yellow tab, and we're going to 627 00:24:34,960 --> 00:24:37,840 find this feature guide and turn it off. 628 00:24:37,840 --> 00:24:39,360 I'm going tap the shutter button again. 629 00:24:39,360 --> 00:24:41,600 We're back out. Now, when we press the Q 630 00:24:41,600 --> 00:24:43,679 button, we don't get these prompts 631 00:24:43,679 --> 00:24:45,440 popping up every time we change it. And 632 00:24:45,440 --> 00:24:48,559 that orange box is going to go to the 633 00:24:48,559 --> 00:24:50,320 selected item. When we go to the 634 00:24:50,320 --> 00:24:53,120 selected item, we can also change it by 635 00:24:53,120 --> 00:24:55,360 rotating, let's say, our primary 636 00:24:55,360 --> 00:24:58,080 selector wheel. We can rotate our ISO 637 00:24:58,080 --> 00:24:59,840 control wheel. 638 00:24:59,840 --> 00:25:02,400 We can rotate the secondary control 639 00:25:02,400 --> 00:25:04,000 wheel. So you there's tons of different 640 00:25:04,000 --> 00:25:06,000 ways to change these, but let's jump 641 00:25:06,000 --> 00:25:08,480 through the rest of these real quick. 642 00:25:08,480 --> 00:25:11,360 This is our flash exposure compensation, 643 00:25:11,360 --> 00:25:14,240 which deals with changing the flash 644 00:25:14,240 --> 00:25:17,120 brightness from the back of the camera. 645 00:25:17,120 --> 00:25:19,360 We have our customized controls, which 646 00:25:19,360 --> 00:25:22,960 allow us to change how buttons operate. 647 00:25:22,960 --> 00:25:25,200 This is our file types. In the case of 648 00:25:25,200 --> 00:25:28,000 JPEG, we have this smooth JPEG. This 649 00:25:28,000 --> 00:25:30,640 deals with compression and the file size 650 00:25:30,640 --> 00:25:32,880 is large. 651 00:25:32,880 --> 00:25:34,799 It will also tell us on the bottom the 652 00:25:34,799 --> 00:25:36,960 dimensions of the image and the number 653 00:25:36,960 --> 00:25:39,840 of shots remaining. If I come to the 654 00:25:39,840 --> 00:25:43,440 left, we have our memory card control. 655 00:25:43,440 --> 00:25:46,559 This top one is our CF ExpressB slot and 656 00:25:46,559 --> 00:25:49,039 this bottom one is our SD memory card. 657 00:25:49,039 --> 00:25:51,279 And there are ways to configure these to 658 00:25:51,279 --> 00:25:53,200 either back each other up or to shoot 659 00:25:53,200 --> 00:25:54,799 individually depending on the type of 660 00:25:54,799 --> 00:25:57,360 file. This squiggly line are 661 00:25:57,360 --> 00:25:58,960 communication functions like connecting 662 00:25:58,960 --> 00:26:01,039 to our smartphone, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, 663 00:26:01,039 --> 00:26:04,320 things of that nature. We have image 664 00:26:04,320 --> 00:26:07,520 optimization which is turned off in the 665 00:26:07,520 --> 00:26:09,760 manual mode in aperture priority and 666 00:26:09,760 --> 00:26:12,559 shutter priority. It will help adjust 667 00:26:12,559 --> 00:26:15,279 the contrast. It does it automatically 668 00:26:15,279 --> 00:26:16,799 and you can turn it off. It's a little 669 00:26:16,799 --> 00:26:18,640 bit of processing. 670 00:26:18,640 --> 00:26:20,960 and come all the way over here. The 671 00:26:20,960 --> 00:26:22,960 color mode we're using, picture styles 672 00:26:22,960 --> 00:26:25,679 are like recipes that allow us to tell 673 00:26:25,679 --> 00:26:27,840 the camera to have more saturation or 674 00:26:27,840 --> 00:26:30,000 less saturation. 675 00:26:30,000 --> 00:26:32,159 There are also some of these color 676 00:26:32,159 --> 00:26:34,720 filters. Kind of fun to play with. I 677 00:26:34,720 --> 00:26:37,520 don't consider them serious tools. 678 00:26:37,520 --> 00:26:39,760 Coming back out 679 00:26:39,760 --> 00:26:41,440 here, we have our color temperature, 680 00:26:41,440 --> 00:26:42,799 which deals with our white balance. 681 00:26:42,799 --> 00:26:44,400 You'll notice that when I shoot video, I 682 00:26:44,400 --> 00:26:47,120 have it dialed in uh something other 683 00:26:47,120 --> 00:26:48,799 than white balance. I'm very specific 684 00:26:48,799 --> 00:26:50,480 about it. I'll even tweak the color 685 00:26:50,480 --> 00:26:51,760 bracketing depending on how I'm 686 00:26:51,760 --> 00:26:55,200 shooting. Video, I don't like tweaking 687 00:26:55,200 --> 00:26:57,039 or adjusting. I try to get it right in 688 00:26:57,039 --> 00:26:58,960 camera. Probably good advice all the 689 00:26:58,960 --> 00:27:00,799 time. Try to get it as right as possible 690 00:27:00,799 --> 00:27:03,919 in camera. And then we have our white 691 00:27:03,919 --> 00:27:05,919 balance, shift, and bracketing. Come 692 00:27:05,919 --> 00:27:08,000 over here and change the color hue. 693 00:27:08,000 --> 00:27:09,360 We'll talk about white balance a little 694 00:27:09,360 --> 00:27:11,440 bit later. We have our focusing 695 00:27:11,440 --> 00:27:13,039 clusters. 696 00:27:13,039 --> 00:27:15,279 We have our focusing modes, which we'll 697 00:27:15,279 --> 00:27:17,279 talk about shortly. We have our metering 698 00:27:17,279 --> 00:27:19,760 modes, which deals with how the camera 699 00:27:19,760 --> 00:27:21,760 measures light. Talk about this a little 700 00:27:21,760 --> 00:27:24,320 bit later. We have our drive modes, 701 00:27:24,320 --> 00:27:26,240 which is what the camera does after we 702 00:27:26,240 --> 00:27:28,960 push a shutter button down all the way, 703 00:27:28,960 --> 00:27:30,960 whether it's a single shot, a burst if 704 00:27:30,960 --> 00:27:32,559 we hold the shutter button down, or 705 00:27:32,559 --> 00:27:33,919 different sets of timers. We'll talk 706 00:27:33,919 --> 00:27:36,320 about those later. And I'm going to tap 707 00:27:36,320 --> 00:27:37,679 the shutter button to get these last 708 00:27:37,679 --> 00:27:42,559 ones. We have our battery life, Wi-Fi 709 00:27:42,559 --> 00:27:45,919 connection. We have our electronic 710 00:27:45,919 --> 00:27:48,159 shutter. It's currently active. And we 711 00:27:48,159 --> 00:27:51,200 have a Bluetooth symbol that is turned 712 00:27:51,200 --> 00:27:54,000 off. We have our image stabilization 713 00:27:54,000 --> 00:27:55,600 turned off. You can see the hand and it 714 00:27:55,600 --> 00:27:58,799 says off. It's because I have the 715 00:27:58,799 --> 00:28:00,559 stabilizer switch on the front of the 716 00:28:00,559 --> 00:28:02,080 lens here turned off. I'm going to flip 717 00:28:02,080 --> 00:28:04,559 this forward. It's going to turn on. 718 00:28:04,559 --> 00:28:06,640 This number to the left or right of the 719 00:28:06,640 --> 00:28:09,039 bracket deals with the number of shots 720 00:28:09,039 --> 00:28:11,840 we have in a buffer. A buffer is sort of 721 00:28:11,840 --> 00:28:13,760 like an empty storage space that as we 722 00:28:13,760 --> 00:28:15,760 shoot it fills up as the camera is 723 00:28:15,760 --> 00:28:17,679 writing to the memory cards. It's trying 724 00:28:17,679 --> 00:28:19,919 to empty them quickly so we can get at 725 00:28:19,919 --> 00:28:22,320 least 99 shots on the current settings 726 00:28:22,320 --> 00:28:26,080 of smooth large JPEG. The beauty of this 727 00:28:26,080 --> 00:28:29,440 information is that it is found in 728 00:28:29,440 --> 00:28:31,039 pretty much all the other screens in 729 00:28:31,039 --> 00:28:33,520 different places. I'm going to press the 730 00:28:33,520 --> 00:28:35,679 info button. 731 00:28:35,679 --> 00:28:37,760 So, this is a general shooting screen. 732 00:28:37,760 --> 00:28:39,360 Not as much information. We still get 733 00:28:39,360 --> 00:28:41,120 our very important settings. We can see 734 00:28:41,120 --> 00:28:43,360 here the mode that we're in, number of 735 00:28:43,360 --> 00:28:45,279 shots remaining, number of shots in the 736 00:28:45,279 --> 00:28:48,320 buffer, the amount of video record time. 737 00:28:48,320 --> 00:28:50,799 We have our battery life, image 738 00:28:50,799 --> 00:28:52,640 stabilization. This guy here that you'll 739 00:28:52,640 --> 00:28:54,799 see sometimes is a recentering to jump 740 00:28:54,799 --> 00:28:56,640 back to center focus. You can also do it 741 00:28:56,640 --> 00:28:58,399 by pushing the joystick into the camera 742 00:28:58,399 --> 00:29:00,480 body, just like that. Again, we have our 743 00:29:00,480 --> 00:29:02,640 Q button on the monitor. Same thing as 744 00:29:02,640 --> 00:29:05,279 this guy. 745 00:29:05,279 --> 00:29:08,240 We have touch shutter enable. I'm not a 746 00:29:08,240 --> 00:29:10,240 huge fan of it because when you bump it, 747 00:29:10,240 --> 00:29:12,000 the camera is going to take a picture. 748 00:29:12,000 --> 00:29:14,159 So, I usually have this turned off. The 749 00:29:14,159 --> 00:29:16,320 magnifying glass will allow us to zoom 750 00:29:16,320 --> 00:29:21,360 in on the screen. Very useful if you're 751 00:29:21,360 --> 00:29:23,279 doing precise focusing, product 752 00:29:23,279 --> 00:29:25,600 shooting. I use it a lot in video 753 00:29:25,600 --> 00:29:27,440 shooting to know exactly where I'm 754 00:29:27,440 --> 00:29:30,559 focusing. typically with manual focusing 755 00:29:30,559 --> 00:29:33,440 so it doesn't change on me. And again on 756 00:29:33,440 --> 00:29:35,279 the bottom we have our shutter speed, 757 00:29:35,279 --> 00:29:37,919 our aperture, and our ISO. I've been 758 00:29:37,919 --> 00:29:39,120 doing some fun shooting with the 759 00:29:39,120 --> 00:29:40,640 electronic shutter. The electronic 760 00:29:40,640 --> 00:29:41,840 shutter is pretty important. We'll come 761 00:29:41,840 --> 00:29:43,760 back to it later, but it's on the red 762 00:29:43,760 --> 00:29:46,080 tab. 6 out of 10. I'm going to turn it 763 00:29:46,080 --> 00:29:49,320 to first. 764 00:29:50,880 --> 00:29:52,480 When we have a mechanical second 765 00:29:52,480 --> 00:29:54,000 shutter, you'll notice that we get this 766 00:29:54,000 --> 00:29:55,600 green icon. And this is what you should 767 00:29:55,600 --> 00:29:57,120 have on default when you first get the 768 00:29:57,120 --> 00:29:58,799 camera. And then when it's on electronic 769 00:29:58,799 --> 00:30:01,440 shutter, we do not see it. 29 deals with 770 00:30:01,440 --> 00:30:03,440 the focal length of our lens. So, as we 771 00:30:03,440 --> 00:30:06,000 change a zoom, it'll tell us what focal 772 00:30:06,000 --> 00:30:07,120 length we're using. We have a little 773 00:30:07,120 --> 00:30:09,279 Bluetooth icon that's turned off. If we 774 00:30:09,279 --> 00:30:12,559 press the info button again, we get a 775 00:30:12,559 --> 00:30:14,159 histogram, 776 00:30:14,159 --> 00:30:16,799 an electronic level that appears to be 777 00:30:16,799 --> 00:30:19,919 off right now. So, if I tilt the camera 778 00:30:19,919 --> 00:30:22,240 forward, let's say, 779 00:30:22,240 --> 00:30:24,960 or I readjust 780 00:30:24,960 --> 00:30:28,880 a little bit. Here we go. So, these ones 781 00:30:28,880 --> 00:30:31,679 on the outside deal with whether it's 782 00:30:31,679 --> 00:30:33,440 whether it's this way, and the ones on 783 00:30:33,440 --> 00:30:35,840 the inside deal with up and down. So, as 784 00:30:35,840 --> 00:30:39,520 I tilt the camera up, 785 00:30:39,520 --> 00:30:41,360 now it's dialed in. Very handy when 786 00:30:41,360 --> 00:30:42,720 you're shooting landscape if you want to 787 00:30:42,720 --> 00:30:45,360 make sure your camera is even with the 788 00:30:45,360 --> 00:30:47,279 horizon. As we continue to press the 789 00:30:47,279 --> 00:30:50,080 info button, we get tons of more 790 00:30:50,080 --> 00:30:53,039 information, but most of this should be 791 00:30:53,039 --> 00:30:55,279 familiar. So, when we press the Q 792 00:30:55,279 --> 00:30:56,880 button, we're able to access these 793 00:30:56,880 --> 00:30:58,880 different items on either side of the 794 00:30:58,880 --> 00:31:01,200 camera. We have an orange highlight to 795 00:31:01,200 --> 00:31:03,200 let us know which one we've selected, 796 00:31:03,200 --> 00:31:04,720 and we have the individual selection 797 00:31:04,720 --> 00:31:06,320 items on the bottom. It'll kick you out 798 00:31:06,320 --> 00:31:08,720 after a few seconds. Starting on the top 799 00:31:08,720 --> 00:31:10,880 left, we have our focusing clusters, we 800 00:31:10,880 --> 00:31:13,360 have our focusing modes, we have our 801 00:31:13,360 --> 00:31:16,640 file types, we have our drive modes, we 802 00:31:16,640 --> 00:31:19,600 have our cropping aspect ratio. For 803 00:31:19,600 --> 00:31:21,120 beginners, I typically tell them to keep 804 00:31:21,120 --> 00:31:24,559 it on full using the full sensor. Coming 805 00:31:24,559 --> 00:31:26,559 over to 806 00:31:26,559 --> 00:31:29,120 this other side, we have our anti- 807 00:31:29,120 --> 00:31:30,720 flicker shooting. So, there's certain 808 00:31:30,720 --> 00:31:32,399 kinds of lights that actually flicker. 809 00:31:32,399 --> 00:31:34,080 And if this is turned on, the camera 810 00:31:34,080 --> 00:31:37,039 will time the exposures between the 811 00:31:37,039 --> 00:31:39,039 flickering so they are consistent. Deals 812 00:31:39,039 --> 00:31:41,440 with certain types of uh like sodium 813 00:31:41,440 --> 00:31:43,120 based street lamps, some types of 814 00:31:43,120 --> 00:31:45,200 fluorescent lights. 815 00:31:45,200 --> 00:31:48,480 Coming down, we have our white balance 816 00:31:48,480 --> 00:31:50,960 should be set there. 817 00:31:50,960 --> 00:31:53,120 Picture styles, which are little recipes 818 00:31:53,120 --> 00:31:55,600 that control how the final JPEG images 819 00:31:55,600 --> 00:31:57,760 are going to look. We have our metering 820 00:31:57,760 --> 00:32:00,000 modes. And our subject for auto 821 00:32:00,000 --> 00:32:01,600 detection. In this case, it's just set 822 00:32:01,600 --> 00:32:03,200 to humans. We can turn this off. We'll 823 00:32:03,200 --> 00:32:04,799 talk about it when we get into the menu 824 00:32:04,799 --> 00:32:06,640 section. 825 00:32:06,640 --> 00:32:09,039 Coming back out, some other little items 826 00:32:09,039 --> 00:32:11,200 that we see 827 00:32:11,200 --> 00:32:13,519 are exposure simulation is turned on. We 828 00:32:13,519 --> 00:32:15,440 want to see this little guy. It'll give 829 00:32:15,440 --> 00:32:18,080 us a preview of what we're shooting in. 830 00:32:18,080 --> 00:32:19,600 Sometimes you'll want to turn it off 831 00:32:19,600 --> 00:32:22,080 when you're dealing with flash or studio 832 00:32:22,080 --> 00:32:24,159 types of shooting. Now, having gone 833 00:32:24,159 --> 00:32:25,760 through these screens, there's something 834 00:32:25,760 --> 00:32:28,240 you should be aware of is that when we 835 00:32:28,240 --> 00:32:31,519 flip it over to video mode, 836 00:32:31,519 --> 00:32:33,279 some of this information is going to 837 00:32:33,279 --> 00:32:35,200 change. Now, we have a video camera. I 838 00:32:35,200 --> 00:32:38,320 have it on manual. And we get this servo 839 00:32:38,320 --> 00:32:40,960 autofocus, which is an autofocus for the 840 00:32:40,960 --> 00:32:43,279 camera in video mode, which means it's 841 00:32:43,279 --> 00:32:45,760 going to focus continually. Talk about 842 00:32:45,760 --> 00:32:47,919 this in the focusing lesson. We also 843 00:32:47,919 --> 00:32:50,559 have a video record button. And if I 844 00:32:50,559 --> 00:32:53,600 continue to press the info screen, 845 00:32:53,600 --> 00:32:56,480 this is super important. These audio 846 00:32:56,480 --> 00:33:00,000 levels, CH1 and CH2, channel one, 847 00:33:00,000 --> 00:33:02,399 channel 2, left and right. And as I'm 848 00:33:02,399 --> 00:33:04,480 speaking, you can see the audio levels 849 00:33:04,480 --> 00:33:07,440 coming into the camera. If I were to 850 00:33:07,440 --> 00:33:09,919 snap my fingers a couple times, you can 851 00:33:09,919 --> 00:33:13,200 see that it will increase. And what we 852 00:33:13,200 --> 00:33:15,120 want to avoid is this getting into the 853 00:33:15,120 --> 00:33:17,919 red zone. This is a bad thing. Some of 854 00:33:17,919 --> 00:33:19,200 you are looking at the back of your 855 00:33:19,200 --> 00:33:21,039 camera and you're saying, "Hang on a 856 00:33:21,039 --> 00:33:23,039 second. I'm not seeing everything that 857 00:33:23,039 --> 00:33:25,840 he has." There are two different sets of 858 00:33:25,840 --> 00:33:29,120 audio levels. One has a set of headsets, 859 00:33:29,120 --> 00:33:31,360 one has a microphone. Now, to further 860 00:33:31,360 --> 00:33:32,960 complicate things, when you come into 861 00:33:32,960 --> 00:33:34,880 the deep menu by pressing the menu 862 00:33:34,880 --> 00:33:37,440 button, the items that you see in here 863 00:33:37,440 --> 00:33:40,480 will be different than if we were on a 864 00:33:40,480 --> 00:33:44,159 stills mode and press the menu button. 865 00:33:44,159 --> 00:33:45,919 So, keep this in mind. Watch. I'll flip 866 00:33:45,919 --> 00:33:47,760 it to video. It kicks us out. I press it 867 00:33:47,760 --> 00:33:50,960 again. Different sets of information. A 868 00:33:50,960 --> 00:33:52,640 lot of times I get emails, "Hey, I don't 869 00:33:52,640 --> 00:33:54,240 see what you see." It's because it 870 00:33:54,240 --> 00:33:56,880 depends on what mode you're in. To 871 00:33:56,880 --> 00:33:59,840 further complicate this, the mode dial 872 00:33:59,840 --> 00:34:01,840 also comes into play. So, I'm gonna come 873 00:34:01,840 --> 00:34:05,360 back to stills. I'm on manual mode. Look 874 00:34:05,360 --> 00:34:06,880 at all these tabs we have here at the 875 00:34:06,880 --> 00:34:09,040 top. Now, I'm going to rotate this to 876 00:34:09,040 --> 00:34:12,239 dummy mode, the green mode. 877 00:34:12,239 --> 00:34:15,679 See here? Press the menu. Some of the 878 00:34:15,679 --> 00:34:18,079 tabs and pages have disappeared. Canon's 879 00:34:18,079 --> 00:34:21,440 trying to make it simple, right? Just 880 00:34:21,440 --> 00:34:23,040 keep that in mind. So, it depends on the 881 00:34:23,040 --> 00:34:24,960 mode and whether we're in video or 882 00:34:24,960 --> 00:34:26,879 stills. I'm going to flip this back to 883 00:34:26,879 --> 00:34:28,719 M. 884 00:34:28,719 --> 00:34:31,760 Flip it back to video. 885 00:34:31,760 --> 00:34:34,399 Going to press the menu button. And the 886 00:34:34,399 --> 00:34:36,560 way this works is that when you get your 887 00:34:36,560 --> 00:34:41,199 camera, the video audio levels are going 888 00:34:41,199 --> 00:34:44,560 to be automated. 889 00:34:44,560 --> 00:34:47,280 Come into your second page out of 10. 890 00:34:47,280 --> 00:34:50,960 Red tab video setting. Come down to 891 00:34:50,960 --> 00:34:53,280 audio settings. 892 00:34:53,280 --> 00:34:55,440 Currently, this is turned on to the 893 00:34:55,440 --> 00:34:57,760 built-in microphone. And you'll notice 894 00:34:57,760 --> 00:35:00,560 that the external microphone is turned 895 00:35:00,560 --> 00:35:04,079 off, which is a real pain. We also have 896 00:35:04,079 --> 00:35:06,320 our audio status. We come in here. You 897 00:35:06,320 --> 00:35:08,320 can see the channels and the levels, 898 00:35:08,320 --> 00:35:10,079 right? 899 00:35:10,079 --> 00:35:12,800 So, what it wants us to do is to put it 900 00:35:12,800 --> 00:35:17,800 in a non automatic mode, 901 00:35:17,839 --> 00:35:19,760 manual. When you get your camera, it'll 902 00:35:19,760 --> 00:35:21,839 be here. 903 00:35:21,839 --> 00:35:24,000 tap the shutter button 904 00:35:24,000 --> 00:35:26,720 and we lose that bracket, the ability to 905 00:35:26,720 --> 00:35:30,880 change it to manual. 906 00:35:30,880 --> 00:35:33,200 So, when we're in the auto mode, we lose 907 00:35:33,200 --> 00:35:35,760 the ability to change our audio levels. 908 00:35:35,760 --> 00:35:37,599 And this is critically important because 909 00:35:37,599 --> 00:35:41,440 if it's on the auto audio levels, there 910 00:35:41,440 --> 00:35:43,680 are going to be fluctuations in gains 911 00:35:43,680 --> 00:35:47,040 depending on how loud things are. And if 912 00:35:47,040 --> 00:35:48,640 we're recording video, we never want 913 00:35:48,640 --> 00:35:51,440 that. We want this to be manual. Come in 914 00:35:51,440 --> 00:35:55,200 here. Second page, audio settings. The 915 00:35:55,200 --> 00:35:56,560 first thing we're going to do is turn 916 00:35:56,560 --> 00:35:59,680 this to manual. Tap the shutter button, 917 00:35:59,680 --> 00:36:01,359 and we should be able to change our 918 00:36:01,359 --> 00:36:06,000 levels from here from the Q button. It's 919 00:36:06,000 --> 00:36:07,520 a lot of work to get this set up, but 920 00:36:07,520 --> 00:36:09,040 once you change it, you'll never go 921 00:36:09,040 --> 00:36:12,560 back. So, I can turn down the audio 922 00:36:12,560 --> 00:36:14,400 gain, and you can see that even even if 923 00:36:14,400 --> 00:36:16,560 I snap my fingers, I can't barely get to 924 00:36:16,560 --> 00:36:19,920 the red. And if I turn it up, 925 00:36:19,920 --> 00:36:22,480 it's easier to get to those red marks. 926 00:36:22,480 --> 00:36:24,800 So, we want the audio to be landing 927 00:36:24,800 --> 00:36:26,800 between the yellow and the orange when 928 00:36:26,800 --> 00:36:29,200 we're recording video. That's going to 929 00:36:29,200 --> 00:36:31,599 give you a nice, clean signal that will 930 00:36:31,599 --> 00:36:33,839 be easy to clean up, make it sound 931 00:36:33,839 --> 00:36:35,920 amazing, and put it on your video. Many 932 00:36:35,920 --> 00:36:38,320 of you are going to have the question, 933 00:36:38,320 --> 00:36:40,720 "What if I don't want the built-in mic? 934 00:36:40,720 --> 00:36:42,079 How do I get an external microphone?" 935 00:36:42,079 --> 00:36:44,880 Okay. So, the way this works is Canon 936 00:36:44,880 --> 00:36:46,160 wants you to plug something into the 937 00:36:46,160 --> 00:36:47,760 microphone jack. And once you do, this 938 00:36:47,760 --> 00:36:49,200 will turn on. I'll just show you real 939 00:36:49,200 --> 00:36:52,240 quick. I'm going to open this flap on 940 00:36:52,240 --> 00:36:56,320 the side. Plug a jack in. 941 00:36:56,320 --> 00:36:59,520 There it goes. External microphone. 942 00:36:59,520 --> 00:37:02,160 Now, we are telling the camera to record 943 00:37:02,160 --> 00:37:04,320 from this microphone instead of the 944 00:37:04,320 --> 00:37:06,480 built-in microphones. Just a nuance you 945 00:37:06,480 --> 00:37:08,320 have to be aware about. If you can't 946 00:37:08,320 --> 00:37:11,440 seem to access it, that is probably why. 947 00:37:11,440 --> 00:37:13,359 take it out. There are some other menu 948 00:37:13,359 --> 00:37:14,960 items in here we haven't really talked 949 00:37:14,960 --> 00:37:16,880 about. You'll notice this guy right 950 00:37:16,880 --> 00:37:19,280 here. This is our overheating warning 951 00:37:19,280 --> 00:37:21,119 indicator. It will turn red when the 952 00:37:21,119 --> 00:37:22,640 camera is getting too hot and it's about 953 00:37:22,640 --> 00:37:26,000 to shut down. We have select a card. 954 00:37:26,000 --> 00:37:28,960 Which card are we recording to? We have 955 00:37:28,960 --> 00:37:32,880 our setup for our formats for video 956 00:37:32,880 --> 00:37:36,240 files. Whether we're shooting in HD, 4K, 957 00:37:36,240 --> 00:37:38,720 we come in here and select all these. 958 00:37:38,720 --> 00:37:41,520 This guy here deals with how wide. This 959 00:37:41,520 --> 00:37:43,680 one deals with how tall and this is the 960 00:37:43,680 --> 00:37:45,760 frame rate. But this is where we 961 00:37:45,760 --> 00:37:48,800 determine the format size compression 962 00:37:48,800 --> 00:37:52,480 type of our video files. Hit okay. So 963 00:37:52,480 --> 00:37:57,400 I'm set up for 4K 30 frames per second. 964 00:37:58,800 --> 00:38:00,400 We have some other options here on the 965 00:38:00,400 --> 00:38:03,200 side. We have our image stabilization. 966 00:38:03,200 --> 00:38:05,760 This is a digital image stabilization. I 967 00:38:05,760 --> 00:38:07,599 typically do not use this, but if you 968 00:38:07,599 --> 00:38:09,200 had something really shaky and you 969 00:38:09,200 --> 00:38:11,119 wanted to correct it in camera, you 970 00:38:11,119 --> 00:38:13,839 could play with that. 971 00:38:13,839 --> 00:38:16,800 White balance, picture styles, digital 972 00:38:16,800 --> 00:38:19,280 zoom. I also do not use this. This 973 00:38:19,280 --> 00:38:21,040 allows the camera to zoom in a little 974 00:38:21,040 --> 00:38:23,200 bit, but it just basically crops it. 975 00:38:23,200 --> 00:38:26,079 You're not getting an optical zoom. And 976 00:38:26,079 --> 00:38:29,760 then we have our subject detection. 977 00:38:29,760 --> 00:38:31,440 If we continue to cycle with our 978 00:38:31,440 --> 00:38:33,520 information button, 979 00:38:33,520 --> 00:38:36,400 we have our black info screen. It's for 980 00:38:36,400 --> 00:38:38,160 video. 981 00:38:38,160 --> 00:38:39,680 We're going to start diving into the 982 00:38:39,680 --> 00:38:42,800 mode dial and our exposure controls. 983 00:38:42,800 --> 00:38:44,960 This is probably the most important 984 00:38:44,960 --> 00:38:47,520 lesson that I can teach you in this 985 00:38:47,520 --> 00:38:50,800 video is how do we change our shutter 986 00:38:50,800 --> 00:38:53,040 speed and our aperture and how does it 987 00:38:53,040 --> 00:38:55,680 relate to the mode dial on top of our 988 00:38:55,680 --> 00:38:58,720 camera. The easiest way for me to teach 989 00:38:58,720 --> 00:39:01,680 you this is to start off in aperture 990 00:39:01,680 --> 00:39:04,160 priority mode. So I want you to rotate 991 00:39:04,160 --> 00:39:09,599 your mode dial until it says AV. 992 00:39:09,599 --> 00:39:11,280 Now if you remember I was talking about 993 00:39:11,280 --> 00:39:15,920 our primary selector index finger is 994 00:39:15,920 --> 00:39:20,160 going to change your primary setting. So 995 00:39:20,160 --> 00:39:22,079 what I want you to do is to put it up 996 00:39:22,079 --> 00:39:25,040 here and rotate it and watch what 997 00:39:25,040 --> 00:39:26,480 happens. 998 00:39:26,480 --> 00:39:28,240 to this aperture setting here on the 999 00:39:28,240 --> 00:39:30,000 bottom. 1000 00:39:30,000 --> 00:39:33,599 Your f number is going to change in 1001 00:39:33,599 --> 00:39:35,920 aperture priority mode when you change 1002 00:39:35,920 --> 00:39:37,839 your primary selector with your index 1003 00:39:37,839 --> 00:39:41,119 finger. This is why I like to call this 1004 00:39:41,119 --> 00:39:43,839 the primary selector. It will change the 1005 00:39:43,839 --> 00:39:46,000 primary setting. 1006 00:39:46,000 --> 00:39:49,040 Now, your aperture is actually a ratio 1007 00:39:49,040 --> 00:39:51,680 between the focal length of a lens and 1008 00:39:51,680 --> 00:39:53,920 the opening of it. How wide that opening 1009 00:39:53,920 --> 00:39:56,079 opens up. Different lenses have 1010 00:39:56,079 --> 00:39:58,079 different size openings and typically 1011 00:39:58,079 --> 00:40:00,800 the more expensive the lens they are, 1012 00:40:00,800 --> 00:40:02,640 the wider the opening. It's not always 1013 00:40:02,640 --> 00:40:06,000 the case, but generally speaking, wider 1014 00:40:06,000 --> 00:40:08,560 lenses cost a lot more money because 1015 00:40:08,560 --> 00:40:10,400 there's larger elements. It's a little 1016 00:40:10,400 --> 00:40:12,400 bit more complex. 1017 00:40:12,400 --> 00:40:14,960 But this is a ratio between the focal 1018 00:40:14,960 --> 00:40:18,960 length in the opening in millimeters. 1019 00:40:18,960 --> 00:40:22,720 That's what this F number means. Smaller 1020 00:40:22,720 --> 00:40:24,560 F numbers 1021 00:40:24,560 --> 00:40:26,880 means that that opening is getting 1022 00:40:26,880 --> 00:40:29,440 smaller and smaller and smaller. And so 1023 00:40:29,440 --> 00:40:31,599 if you have something like F20 or F22, 1024 00:40:31,599 --> 00:40:34,160 you got a teeny teeny little opening. 1025 00:40:34,160 --> 00:40:36,000 And if we were to go in the opposite 1026 00:40:36,000 --> 00:40:39,000 direction, 1027 00:40:39,200 --> 00:40:43,920 this case F4, it's a much wider opening. 1028 00:40:43,920 --> 00:40:46,880 So, smaller f-stops, 1029 00:40:46,880 --> 00:40:50,359 wider opening. 1030 00:40:50,640 --> 00:40:54,480 Higher number f-stops like f-22, 1031 00:40:54,480 --> 00:40:56,800 smaller opening. 1032 00:40:56,800 --> 00:41:00,400 Now, as we rotate this up and down, 1033 00:41:00,400 --> 00:41:04,000 you're probably have a question. If I'm 1034 00:41:04,000 --> 00:41:06,079 changing the size of this aperture, if 1035 00:41:06,079 --> 00:41:08,400 I'm making it bigger and smaller as I'm 1036 00:41:08,400 --> 00:41:09,920 rotating 1037 00:41:09,920 --> 00:41:12,560 this aperture setting, 1038 00:41:12,560 --> 00:41:15,280 how come the brightness isn't changing, 1039 00:41:15,280 --> 00:41:18,079 right? How is that possible? If I'm 1040 00:41:18,079 --> 00:41:21,839 making this opening tiny, then I can 1041 00:41:21,839 --> 00:41:24,480 still see what's coming in to the 1042 00:41:24,480 --> 00:41:26,880 viewfinder. 1043 00:41:26,880 --> 00:41:31,040 It's a very sharp question. And what is 1044 00:41:31,040 --> 00:41:34,560 happening is the camera is automatically 1045 00:41:34,560 --> 00:41:36,800 adjusting the shutter speed. So when we 1046 00:41:36,800 --> 00:41:39,920 have a very very small opening, we're 1047 00:41:39,920 --> 00:41:42,079 using a much longer shutter speed. If I 1048 00:41:42,079 --> 00:41:43,839 go in the opposite direction and I'm 1049 00:41:43,839 --> 00:41:45,680 opening up the aperture, opening, 1050 00:41:45,680 --> 00:41:48,480 opening, opening, 1051 00:41:48,480 --> 00:41:50,640 the shutter speed gets faster and 1052 00:41:50,640 --> 00:41:53,520 faster. So this is the heart of the 1053 00:41:53,520 --> 00:41:56,319 matter when using aperture priority 1054 00:41:56,319 --> 00:41:59,920 mode. We change the aperture and the 1055 00:41:59,920 --> 00:42:03,040 camera changes the shutter speed to 1056 00:42:03,040 --> 00:42:04,560 adjust 1057 00:42:04,560 --> 00:42:06,880 for that difference in light coming in. 1058 00:42:06,880 --> 00:42:09,760 So as we change it, the camera would add 1059 00:42:09,760 --> 00:42:12,319 more shutter speed on a small opening 1060 00:42:12,319 --> 00:42:14,400 and as we get wider and wider, it would 1061 00:42:14,400 --> 00:42:17,839 use a faster shutter speed and I can 1062 00:42:17,839 --> 00:42:19,359 improve. Sometimes I get these 1063 00:42:19,359 --> 00:42:21,440 questions, you know, like Michael, what 1064 00:42:21,440 --> 00:42:23,200 camera setting should I use to shoot 1065 00:42:23,200 --> 00:42:26,480 XYZ? I can't give a blanket statement 1066 00:42:26,480 --> 00:42:27,839 because I don't know what lighting 1067 00:42:27,839 --> 00:42:29,040 conditions you're shooting in. Are you 1068 00:42:29,040 --> 00:42:30,560 shooting at night? Are you shooting in a 1069 00:42:30,560 --> 00:42:33,280 closet? Are you shooting on the beach at 1070 00:42:33,280 --> 00:42:36,000 12:00 noon? I have no idea. So, your 1071 00:42:36,000 --> 00:42:37,280 camera settings are going to be 1072 00:42:37,280 --> 00:42:39,280 different depending on how much light 1073 00:42:39,280 --> 00:42:41,119 you're dealing with. And I can prove to 1074 00:42:41,119 --> 00:42:44,480 you how good the camera is at adjusting 1075 00:42:44,480 --> 00:42:47,760 aperture priority mode. So, find an area 1076 00:42:47,760 --> 00:42:49,839 in your home where there's decent light. 1077 00:42:49,839 --> 00:42:51,040 You don't have to go outside to do this, 1078 00:42:51,040 --> 00:42:52,960 but it should be a fairly well lit 1079 00:42:52,960 --> 00:42:54,640 place. And I want you to take your hand 1080 00:42:54,640 --> 00:42:56,319 and watch what happens in aperture 1081 00:42:56,319 --> 00:42:59,200 priority mode as you take your hand and 1082 00:42:59,200 --> 00:43:01,119 you move it in front of the lens and 1083 00:43:01,119 --> 00:43:03,119 you're going to start blocking this 1084 00:43:03,119 --> 00:43:06,319 light, even covering it up completely. 1085 00:43:06,319 --> 00:43:09,839 Got my hand over it. So keep your eye on 1086 00:43:09,839 --> 00:43:11,839 the shutter speed down here. What's 1087 00:43:11,839 --> 00:43:14,319 happening is the camera is constantly 1088 00:43:14,319 --> 00:43:17,440 measuring light and as we block that 1089 00:43:17,440 --> 00:43:20,000 light, it increases the shutter speed to 1090 00:43:20,000 --> 00:43:23,040 let more light in. So this is what's 1091 00:43:23,040 --> 00:43:25,200 happening in most of the modes that we 1092 00:43:25,200 --> 00:43:26,640 use, the automatic modes that we're 1093 00:43:26,640 --> 00:43:29,440 using, the priority modes. The camera is 1094 00:43:29,440 --> 00:43:32,640 measuring light and adjusting based on 1095 00:43:32,640 --> 00:43:34,319 the amount of light coming in. And this 1096 00:43:34,319 --> 00:43:37,359 also includes when we make aperture 1097 00:43:37,359 --> 00:43:39,359 adjustments. The camera is making these 1098 00:43:39,359 --> 00:43:41,760 changes. This is the heart of the matter 1099 00:43:41,760 --> 00:43:43,839 with aperture priority. I always 1100 00:43:43,839 --> 00:43:46,000 remember the example when everything 1101 00:43:46,000 --> 00:43:48,160 clicked to me. It was on a wedding shoot 1102 00:43:48,160 --> 00:43:50,000 and we were shooting inside a dark 1103 00:43:50,000 --> 00:43:51,760 chapel. the bride and groom were coming 1104 00:43:51,760 --> 00:43:53,520 out and then they were in the lobby and 1105 00:43:53,520 --> 00:43:55,599 then we were outside and it was really 1106 00:43:55,599 --> 00:43:58,400 bright sunlight. So there was three 1107 00:43:58,400 --> 00:44:01,359 different shooting conditions in terms 1108 00:44:01,359 --> 00:44:03,280 of lighting that changed within, you 1109 00:44:03,280 --> 00:44:06,560 know, 20 seconds and I didn't have to 1110 00:44:06,560 --> 00:44:08,480 worry about changing my camera settings 1111 00:44:08,480 --> 00:44:10,160 cuz the camera just started using faster 1112 00:44:10,160 --> 00:44:11,839 and faster shutter speeds as it got 1113 00:44:11,839 --> 00:44:13,520 brighter and brighter. When I was 1114 00:44:13,520 --> 00:44:15,040 shooting weddings, I shot almost 1115 00:44:15,040 --> 00:44:17,839 exclusively on aperture priority. I do a 1116 00:44:17,839 --> 00:44:19,920 lot more video now, so I I do more 1117 00:44:19,920 --> 00:44:22,079 manual shooting, but typically it was 1118 00:44:22,079 --> 00:44:24,480 either aperture priority or manual with 1119 00:44:24,480 --> 00:44:26,880 probably more in aperture priority. I 1120 00:44:26,880 --> 00:44:28,800 know many very high-end shooters who 1121 00:44:28,800 --> 00:44:31,680 shoot primarily in program mode. Uh it 1122 00:44:31,680 --> 00:44:33,599 just really depends on your shooting 1123 00:44:33,599 --> 00:44:35,520 style and how much lifting you want to 1124 00:44:35,520 --> 00:44:38,160 do between changing lighting conditions. 1125 00:44:38,160 --> 00:44:39,839 Aperture priority is going to give you 1126 00:44:39,839 --> 00:44:43,280 tremendous mileage. Now, there is an 1127 00:44:43,280 --> 00:44:47,119 important caveat I must tell you about. 1128 00:44:47,119 --> 00:44:48,880 You want to keep an eye on your shutter 1129 00:44:48,880 --> 00:44:51,920 speed because if your shutter speed 1130 00:44:51,920 --> 00:44:54,800 starts to slow down too much, 1131 00:44:54,800 --> 00:44:57,200 the pictures are going to be blurry. So 1132 00:44:57,200 --> 00:44:59,119 there is a barrier that I tell all 1133 00:44:59,119 --> 00:45:02,400 beginners and it's 160th of a second. If 1134 00:45:02,400 --> 00:45:05,520 you are handheld shooting a portrait, 1135 00:45:05,520 --> 00:45:08,480 this to me is the bare minimum shutter 1136 00:45:08,480 --> 00:45:10,960 speed to be at 1/60th of a second or 1137 00:45:10,960 --> 00:45:13,680 faster. It can be 180th, 1/100th, maybe 1138 00:45:13,680 --> 00:45:16,880 1/200th. If it's longer than 160th, 1139 00:45:16,880 --> 00:45:18,560 you're running the risk of getting 1140 00:45:18,560 --> 00:45:21,200 motion blur or movement blur. Even if 1141 00:45:21,200 --> 00:45:22,640 you feel like you're holding the camera 1142 00:45:22,640 --> 00:45:25,520 perfectly still, try it out. Try 1143 00:45:25,520 --> 00:45:27,680 shooting at 120th or one/10enth of a 1144 00:45:27,680 --> 00:45:29,920 second and look to see what happens with 1145 00:45:29,920 --> 00:45:33,680 the images. So, when I'm shooting 1146 00:45:33,680 --> 00:45:37,040 handheld, I'm always sneaking a peak. So 1147 00:45:37,040 --> 00:45:39,599 if I am shooting on aperture priority, I 1148 00:45:39,599 --> 00:45:41,520 make it a habit to always just keep an 1149 00:45:41,520 --> 00:45:44,079 eye on my shutter speed to make sure I 1150 00:45:44,079 --> 00:45:46,319 am shooting fast enough. Okay, it's a 1151 00:45:46,319 --> 00:45:48,319 very important caveat to keep in mind. 1152 00:45:48,319 --> 00:45:49,680 And there are actually other ways to 1153 00:45:49,680 --> 00:45:52,079 lock this down. So to ensure that you 1154 00:45:52,079 --> 00:45:54,240 will by using auto ISO and some other 1155 00:45:54,240 --> 00:45:56,079 features. Let's not worry about that 1156 00:45:56,079 --> 00:45:59,359 right now. So the next question you 1157 00:45:59,359 --> 00:46:02,160 probably have is Michael. Well, if the 1158 00:46:02,160 --> 00:46:03,599 camera is changing the shutter speed, 1159 00:46:03,599 --> 00:46:06,000 how do I make it brighter? That is a 1160 00:46:06,000 --> 00:46:08,640 great question. In an aperture priority 1161 00:46:08,640 --> 00:46:11,040 mode, we are going to use a tool called 1162 00:46:11,040 --> 00:46:12,960 exposure compensation. That's this 1163 00:46:12,960 --> 00:46:16,720 bracket right here. And in this mode, it 1164 00:46:16,720 --> 00:46:19,040 becomes the secondary selector. That's 1165 00:46:19,040 --> 00:46:20,640 why I like to call this the primary and 1166 00:46:20,640 --> 00:46:22,640 this is the secondary. So, the short 1167 00:46:22,640 --> 00:46:24,160 answer is we're going to rotate this 1168 00:46:24,160 --> 00:46:26,079 wheel to the right. And you can see that 1169 00:46:26,079 --> 00:46:28,160 the image is getting brighter. Here it 1170 00:46:28,160 --> 00:46:30,160 is at a neutral. It's like a diamond 1171 00:46:30,160 --> 00:46:32,560 home plate setting. And then at plus 1172 00:46:32,560 --> 00:46:35,359 one, it's brighter. At plus two, it's 1173 00:46:35,359 --> 00:46:36,960 even brighter. At plus three, it's 1174 00:46:36,960 --> 00:46:39,040 really bright. If we go in the opposite 1175 00:46:39,040 --> 00:46:42,079 direction, it gets darker. So, the next 1176 00:46:42,079 --> 00:46:45,760 question you probably have is what do 1177 00:46:45,760 --> 00:46:49,920 these numbers mean? 1, two, and three. 1178 00:46:49,920 --> 00:46:53,040 These deal with what we call stops of 1179 00:46:53,040 --> 00:46:54,640 light. And you'll notice that there's 1180 00:46:54,640 --> 00:46:56,560 even two little tick marks between each 1181 00:46:56,560 --> 00:47:01,119 of them. Each tick is worth onethird of 1182 00:47:01,119 --> 00:47:05,760 a stop. And every stop is worth twice 1183 00:47:05,760 --> 00:47:08,240 the amount of light as the previous 1184 00:47:08,240 --> 00:47:11,359 setting. So when we go from diamond home 1185 00:47:11,359 --> 00:47:15,119 plate to plus one, we are doubling the 1186 00:47:15,119 --> 00:47:17,040 amount of light coming into the camera. 1187 00:47:17,040 --> 00:47:20,079 If we go to two, now we're multiplying 1188 00:47:20,079 --> 00:47:22,640 it by two, a factor of two, and then a 1189 00:47:22,640 --> 00:47:24,560 factor of three times the amount of 1190 00:47:24,560 --> 00:47:26,240 light. 1191 00:47:26,240 --> 00:47:28,319 Now there's even a way I can prove this 1192 00:47:28,319 --> 00:47:31,040 to you that it is double the amount of 1193 00:47:31,040 --> 00:47:33,520 light. I can prove this mathematically 1194 00:47:33,520 --> 00:47:35,680 looking at the shutter speed that's 1195 00:47:35,680 --> 00:47:40,160 coming in. So if I was to take twice the 1196 00:47:40,160 --> 00:47:43,280 shutter speed of 160th, if I go 160th 1197 00:47:43,280 --> 00:47:47,119 plus 160th, I get 260th of a second, 1198 00:47:47,119 --> 00:47:51,359 which when we simplify it's 130th. So 1199 00:47:51,359 --> 00:47:55,440 130th is twice as long as 160th. So if I 1200 00:47:55,440 --> 00:47:59,760 go to + one, now we are at 1201 00:47:59,760 --> 00:48:02,880 130th. If I go to another stop, what do 1202 00:48:02,880 --> 00:48:06,000 you think it would be? He said 115th. 1203 00:48:06,000 --> 00:48:07,520 You're absolutely right. And if we add 1204 00:48:07,520 --> 00:48:09,440 one more stop 1205 00:48:09,440 --> 00:48:13,680 for about 1/8 of a second. So what is 1206 00:48:13,680 --> 00:48:17,520 happening in aperture priority mode? We 1207 00:48:17,520 --> 00:48:19,200 adjust the aperture with our primary 1208 00:48:19,200 --> 00:48:22,160 finger. We can adjust the secondary 1209 00:48:22,160 --> 00:48:24,880 setting, which is the shutter speed 1210 00:48:24,880 --> 00:48:27,359 using the exposure compensation feature. 1211 00:48:27,359 --> 00:48:29,040 So if we wanted to keep it a little 1212 00:48:29,040 --> 00:48:31,839 brighter, we make just keep it here. 1213 00:48:31,839 --> 00:48:33,760 Come up a little higher. Want a little 1214 00:48:33,760 --> 00:48:36,720 darker, we come down here. That is how 1215 00:48:36,720 --> 00:48:38,559 aperture priority works. And if you 1216 00:48:38,559 --> 00:48:40,640 understand it with aperture priority, 1217 00:48:40,640 --> 00:48:42,160 these other modes are going to make 1218 00:48:42,160 --> 00:48:46,079 sense. So we are going to change this to 1219 00:48:46,079 --> 00:48:49,920 the TV which is time value priority. 1220 00:48:49,920 --> 00:48:51,359 Watch what happens with the selections 1221 00:48:51,359 --> 00:48:53,680 down here on the bottom. 1222 00:48:53,680 --> 00:48:55,440 Interesting. 1223 00:48:55,440 --> 00:48:58,319 Now our primary selector 1224 00:48:58,319 --> 00:49:02,520 is changing the shutter speed. 1225 00:49:04,800 --> 00:49:06,800 Shutter priority is different than 1226 00:49:06,800 --> 00:49:09,599 aperture priority because it prioritizes 1227 00:49:09,599 --> 00:49:11,760 the shutter speed. We dial in the 1228 00:49:11,760 --> 00:49:13,520 shutter speed and the camera will dial 1229 00:49:13,520 --> 00:49:15,200 in the aperture. We can't see it right 1230 00:49:15,200 --> 00:49:17,680 now, but if I tap the shutter button 1231 00:49:17,680 --> 00:49:20,160 now, we can see it. 1232 00:49:20,160 --> 00:49:22,800 We can see the camera is making 1233 00:49:22,800 --> 00:49:25,920 adjustments to the aperture based on the 1234 00:49:25,920 --> 00:49:29,520 shutter speed we're telling it to use. 1235 00:49:29,520 --> 00:49:31,760 Now, there's an interesting problem here 1236 00:49:31,760 --> 00:49:34,800 in that there are limits to the lens 1237 00:49:34,800 --> 00:49:36,480 physicals opening. So, it can either 1238 00:49:36,480 --> 00:49:38,720 open up to a certain amount or it can 1239 00:49:38,720 --> 00:49:39,839 close to a certain amount. And then 1240 00:49:39,839 --> 00:49:41,760 after that point, if we keep using a 1241 00:49:41,760 --> 00:49:43,599 faster and faster or longer shutter 1242 00:49:43,599 --> 00:49:47,119 speed, we start to get this blinking. 1243 00:49:47,119 --> 00:49:49,119 When we see the blinking, the camera is 1244 00:49:49,119 --> 00:49:51,760 telling us we have exceeded its capacity 1245 00:49:51,760 --> 00:49:54,880 to change the lens. Time value priority 1246 00:49:54,880 --> 00:49:57,040 or shutter speed priority is very 1247 00:49:57,040 --> 00:49:59,040 popular among sports photographers. I 1248 00:49:59,040 --> 00:50:01,280 have a lot of friends that swear by it. 1249 00:50:01,280 --> 00:50:03,440 If you are shooting sports, for me, the 1250 00:50:03,440 --> 00:50:07,359 bare minimum is 1/500th of a second. 1251 00:50:07,359 --> 00:50:08,960 Now, there's a problem here. The camera 1252 00:50:08,960 --> 00:50:10,559 is saying, "Hey, I can't open the lens 1253 00:50:10,559 --> 00:50:12,480 wider. It's going to be flashing. You 1254 00:50:12,480 --> 00:50:13,920 know, if we take a picture, this is 1255 00:50:13,920 --> 00:50:15,359 going to be underexposed. It's going to 1256 00:50:15,359 --> 00:50:17,599 be all dark. 1257 00:50:17,599 --> 00:50:20,720 We've kind of maxed out what we can do 1258 00:50:20,720 --> 00:50:22,559 in terms of the aperture. So the 1259 00:50:22,559 --> 00:50:24,559 question that I have to you is how would 1260 00:50:24,559 --> 00:50:26,319 we resolve this in this situation? 1261 00:50:26,319 --> 00:50:28,160 You're shooting an indoor track. You got 1262 00:50:28,160 --> 00:50:30,160 to be at 1500th of a second or those 1263 00:50:30,160 --> 00:50:31,280 pictures are going to be blurry because 1264 00:50:31,280 --> 00:50:33,599 they're moving so fast. The aperture is 1265 00:50:33,599 --> 00:50:36,640 flashing. What would you do 1266 00:50:36,640 --> 00:50:39,839 now? If you said make your sensor more 1267 00:50:39,839 --> 00:50:42,480 sensitive and bump up your ISO, you are 1268 00:50:42,480 --> 00:50:44,960 absolutely correct. This is how I would 1269 00:50:44,960 --> 00:50:49,440 resolve it. See if 1600 does. 1600. 1270 00:50:49,440 --> 00:50:51,760 It's right there on the edge. Let's bump 1271 00:50:51,760 --> 00:50:55,480 it up a little bit more 1272 00:50:55,599 --> 00:50:57,760 there. So, by increasing the sensitivity 1273 00:50:57,760 --> 00:51:00,079 of the sensor with an ISO boost, the 1274 00:51:00,079 --> 00:51:02,880 flashing stops and the camera is able to 1275 00:51:02,880 --> 00:51:06,240 perform at 1/500th of a second. So, the 1276 00:51:06,240 --> 00:51:07,839 question then becomes is what's the 1277 00:51:07,839 --> 00:51:09,520 drawback of just adding more and more 1278 00:51:09,520 --> 00:51:13,040 ISO? So, quick lesson on ISO is this is 1279 00:51:13,040 --> 00:51:16,559 not adjusting the light. It's adjusting 1280 00:51:16,559 --> 00:51:18,160 it's really giving an artificial boost 1281 00:51:18,160 --> 00:51:21,119 to the sensor. It's not light. And the 1282 00:51:21,119 --> 00:51:22,960 problem with this is that as you get 1283 00:51:22,960 --> 00:51:25,440 into these higher ISOs, it becomes more 1284 00:51:25,440 --> 00:51:27,680 and more noisy. Now, just because I'm 1285 00:51:27,680 --> 00:51:29,680 old school, you know, I I was always 1286 00:51:29,680 --> 00:51:33,760 shooting at ISO 400, but camera sensors 1287 00:51:33,760 --> 00:51:35,680 and their performance have dramatically 1288 00:51:35,680 --> 00:51:37,680 improved over the last 15 to, you know, 1289 00:51:37,680 --> 00:51:40,800 20 years. Uh, huge improvements. Really 1290 00:51:40,800 --> 00:51:43,839 impressive. I can shoot at 16 or 3200 1291 00:51:43,839 --> 00:51:45,680 all day long. If there's enough light, 1292 00:51:45,680 --> 00:51:47,680 you're not even going to notice it. So, 1293 00:51:47,680 --> 00:51:48,960 a lot of it depends on what you're 1294 00:51:48,960 --> 00:51:51,440 doing, where you're shooting, what your 1295 00:51:51,440 --> 00:51:53,599 minimum requirements are, how much how 1296 00:51:53,599 --> 00:51:55,680 many artifacts you want. In some 1297 00:51:55,680 --> 00:51:57,839 situations, you'll shoot even more than 1298 00:51:57,839 --> 00:51:59,520 that. Just really depends on on what 1299 00:51:59,520 --> 00:52:01,599 you're doing. But, yeah, generally 1300 00:52:01,599 --> 00:52:04,000 speaking, 3200 and less. Most of the 1301 00:52:04,000 --> 00:52:06,160 time, if I'm shooting in good lit 1302 00:52:06,160 --> 00:52:08,559 situations, I'm at 400. 1303 00:52:08,559 --> 00:52:10,800 Just something to keep in mind that you 1304 00:52:10,800 --> 00:52:13,359 will run into these limits when you have 1305 00:52:13,359 --> 00:52:16,240 much faster shutter speeds. For birds in 1306 00:52:16,240 --> 00:52:18,319 flight, you might be at 1/ 1,000th of a 1307 00:52:18,319 --> 00:52:20,240 second or even faster. Just depends on 1308 00:52:20,240 --> 00:52:22,640 how fast your subject matter is moving. 1309 00:52:22,640 --> 00:52:24,559 And in those cases, you're going to need 1310 00:52:24,559 --> 00:52:27,040 a lot more light. So, the difference 1311 00:52:27,040 --> 00:52:28,960 between aperture priority and shutter 1312 00:52:28,960 --> 00:52:32,480 priority is the primary input. Here, we 1313 00:52:32,480 --> 00:52:34,480 are changing the shutter speed. the 1314 00:52:34,480 --> 00:52:37,520 camera is changing the aperture on our 1315 00:52:37,520 --> 00:52:41,119 behalf. Let's take a quick look at P or 1316 00:52:41,119 --> 00:52:43,119 the program mode. You'll notice that we 1317 00:52:43,119 --> 00:52:45,040 lose both options. We can tap the 1318 00:52:45,040 --> 00:52:47,200 shutter button. It gives us the ability 1319 00:52:47,200 --> 00:52:49,680 to still select our shutter speed, but 1320 00:52:49,680 --> 00:52:53,119 it's making changes to the aperture. 1321 00:52:53,119 --> 00:52:54,960 Now, this is a little bit different 1322 00:52:54,960 --> 00:52:57,920 because dialing in the shutter speed 1323 00:52:57,920 --> 00:53:00,000 does not lock it in. It's kind of like a 1324 00:53:00,000 --> 00:53:02,400 starting point. So, program mode 1325 00:53:02,400 --> 00:53:04,960 originally was kind of like an advanced 1326 00:53:04,960 --> 00:53:06,640 auto mode where the camera had the 1327 00:53:06,640 --> 00:53:08,240 freedom to change the shutter speed and 1328 00:53:08,240 --> 00:53:09,920 the aperture. I know a lot of 1329 00:53:09,920 --> 00:53:12,000 photographers who still use this 1330 00:53:12,000 --> 00:53:14,160 professionally, very high-end wedding 1331 00:53:14,160 --> 00:53:16,240 photographers, one guy in particular 1332 00:53:16,240 --> 00:53:18,480 uses program mode. You still have the 1333 00:53:18,480 --> 00:53:21,040 ability to change your ISO, but we're 1334 00:53:21,040 --> 00:53:23,119 turning over a lot of this over to the 1335 00:53:23,119 --> 00:53:25,280 camera. 1336 00:53:25,280 --> 00:53:27,200 I I talked a little bit about the dummy 1337 00:53:27,200 --> 00:53:29,119 mode. Camera's going to do almost 1338 00:53:29,119 --> 00:53:30,960 everything. We have a few options. We 1339 00:53:30,960 --> 00:53:33,119 can change our drive mode. Uh, you know, 1340 00:53:33,119 --> 00:53:35,520 we have these different filters, kind of 1341 00:53:35,520 --> 00:53:37,440 gimmicky filters. I I think I don't 1342 00:53:37,440 --> 00:53:39,839 really play with them. See, these 1343 00:53:39,839 --> 00:53:41,760 different color tones, things of that 1344 00:53:41,760 --> 00:53:44,079 nature. Not a fan of the dummy mode. And 1345 00:53:44,079 --> 00:53:45,359 I tell my students, if you're going to 1346 00:53:45,359 --> 00:53:48,319 start on any mode, try to learn aperture 1347 00:53:48,319 --> 00:53:51,200 priority mode first. In in the most 1348 00:53:51,200 --> 00:53:53,440 recent years, there's been a new setting 1349 00:53:53,440 --> 00:53:55,680 on the mode dial called FV or the 1350 00:53:55,680 --> 00:53:58,880 flexible value. When we start off on 1351 00:53:58,880 --> 00:54:00,480 this, you'll notice that every setting 1352 00:54:00,480 --> 00:54:02,559 here is in an automatic mode, similar to 1353 00:54:02,559 --> 00:54:05,440 a P mode. The interesting thing about 1354 00:54:05,440 --> 00:54:07,520 this is we can dial in what we want 1355 00:54:07,520 --> 00:54:09,280 depending on the settings we want to 1356 00:54:09,280 --> 00:54:11,680 maintain. So, let's say I wanted to 1357 00:54:11,680 --> 00:54:14,960 maintain a very specific shutter speed. 1358 00:54:14,960 --> 00:54:16,319 So, I'll come in here. I'm just going to 1359 00:54:16,319 --> 00:54:18,319 scroll using touchcreen. Let's say we 1360 00:54:18,319 --> 00:54:20,079 want 1/500th of a second. We want the 1361 00:54:20,079 --> 00:54:21,520 camera to make sure we get that one 1362 00:54:21,520 --> 00:54:24,240 500th of a second. And if we shoot this 1363 00:54:24,240 --> 00:54:25,760 way, we're turning permission to the 1364 00:54:25,760 --> 00:54:28,079 camera to not only change the aperture, 1365 00:54:28,079 --> 00:54:31,200 but to also change the ISO. And there's 1366 00:54:31,200 --> 00:54:35,359 ways we can limit this in the deep menu. 1367 00:54:35,359 --> 00:54:38,240 But suffice to say, the camera has more 1368 00:54:38,240 --> 00:54:41,040 flexibility. Let's say we're shooting, 1369 00:54:41,040 --> 00:54:42,480 let's say we're let's say we want to 1370 00:54:42,480 --> 00:54:44,240 dial in exact portraits. We're shooting 1371 00:54:44,240 --> 00:54:47,760 at f4 and we want 1372 00:54:47,760 --> 00:54:49,760 our 160th. 1373 00:54:49,760 --> 00:54:52,400 Well, now we can leave it on auto ISO. 1374 00:54:52,400 --> 00:54:54,319 The camera would basically keep these 1375 00:54:54,319 --> 00:54:56,319 locked in and it would change the ISO 1376 00:54:56,319 --> 00:54:58,240 depending on how much light we have. So, 1377 00:54:58,240 --> 00:55:00,800 this is how this works is it allows us 1378 00:55:00,800 --> 00:55:02,720 to determine 1379 00:55:02,720 --> 00:55:05,040 what setting is locked in and what the 1380 00:55:05,040 --> 00:55:07,599 camera has permission to change. You can 1381 00:55:07,599 --> 00:55:11,200 also do this in other modes. This just 1382 00:55:11,200 --> 00:55:13,200 makes it a little bit easier to figure 1383 00:55:13,200 --> 00:55:15,680 out. So, let's say we were in aperture 1384 00:55:15,680 --> 00:55:17,359 priority mode and we wanted to go to 1385 00:55:17,359 --> 00:55:20,480 auto ISO. It's the same basic idea. 1386 00:55:20,480 --> 00:55:22,319 camera has control over the shutter 1387 00:55:22,319 --> 00:55:26,319 speed and the ISO. So, that's what the 1388 00:55:26,319 --> 00:55:28,960 flexible mode will do. And some people 1389 00:55:28,960 --> 00:55:31,119 love this mode. For me, I'm kind of old 1390 00:55:31,119 --> 00:55:32,960 school. I just dial it in on my aperture 1391 00:55:32,960 --> 00:55:35,839 priority if I really wanted to. That's 1392 00:55:35,839 --> 00:55:38,079 how I roll. Something else you should 1393 00:55:38,079 --> 00:55:41,760 note is that when you are in auto ISO 1394 00:55:41,760 --> 00:55:43,680 and you tap the shutter button, it will 1395 00:55:43,680 --> 00:55:46,240 show you the current selection. So, 1396 00:55:46,240 --> 00:55:48,640 let's change the aperture. And you can 1397 00:55:48,640 --> 00:55:51,920 see that being updated here. Let's real 1398 00:55:51,920 --> 00:55:56,240 quick talk about the manual mode. In the 1399 00:55:56,240 --> 00:55:59,200 manual mode, we determine our shutter 1400 00:55:59,200 --> 00:56:00,960 speed and our aperture. There's no help 1401 00:56:00,960 --> 00:56:03,839 from the camera. Camera is just going to 1402 00:56:03,839 --> 00:56:05,760 let us dial in whatever we want. We 1403 00:56:05,760 --> 00:56:07,680 still have auto ISO on. Let's turn this 1404 00:56:07,680 --> 00:56:11,440 to maybe 400. 1405 00:56:11,440 --> 00:56:13,599 So, we adjust the shutter speed. We 1406 00:56:13,599 --> 00:56:15,920 adjust the aperture. The camera is not 1407 00:56:15,920 --> 00:56:18,960 helping. We can adjust the ISO this way. 1408 00:56:18,960 --> 00:56:20,799 And what happens with the exposure 1409 00:56:20,799 --> 00:56:23,040 compensation bar is now it becomes a 1410 00:56:23,040 --> 00:56:25,920 light meter. This is telling you based 1411 00:56:25,920 --> 00:56:28,960 on the metering modes whether this is an 1412 00:56:28,960 --> 00:56:31,280 overexposed or an underexposed shot. 1413 00:56:31,280 --> 00:56:34,000 Here's overexposed. Here's underexposed. 1414 00:56:34,000 --> 00:56:36,640 And by how many stops. So it becomes 1415 00:56:36,640 --> 00:56:38,799 more of a metering bar. When I'm 1416 00:56:38,799 --> 00:56:41,680 shooting video, almost exclusively on 1417 00:56:41,680 --> 00:56:43,520 manual. There's different settings for 1418 00:56:43,520 --> 00:56:45,760 that I'll cover in just a minute. But 1419 00:56:45,760 --> 00:56:48,480 manual mode gives you full control over 1420 00:56:48,480 --> 00:56:50,000 the camera. There's I mean, if you look 1421 00:56:50,000 --> 00:56:52,720 at your smartphones, most smartphones do 1422 00:56:52,720 --> 00:56:55,040 not have true manual controls. You they 1423 00:56:55,040 --> 00:56:56,480 they're fighting you and wrestling you 1424 00:56:56,480 --> 00:56:58,480 in different ways. And this is why these 1425 00:56:58,480 --> 00:57:00,640 cameras are still awesome. You get full 1426 00:57:00,640 --> 00:57:02,799 manual control over the camera, the 1427 00:57:02,799 --> 00:57:05,359 light, the the ISO, all that stuff. 1428 00:57:05,359 --> 00:57:07,200 Again, we can also come in here and go 1429 00:57:07,200 --> 00:57:09,040 to auto if we really wanted to. And then 1430 00:57:09,040 --> 00:57:10,319 so we would have locked in camera 1431 00:57:10,319 --> 00:57:14,000 settings. Camera could update with ISO. 1432 00:57:14,000 --> 00:57:15,599 Let's talk about the bulb mode. 1433 00:57:15,599 --> 00:57:18,319 Basically, the way bulb mode works is as 1434 00:57:18,319 --> 00:57:19,359 long as you're holding the shutter 1435 00:57:19,359 --> 00:57:21,200 button down, the exposure is lasting. 1436 00:57:21,200 --> 00:57:22,960 I'm holding it down and we get a counter 1437 00:57:22,960 --> 00:57:24,400 there in the bottom right hand corner. 1438 00:57:24,400 --> 00:57:26,640 It's showing us how many seconds. Then I 1439 00:57:26,640 --> 00:57:30,400 let go. Clearly overexposed. 1440 00:57:30,400 --> 00:57:32,960 We can turn our ISO down. This is really 1441 00:57:32,960 --> 00:57:35,680 good for really long exposures. I don't 1442 00:57:35,680 --> 00:57:37,440 recommend actually holding the button 1443 00:57:37,440 --> 00:57:39,440 down. There are some timers we can use 1444 00:57:39,440 --> 00:57:41,920 so we don't have to touch the monitor or 1445 00:57:41,920 --> 00:57:44,240 the camera and put it on a tripod. There 1446 00:57:44,240 --> 00:57:46,480 won't be any shake. There's also remote 1447 00:57:46,480 --> 00:57:48,720 controls we can use. But that's the idea 1448 00:57:48,720 --> 00:57:50,400 of the bulb mode is the longer you hold 1449 00:57:50,400 --> 00:57:52,160 the shutter button down, the longer the 1450 00:57:52,160 --> 00:57:54,079 exposure will be. If you're enjoying 1451 00:57:54,079 --> 00:57:55,839 what you're seeing and at some point 1452 00:57:55,839 --> 00:57:57,440 you're [music] ready to purchase your 1453 00:57:57,440 --> 00:57:59,520 first camera filters, check out Maven 1454 00:57:59,520 --> 00:58:01,040 Filters. This is a company that I 1455 00:58:01,040 --> 00:58:02,799 created. They're different than anything 1456 00:58:02,799 --> 00:58:04,400 out there on the market. They are 1457 00:58:04,400 --> 00:58:07,200 magnetic, color-coded. They swap super 1458 00:58:07,200 --> 00:58:09,839 fast. All I ask is that you please give 1459 00:58:09,839 --> 00:58:11,839 me a shot to prove to you these are the 1460 00:58:11,839 --> 00:58:14,079 world's best [music] camera filters. I 1461 00:58:14,079 --> 00:58:16,720 promise you, you're going to love them. 1462 00:58:16,720 --> 00:58:20,319 Let's get back to the lessons. 1463 00:58:20,319 --> 00:58:23,920 Let's talk about the S and F mode. When 1464 00:58:23,920 --> 00:58:25,839 we flip it to this setting, you'll 1465 00:58:25,839 --> 00:58:27,680 notice that in the stills mode, it says 1466 00:58:27,680 --> 00:58:30,720 P. So this is really designed to be a 1467 00:58:30,720 --> 00:58:32,559 video feature. So we want to make sure 1468 00:58:32,559 --> 00:58:35,599 our video icon is selected and we get S 1469 00:58:35,599 --> 00:58:37,440 and F up here in the top lefthand 1470 00:58:37,440 --> 00:58:40,000 corner. SNF stands for slow and fast and 1471 00:58:40,000 --> 00:58:43,040 it's made to be programmable. The way we 1472 00:58:43,040 --> 00:58:44,799 set it up is we're going to press the Q 1473 00:58:44,799 --> 00:58:46,880 button and then down here on the bottom 1474 00:58:46,880 --> 00:58:49,359 it says setup. This can be very 1475 00:58:49,359 --> 00:58:50,960 confusing if you've never seen it before 1476 00:58:50,960 --> 00:58:53,440 or know the terminology. So this first 1477 00:58:53,440 --> 00:58:56,400 tab over here deals with the resolution 1478 00:58:56,400 --> 00:58:58,480 which is the dimensions of pixels wide 1479 00:58:58,480 --> 00:59:01,920 by the dimensions of pixels tall. 1920 1480 00:59:01,920 --> 00:59:04,880 wide 1080 tall. This is FHD which is 1481 00:59:04,880 --> 00:59:07,760 full high definitionin. And as we scroll 1482 00:59:07,760 --> 00:59:09,119 to the left you can see that the 1483 00:59:09,119 --> 00:59:10,960 resolution increased. It's a little bit 1484 00:59:10,960 --> 00:59:13,920 wider. And as we continue to go into the 1485 00:59:13,920 --> 00:59:19,520 4K, which starts at 3840 by 2160, 1486 00:59:19,520 --> 00:59:21,040 and then we can get into different 1487 00:59:21,040 --> 00:59:24,240 compressions, and then we get this wider 1488 00:59:24,240 --> 00:59:27,839 4K, and then a finer compression. The 1489 00:59:27,839 --> 00:59:30,319 way slow motion works is that we shoot 1490 00:59:30,319 --> 00:59:33,280 at a much higher frame rate than what we 1491 00:59:33,280 --> 00:59:36,799 play back. So the recording frame rate 1492 00:59:36,799 --> 00:59:39,920 is given here and the playback frame 1493 00:59:39,920 --> 00:59:42,720 rate is given here. the play button. So, 1494 00:59:42,720 --> 00:59:44,720 if we're recording at 60 frames per 1495 00:59:44,720 --> 00:59:46,559 second and we're playing back at about 1496 00:59:46,559 --> 00:59:49,040 30 frames per second, it's going to be 1497 00:59:49,040 --> 00:59:51,599 twice as slow. Now, I need to point 1498 00:59:51,599 --> 00:59:52,720 something out is that when I come into 1499 00:59:52,720 --> 00:59:54,000 the frame rates, we don't get some of 1500 00:59:54,000 --> 00:59:55,920 these higher rates because it can't do 1501 00:59:55,920 --> 00:59:57,920 it in these fine compressions. So, we 1502 00:59:57,920 --> 00:59:59,839 have to choose one of these guys 1503 00:59:59,839 --> 01:00:04,240 instead. So, we're limited to 180 4KD. 1504 01:00:04,240 --> 01:00:05,599 Without the fine compression, we're 1505 01:00:05,599 --> 01:00:09,599 limited to 120. 1506 01:00:09,599 --> 01:00:11,359 And when we try to select the fines, we 1507 01:00:11,359 --> 01:00:13,119 can't select it. So there are some 1508 01:00:13,119 --> 01:00:15,200 limits in terms of the compression, but 1509 01:00:15,200 --> 01:00:18,079 this is 4K, four times as slow in the 1510 01:00:18,079 --> 01:00:20,240 playback mode. 1511 01:00:20,240 --> 01:00:22,880 So again, this is the resolution and 1512 01:00:22,880 --> 01:00:24,880 this is the number of frames per second. 1513 01:00:24,880 --> 01:00:28,000 And we can also select the playback. You 1514 01:00:28,000 --> 01:00:30,880 you'll see that the playback changes. 1515 01:00:30,880 --> 01:00:33,520 Usually mine's at 30 frames per second. 1516 01:00:33,520 --> 01:00:35,200 Another thing to point out is that if we 1517 01:00:35,200 --> 01:00:39,040 shoot at 60 and we play it back at 60, 1518 01:00:39,040 --> 01:00:42,319 it's actual speed. So, that's something 1519 01:00:42,319 --> 01:00:44,480 to keep in mind. But this is designed to 1520 01:00:44,480 --> 01:00:47,440 be easy access really, I believe, for 1521 01:00:47,440 --> 01:00:49,040 slow motion where you would have it set 1522 01:00:49,040 --> 01:00:52,559 to 120. We're shooting at 150 megabits 1523 01:00:52,559 --> 01:00:55,760 per second. That's the data rate. And if 1524 01:00:55,760 --> 01:00:58,160 you wanted to do like a fast motion 1525 01:00:58,160 --> 01:00:59,760 playback, like if you were building a 1526 01:00:59,760 --> 01:01:01,920 house over, like if you were building, 1527 01:01:01,920 --> 01:01:03,520 let's say, a shack over the period of a 1528 01:01:03,520 --> 01:01:05,920 day and you wanted to have this very 1529 01:01:05,920 --> 01:01:08,559 slow capture, which would play back 60 1530 01:01:08,559 --> 01:01:10,240 times faster, this is where you would do 1531 01:01:10,240 --> 01:01:11,839 it. 1532 01:01:11,839 --> 01:01:14,400 What I would recommend 1533 01:01:14,400 --> 01:01:17,520 is set this up to 4KD, 1534 01:01:17,520 --> 01:01:20,960 120 frames per second. Playback can be 1535 01:01:20,960 --> 01:01:22,720 30 frames per second. And now we're at 1536 01:01:22,720 --> 01:01:25,520 four times slow. So, we hit okay. And 1537 01:01:25,520 --> 01:01:27,280 what you'll notice is again, we got our 1538 01:01:27,280 --> 01:01:29,359 playback here. It's telling us 120 1539 01:01:29,359 --> 01:01:31,920 frames per second. This is set up now. 1540 01:01:31,920 --> 01:01:33,760 So, this warning is telling us that the 1541 01:01:33,760 --> 01:01:35,440 camera might overheat. But when we're 1542 01:01:35,440 --> 01:01:37,359 set up for slow motion, we now get our 1543 01:01:37,359 --> 01:01:39,920 time code in yellow. And this is telling 1544 01:01:39,920 --> 01:01:42,160 us we have about 32 minutes of shooting 1545 01:01:42,160 --> 01:01:44,799 at this very high frame rate. Tap the 1546 01:01:44,799 --> 01:01:46,559 shutter button. Let's see if we can get 1547 01:01:46,559 --> 01:01:49,920 it to tell us what it's 1548 01:01:49,920 --> 01:01:52,880 on. It should be in there. There it is. 1549 01:01:52,880 --> 01:01:56,720 120 frames per second. So now slow 1550 01:01:56,720 --> 01:01:58,160 motion is set up and if we were to 1551 01:01:58,160 --> 01:02:00,079 record video and play it back, it would 1552 01:02:00,079 --> 01:02:02,319 play back in slow-mo. 1553 01:02:02,319 --> 01:02:04,000 The last thing I want to talk about real 1554 01:02:04,000 --> 01:02:05,760 quick is the scene mode. The scene mode, 1555 01:02:05,760 --> 01:02:07,280 and we're in video mode right now. Flip 1556 01:02:07,280 --> 01:02:09,599 this back over. The scene mode really 1557 01:02:09,599 --> 01:02:12,079 allows us to ask the camera to shoot or 1558 01:02:12,079 --> 01:02:15,040 to help us do some of the lifting. Most 1559 01:02:15,040 --> 01:02:16,720 of these are gimmicks. Some of them are 1560 01:02:16,720 --> 01:02:18,319 fun to play with, like the panoramic 1561 01:02:18,319 --> 01:02:21,440 shot where you would want to be on a, 1562 01:02:21,440 --> 01:02:23,520 you know, a pivoting tripod of some kind 1563 01:02:23,520 --> 01:02:26,079 where you can move the camera as you're 1564 01:02:26,079 --> 01:02:30,760 shooting. Looks something like this. 1565 01:02:30,880 --> 01:02:32,559 And then it stitches it together in 1566 01:02:32,559 --> 01:02:35,040 camera. Pretty cool. 1567 01:02:35,040 --> 01:02:37,280 Let's see some of the other fun ones. 1568 01:02:37,280 --> 01:02:39,280 The portrait and smooth skin. These are 1569 01:02:39,280 --> 01:02:41,119 for shooting people. It will add some 1570 01:02:41,119 --> 01:02:42,799 processing and clean it up. If you're 1571 01:02:42,799 --> 01:02:44,640 worried about your settings for group 1572 01:02:44,640 --> 01:02:45,920 photos, you would come in here and 1573 01:02:45,920 --> 01:02:48,240 select this. It's going to select a 1574 01:02:48,240 --> 01:02:50,240 smaller sized aperture to get a deeper 1575 01:02:50,240 --> 01:02:52,720 depth of field. Might apply some skin 1576 01:02:52,720 --> 01:02:55,920 tones to it. Landscape. Again, this is 1577 01:02:55,920 --> 01:02:57,599 going to be optimized for taking 1578 01:02:57,599 --> 01:02:59,280 pictures of things like mountains and 1579 01:02:59,280 --> 01:03:01,440 streams and rivers. Most of these things 1580 01:03:01,440 --> 01:03:03,280 can be done if you know how to operate 1581 01:03:03,280 --> 01:03:05,280 the camera directly. There are some 1582 01:03:05,280 --> 01:03:07,280 filters that are applied here. I think 1583 01:03:07,280 --> 01:03:09,760 it's kind of gimmicky. Now, the only one 1584 01:03:09,760 --> 01:03:12,160 I would really truly try to use in this 1585 01:03:12,160 --> 01:03:14,400 is probably panning shot, which is 1586 01:03:14,400 --> 01:03:16,319 really fun for cool effects of moving 1587 01:03:16,319 --> 01:03:19,839 subjects, HDR backlight control, and 1588 01:03:19,839 --> 01:03:21,760 that's probably about it. Even the 1589 01:03:21,760 --> 01:03:23,280 handheld night scene or night portrait, 1590 01:03:23,280 --> 01:03:24,559 I probably would just shoot on the 1591 01:03:24,559 --> 01:03:26,880 regular modes. Check them out if you get 1592 01:03:26,880 --> 01:03:28,240 a chance, but I think you're going going 1593 01:03:28,240 --> 01:03:30,400 to get much more mileage out of learning 1594 01:03:30,400 --> 01:03:35,200 the P, TV, and AV and manual modes. 1595 01:03:35,200 --> 01:03:37,520 Furthermore, as we come to our 1596 01:03:37,520 --> 01:03:41,200 customizable modes, C1, C2, and C3, 1597 01:03:41,200 --> 01:03:43,920 these allow us to set up our camera very 1598 01:03:43,920 --> 01:03:45,839 specifically. It can be down to our 1599 01:03:45,839 --> 01:03:48,960 white balance. It can be to our picture 1600 01:03:48,960 --> 01:03:52,640 styles, it can be to our burst mode, our 1601 01:03:52,640 --> 01:03:54,480 shooting mode, all kinds of things. And 1602 01:03:54,480 --> 01:03:56,160 then when we get these all dialed in the 1603 01:03:56,160 --> 01:03:57,760 way we want, we're going to come in to 1604 01:03:57,760 --> 01:04:00,400 the yellow tab. It's going to be in 1605 01:04:00,400 --> 01:04:03,520 here. Custom shooting mode. register 1606 01:04:03,520 --> 01:04:05,599 your settings and it will remember those 1607 01:04:05,599 --> 01:04:09,599 settings on that dial. 1608 01:04:09,599 --> 01:04:11,359 Real quick, let's talk about our 1609 01:04:11,359 --> 01:04:13,760 exposure settings in video mode. So, I'm 1610 01:04:13,760 --> 01:04:15,359 going to flip this over to video mode. 1611 01:04:15,359 --> 01:04:18,079 And you can actually record video in the 1612 01:04:18,079 --> 01:04:20,000 stills mode just by pushing shutter 1613 01:04:20,000 --> 01:04:21,359 button down. And it kind of gives you 1614 01:04:21,359 --> 01:04:24,720 this basic mode. What I prefer to do is 1615 01:04:24,720 --> 01:04:26,319 to do it from the video mode because we 1616 01:04:26,319 --> 01:04:28,960 get much greater control. And I'm in 1617 01:04:28,960 --> 01:04:31,440 manual mode. Okay. So, this is how it 1618 01:04:31,440 --> 01:04:34,160 works. is your frame rates. The number 1619 01:04:34,160 --> 01:04:37,520 of stills you are shooting per second 1620 01:04:37,520 --> 01:04:40,319 will relate to your shutter speed. For 1621 01:04:40,319 --> 01:04:42,400 YouTube videos, I'm typically shooting 1622 01:04:42,400 --> 01:04:45,359 30 frames a second and we want to double 1623 01:04:45,359 --> 01:04:48,319 that to get an appropriate shutter speed 1624 01:04:48,319 --> 01:04:50,880 if we want to follow the 180°ree shutter 1625 01:04:50,880 --> 01:04:52,799 rule. Suffice it to say, double your 1626 01:04:52,799 --> 01:04:54,160 frame rate. So, if you're shooting at 30 1627 01:04:54,160 --> 01:04:56,240 frames per second, you want to be at 1628 01:04:56,240 --> 01:04:59,119 160th of a second. And then you can dial 1629 01:04:59,119 --> 01:05:01,760 in your aperture and adjust your ISO 1630 01:05:01,760 --> 01:05:03,760 last depending on what it is that you're 1631 01:05:03,760 --> 01:05:05,920 doing. If you're going for a more 1632 01:05:05,920 --> 01:05:07,359 shallow depth of field, you might be at 1633 01:05:07,359 --> 01:05:09,839 f4. If you want a deeper depth of field, 1634 01:05:09,839 --> 01:05:11,440 maybe you're doing, you know, some 1635 01:05:11,440 --> 01:05:15,119 landscape or maybe it's a group, then we 1636 01:05:15,119 --> 01:05:17,839 would adjust the ISO at the last 1637 01:05:17,839 --> 01:05:21,359 setting. If we're shooting at 24 frames 1638 01:05:21,359 --> 01:05:25,200 per second, this would be 150th. If 1639 01:05:25,200 --> 01:05:27,280 we're shooting at a higher frame rate, 1640 01:05:27,280 --> 01:05:30,400 let's say 60 frames per second, we again 1641 01:05:30,400 --> 01:05:33,280 would double it. So it would be 120. If 1642 01:05:33,280 --> 01:05:36,000 we were shooting at, let's say, 120 1643 01:05:36,000 --> 01:05:37,520 frames per second, we would double it 1644 01:05:37,520 --> 01:05:39,680 again and we'd go up to 250. So you want 1645 01:05:39,680 --> 01:05:42,160 your shutter speed to be double your 1646 01:05:42,160 --> 01:05:44,799 frame rate. Then you dial in your 1647 01:05:44,799 --> 01:05:46,960 aperture, and then you finally tweak it 1648 01:05:46,960 --> 01:05:49,359 with your ISO. We're about to talk about 1649 01:05:49,359 --> 01:05:51,599 the camera's focusing systems. are 1650 01:05:51,599 --> 01:05:54,079 highly complex and for pure beginners 1651 01:05:54,079 --> 01:05:56,480 overwhelming. I want you to put your 1652 01:05:56,480 --> 01:05:58,880 camera in onto the P mode just for the 1653 01:05:58,880 --> 01:06:01,920 sake of covering the focusing lesson. 1654 01:06:01,920 --> 01:06:04,000 The way I like to break this down is the 1655 01:06:04,000 --> 01:06:07,839 how, the when, and the where. If you 1656 01:06:07,839 --> 01:06:10,160 think of your focusing systems in terms 1657 01:06:10,160 --> 01:06:12,799 of how you focus, when the camera is 1658 01:06:12,799 --> 01:06:14,480 focusing, and where the camera is 1659 01:06:14,480 --> 01:06:16,960 focusing, this is going to be a lot 1660 01:06:16,960 --> 01:06:19,760 easier. So, the first question, how does 1661 01:06:19,760 --> 01:06:22,400 the camera focus? Take your index 1662 01:06:22,400 --> 01:06:23,680 finger, get your camera if you don't 1663 01:06:23,680 --> 01:06:25,599 have it already, get into a semi 1664 01:06:25,599 --> 01:06:27,599 well-lit situation, point your camera at 1665 01:06:27,599 --> 01:06:29,599 something, and push the shutter button 1666 01:06:29,599 --> 01:06:32,240 halfway down. You can see that the 1667 01:06:32,240 --> 01:06:34,240 camera is choosing this area of high 1668 01:06:34,240 --> 01:06:36,400 contrast, this little focusing target 1669 01:06:36,400 --> 01:06:39,599 that I have. We get an audio beep that 1670 01:06:39,599 --> 01:06:43,119 we can hear. We also get this green box. 1671 01:06:43,119 --> 01:06:45,440 When we push and hold the shutter button 1672 01:06:45,440 --> 01:06:47,440 halfway down, you can see that this 1673 01:06:47,440 --> 01:06:50,480 focusing lock is maintained. And when we 1674 01:06:50,480 --> 01:06:52,640 push it down all the way, it takes the 1675 01:06:52,640 --> 01:06:55,119 picture. So, I want you to train your 1676 01:06:55,119 --> 01:06:57,039 finger to feel the difference between 1677 01:06:57,039 --> 01:06:59,760 focusing and taking pictures. So, it's a 1678 01:06:59,760 --> 01:07:02,319 halfway spongy resistance to focus. 1679 01:07:02,319 --> 01:07:04,319 Pushing it down all the way will 1680 01:07:04,319 --> 01:07:06,400 actually take the image. In the 1681 01:07:06,400 --> 01:07:08,799 beginning, this is a great way to start. 1682 01:07:08,799 --> 01:07:10,640 As you advance, especially if you become 1683 01:07:10,640 --> 01:07:13,920 a sports shooter, you may not want to 1684 01:07:13,920 --> 01:07:15,359 focus with a halfway shutter button 1685 01:07:15,359 --> 01:07:16,559 depression. For now, we're going to 1686 01:07:16,559 --> 01:07:19,200 leave it. You may want to use your thumb 1687 01:07:19,200 --> 01:07:23,680 button. So, AF on means autofocus 1688 01:07:23,680 --> 01:07:25,920 engaged. 1689 01:07:25,920 --> 01:07:27,440 So, we're turning the focusing systems 1690 01:07:27,440 --> 01:07:31,599 on, holding it down, taking a picture. A 1691 01:07:31,599 --> 01:07:33,760 third way we can engage our camera's 1692 01:07:33,760 --> 01:07:36,319 focusing systems is by touching directly 1693 01:07:36,319 --> 01:07:38,720 onto the back monitor. 1694 01:07:38,720 --> 01:07:40,079 If you don't like this, there is a way 1695 01:07:40,079 --> 01:07:41,520 to turn the screen off. But for now, 1696 01:07:41,520 --> 01:07:44,400 this is pretty fun, easy, fast way to 1697 01:07:44,400 --> 01:07:47,359 focus. And when we get that green lock, 1698 01:07:47,359 --> 01:07:49,280 we can take a picture. So, there's three 1699 01:07:49,280 --> 01:07:53,359 different ways of how we can focus. 1700 01:07:53,359 --> 01:07:56,480 Next, let's talk about the when the 1701 01:07:56,480 --> 01:07:58,480 camera is focusing, and this deals with 1702 01:07:58,480 --> 01:08:01,839 the camera's focusing modes. There's a 1703 01:08:01,839 --> 01:08:04,079 couple different ways to access them. 1704 01:08:04,079 --> 01:08:06,400 You can press your Q button and we're 1705 01:08:06,400 --> 01:08:08,319 looking for this guy right here. One 1706 01:08:08,319 --> 01:08:11,359 shot. One shot is what I have already 1707 01:08:11,359 --> 01:08:14,319 demonstrated is the camera focuses just 1708 01:08:14,319 --> 01:08:18,479 one time. Once it gets a focus lock, as 1709 01:08:18,479 --> 01:08:20,238 long as we hold that shutter button down 1710 01:08:20,238 --> 01:08:23,439 or the autofocus button down, the focus 1711 01:08:23,439 --> 01:08:25,439 will not change. I can even pan the 1712 01:08:25,439 --> 01:08:27,279 camera to the left and right and that 1713 01:08:27,279 --> 01:08:31,198 focal plane will remain the same. This 1714 01:08:31,198 --> 01:08:35,359 is very useful when we are recomposing. 1715 01:08:35,359 --> 01:08:37,920 So, sometimes we'll get focus, but our 1716 01:08:37,920 --> 01:08:39,920 subject matter isn't in the frame the 1717 01:08:39,920 --> 01:08:41,920 way we want. Let's say we focus on 1718 01:08:41,920 --> 01:08:43,198 something that's in the middle of the 1719 01:08:43,198 --> 01:08:45,439 screen, but we want to move them to the 1720 01:08:45,439 --> 01:08:47,040 side of the screen before we take the 1721 01:08:47,040 --> 01:08:50,799 picture. We would get a focusing lock. 1722 01:08:50,799 --> 01:08:52,479 We can do it with our shutter button. We 1723 01:08:52,479 --> 01:08:54,158 can do it with the thumb button. We get 1724 01:08:54,158 --> 01:08:57,120 a focus lock. And then we rotate or 1725 01:08:57,120 --> 01:08:59,679 move, recompose the camera, push it down 1726 01:08:59,679 --> 01:09:02,560 all the way to take the picture. Now, at 1727 01:09:02,560 --> 01:09:04,640 wider apertures, you don't want to do 1728 01:09:04,640 --> 01:09:06,319 this because it will pull them out of 1729 01:09:06,319 --> 01:09:08,399 focus, whatever your subject matter is. 1730 01:09:08,399 --> 01:09:11,279 So, if you're shooting at like f 1.8 or, 1731 01:09:11,279 --> 01:09:14,399 you know, 2.0 or 2.8, recomposing 1732 01:09:14,399 --> 01:09:16,399 doesn't really work that well. If you're 1733 01:09:16,399 --> 01:09:20,479 at f5.6 or f8, it works amazingly well 1734 01:09:20,479 --> 01:09:22,880 depending on what you're doing. Suffice 1735 01:09:22,880 --> 01:09:26,000 it to say, one shot gets a one-time 1736 01:09:26,000 --> 01:09:31,120 focus and we see it with a green box. 1737 01:09:31,120 --> 01:09:33,359 Coming back into our Q menu, let's take 1738 01:09:33,359 --> 01:09:36,719 a look at this guy. Servo. 1739 01:09:36,719 --> 01:09:38,560 Now, when we engage our focusing 1740 01:09:38,560 --> 01:09:41,679 systems, something different happens. 1741 01:09:41,679 --> 01:09:46,399 There's no beep and the box is now blue. 1742 01:09:46,399 --> 01:09:49,839 So the servo focusing mode as long as we 1743 01:09:49,839 --> 01:09:52,158 keep it engaged. When I move the camera, 1744 01:09:52,158 --> 01:09:54,080 you can see that it's staying. So the 1745 01:09:54,080 --> 01:09:56,880 servo focusing mode is not a one-time 1746 01:09:56,880 --> 01:10:00,480 focus. It is a continual over and over 1747 01:10:00,480 --> 01:10:02,800 and over again focus as long as the 1748 01:10:02,800 --> 01:10:05,760 focusing systems are engaged. That's the 1749 01:10:05,760 --> 01:10:08,159 key difference between one shot and 1750 01:10:08,159 --> 01:10:11,120 servo. A one-time focus, a continual 1751 01:10:11,120 --> 01:10:13,760 focus. This last guy right here, AI 1752 01:10:13,760 --> 01:10:16,320 focus, is a hybrid of the two. I don't 1753 01:10:16,320 --> 01:10:17,920 really use it. I don't really recommend 1754 01:10:17,920 --> 01:10:19,840 it. I know some people love it. So, this 1755 01:10:19,840 --> 01:10:22,239 gives the camera permission to switch 1756 01:10:22,239 --> 01:10:24,719 between OneShot and servo. I don't 1757 01:10:24,719 --> 01:10:26,000 really like it because it's hard to 1758 01:10:26,000 --> 01:10:28,320 predict. If you're shooting cooperating 1759 01:10:28,320 --> 01:10:30,560 subjects, like doing a portrait shoot, 1760 01:10:30,560 --> 01:10:33,440 maybe shooting products or landscape, I 1761 01:10:33,440 --> 01:10:35,040 I'm usually on one shot. If I'm shooting 1762 01:10:35,040 --> 01:10:37,679 sports, I'm usually on servo. So, that 1763 01:10:37,679 --> 01:10:40,880 is when the camera is going to focus. 1764 01:10:40,880 --> 01:10:44,800 Now, let's talk about the wear. The wear 1765 01:10:44,800 --> 01:10:47,520 deals with the camera's focusing 1766 01:10:47,520 --> 01:10:50,480 clusters. And when I say cluster, what I 1767 01:10:50,480 --> 01:10:53,440 mean is it's an area of the monitor that 1768 01:10:53,440 --> 01:10:56,159 we're telling the camera to look in. To 1769 01:10:56,159 --> 01:10:58,480 access the clusters, there's a dedicated 1770 01:10:58,480 --> 01:11:00,640 cluster button here. We can push and 1771 01:11:00,640 --> 01:11:02,560 jump straight into the menu. I'm a fan 1772 01:11:02,560 --> 01:11:04,480 of it. I like this cuz it's fast and 1773 01:11:04,480 --> 01:11:07,600 it's easy. And the first one here, you 1774 01:11:07,600 --> 01:11:09,600 can see the name of it. Whole area 1775 01:11:09,600 --> 01:11:11,280 autofocus. 1776 01:11:11,280 --> 01:11:14,159 The way this works is turn these guys 1777 01:11:14,159 --> 01:11:17,440 off. Essentially, it tells the camera to 1778 01:11:17,440 --> 01:11:20,560 look in the entire frame. And what is 1779 01:11:20,560 --> 01:11:22,880 looking for is an area of contrast. This 1780 01:11:22,880 --> 01:11:24,800 is why I'm using blinds with a black 1781 01:11:24,800 --> 01:11:27,040 focusing target. It's saying, "This is 1782 01:11:27,040 --> 01:11:28,880 the greatest area of contrast I think 1783 01:11:28,880 --> 01:11:32,000 you should focus on here." It's pretty 1784 01:11:32,000 --> 01:11:34,880 straightforward for beginners. However, 1785 01:11:34,880 --> 01:11:36,719 there are going to be times you will 1786 01:11:36,719 --> 01:11:39,840 have far more subjects in your frame and 1787 01:11:39,840 --> 01:11:42,320 the camera may not know. It typically 1788 01:11:42,320 --> 01:11:44,159 likes to pick something closer to the 1789 01:11:44,159 --> 01:11:47,199 camera as well. But let's say we want to 1790 01:11:47,199 --> 01:11:50,080 limit where the camera is looking. We 1791 01:11:50,080 --> 01:11:51,920 can press the cluster button and we can 1792 01:11:51,920 --> 01:11:56,159 come into our spot autofocus. 1793 01:11:56,159 --> 01:11:57,840 Tap the shutter button to jump out. And 1794 01:11:57,840 --> 01:11:59,920 you'll notice that this is a tiny little 1795 01:11:59,920 --> 01:12:02,560 square and it's not on the target. 1796 01:12:02,560 --> 01:12:05,840 Here's another trick is you can push the 1797 01:12:05,840 --> 01:12:08,480 joystick into the camera body and it 1798 01:12:08,480 --> 01:12:10,159 will jump to center. You see that little 1799 01:12:10,159 --> 01:12:12,480 dot is telling you this is centered. Now 1800 01:12:12,480 --> 01:12:14,480 I can get my focus lock and I can take 1801 01:12:14,480 --> 01:12:16,480 the picture. In this instance, the 1802 01:12:16,480 --> 01:12:19,280 focusing square is teenytiny and we're 1803 01:12:19,280 --> 01:12:22,080 telling the camera to only look in that 1804 01:12:22,080 --> 01:12:25,440 area when I'm on a an area of no 1805 01:12:25,440 --> 01:12:26,560 contrast. Do you see how it's 1806 01:12:26,560 --> 01:12:30,320 struggling? No line. Get on the line 1807 01:12:30,320 --> 01:12:32,800 focuses. But what if that little 1808 01:12:32,800 --> 01:12:35,040 focusing box isn't big enough? We want 1809 01:12:35,040 --> 01:12:36,880 something else. Press the cluster 1810 01:12:36,880 --> 01:12:38,960 button. Let's go to the next biggest 1811 01:12:38,960 --> 01:12:40,800 size. 1812 01:12:40,800 --> 01:12:44,320 Larger box, a little bit easier, right? 1813 01:12:44,320 --> 01:12:46,000 I think the spot mode is great for 1814 01:12:46,000 --> 01:12:49,120 precise focus product shooting. But as 1815 01:12:49,120 --> 01:12:50,800 we go through these clusters, what 1816 01:12:50,800 --> 01:12:52,960 you'll notice is these boxes get a 1817 01:12:52,960 --> 01:12:54,640 little bit bigger each time and they add 1818 01:12:54,640 --> 01:12:57,760 these extra squares around them. We 1819 01:12:57,760 --> 01:13:00,239 we're basically increasing the size. And 1820 01:13:00,239 --> 01:13:04,839 they all have their own special names. 1821 01:13:05,280 --> 01:13:07,440 Look at that. How interesting. When the 1822 01:13:07,440 --> 01:13:08,960 box is on the bottom and we press our 1823 01:13:08,960 --> 01:13:11,040 cluster button, the clusters jump up to 1824 01:13:11,040 --> 01:13:13,920 the top. Pretty cool. So you don't have 1825 01:13:13,920 --> 01:13:17,040 to fumble focusing through it. So this 1826 01:13:17,040 --> 01:13:19,280 is called the expand autofocus area 1827 01:13:19,280 --> 01:13:23,440 around. Get even more boxes. 1828 01:13:23,440 --> 01:13:25,440 Then you can see that we have these 1829 01:13:25,440 --> 01:13:27,920 little guys. When we push these arrows, 1830 01:13:27,920 --> 01:13:32,080 we get a new set here. These three here. 1831 01:13:32,080 --> 01:13:35,360 These are great because they allow us to 1832 01:13:35,360 --> 01:13:38,960 change the shape and the size of our 1833 01:13:38,960 --> 01:13:41,280 focusing cluster. So, it says to press 1834 01:13:41,280 --> 01:13:44,960 the color button and we have our primary 1835 01:13:44,960 --> 01:13:47,280 selector and our secondary selector. So, 1836 01:13:47,280 --> 01:13:49,280 as I rotate these different selector 1837 01:13:49,280 --> 01:13:51,120 wheels, you can see the frame of the box 1838 01:13:51,120 --> 01:13:53,360 is changing. Maybe you're, let's say 1839 01:13:53,360 --> 01:13:55,040 you're a bird and flight shooter and you 1840 01:13:55,040 --> 01:13:56,239 want to keep your birds, you only want 1841 01:13:56,239 --> 01:14:00,239 the camera to focus on items in the 1842 01:14:00,239 --> 01:14:02,880 center third. That's how you could do 1843 01:14:02,880 --> 01:14:05,040 it. 1844 01:14:05,040 --> 01:14:07,199 We're going to push our color button. 1845 01:14:07,199 --> 01:14:09,440 So, we can adjust the shape and size of 1846 01:14:09,440 --> 01:14:12,000 these in the horizontal and vertical 1847 01:14:12,000 --> 01:14:14,640 planes. Very useful. It's one of my 1848 01:14:14,640 --> 01:14:17,360 favorite types of shooting clusters. I'm 1849 01:14:17,360 --> 01:14:19,520 going to hit okay. Something else you'll 1850 01:14:19,520 --> 01:14:20,880 notice is that we have this tracking. 1851 01:14:20,880 --> 01:14:22,480 I'll talk about it a little bit later. 1852 01:14:22,480 --> 01:14:24,560 It allows us to when we push the set 1853 01:14:24,560 --> 01:14:28,159 button to jump on the subject area of 1854 01:14:28,159 --> 01:14:30,159 highest contrast and it'll automatically 1855 01:14:30,159 --> 01:14:32,400 track it. Push the set button again to 1856 01:14:32,400 --> 01:14:34,719 jump out of it. It's sort of like a 1857 01:14:34,719 --> 01:14:36,719 tracking focus that keeps an eye on the 1858 01:14:36,719 --> 01:14:39,280 subject. Doesn't engage the focus until 1859 01:14:39,280 --> 01:14:41,600 we push our camera shutter button 1860 01:14:41,600 --> 01:14:43,760 halfway down or the AFON button. So, 1861 01:14:43,760 --> 01:14:46,000 those are the focusing clusters. We 1862 01:14:46,000 --> 01:14:47,840 talked about the how by pushing a 1863 01:14:47,840 --> 01:14:49,760 shutter button. AF on touching on the 1864 01:14:49,760 --> 01:14:51,760 screen. We've talked about the when 1865 01:14:51,760 --> 01:14:54,320 whether it's a oneshot or servo and 1866 01:14:54,320 --> 01:14:56,560 we've talked about the clusters which is 1867 01:14:56,560 --> 01:14:59,199 the different areas or the size of the 1868 01:14:59,199 --> 01:15:00,800 areas we can choose for the camera to 1869 01:15:00,800 --> 01:15:04,080 focus. So you will get a ton of mileage 1870 01:15:04,080 --> 01:15:06,159 out of the how, the when, and the where 1871 01:15:06,159 --> 01:15:08,880 of the camera's focusing systems. This 1872 01:15:08,880 --> 01:15:11,679 is as good a time as any to talk about 1873 01:15:11,679 --> 01:15:13,920 button customization because we have 1874 01:15:13,920 --> 01:15:15,679 experienced shooters that are going to 1875 01:15:15,679 --> 01:15:18,719 want to remove focusing from our halfway 1876 01:15:18,719 --> 01:15:20,880 shutter button depression. There is 1877 01:15:20,880 --> 01:15:22,719 another customization I would highly 1878 01:15:22,719 --> 01:15:25,199 recommend. So, we're going to toggle to 1879 01:15:25,199 --> 01:15:27,520 the black screen, black information 1880 01:15:27,520 --> 01:15:29,360 screen. We're going to press our Q 1881 01:15:29,360 --> 01:15:32,320 button. We have our customized controls. 1882 01:15:32,320 --> 01:15:34,480 So the first thing we're going to do is 1883 01:15:34,480 --> 01:15:38,080 to remove autofocus from the shutter 1884 01:15:38,080 --> 01:15:40,159 button. So in this view we get an 1885 01:15:40,159 --> 01:15:41,679 overview of the camera with a white 1886 01:15:41,679 --> 01:15:43,440 highlight of the button that we want to 1887 01:15:43,440 --> 01:15:45,120 customize. So here is the shutter 1888 01:15:45,120 --> 01:15:47,920 button. I'm going to select it and you 1889 01:15:47,920 --> 01:15:50,320 can see that autofocus is engaged here. 1890 01:15:50,320 --> 01:15:53,520 If we go to just metering, it will no 1891 01:15:53,520 --> 01:15:56,480 longer focus. I recommend this for more 1892 01:15:56,480 --> 01:15:58,560 advanced shooters who know what they're 1893 01:15:58,560 --> 01:16:00,000 doing. They're experienced. They've been 1894 01:16:00,000 --> 01:16:02,239 shooting sports for a long time. That's 1895 01:16:02,239 --> 01:16:04,800 how you remove autofocus from the 1896 01:16:04,800 --> 01:16:07,120 shutter button. 1897 01:16:07,120 --> 01:16:08,159 If you just want to see how it works 1898 01:16:08,159 --> 01:16:09,440 now, when I push shutter button halfway 1899 01:16:09,440 --> 01:16:13,080 down, there's no focusing. 1900 01:16:15,040 --> 01:16:16,800 Coming back in to our button 1901 01:16:16,800 --> 01:16:19,600 customizations set. 1902 01:16:19,600 --> 01:16:23,199 Now, something I'm going to recommend is 1903 01:16:23,199 --> 01:16:26,400 to customize our auto exposure lock 1904 01:16:26,400 --> 01:16:29,520 flash exposure lock button to be our 1905 01:16:29,520 --> 01:16:31,440 focusing modes. So, we don't have to 1906 01:16:31,440 --> 01:16:34,000 jump into any menu. We can just push 1907 01:16:34,000 --> 01:16:36,159 that button and we're good to go. So, we 1908 01:16:36,159 --> 01:16:37,679 have it selected. We have it customized. 1909 01:16:37,679 --> 01:16:39,280 I'm going to tap the shutter button. 1910 01:16:39,280 --> 01:16:41,360 We're going to go to info screen. 1911 01:16:41,360 --> 01:16:43,280 Something else I have to know is that if 1912 01:16:43,280 --> 01:16:45,520 you have this on AI focus, it will not 1913 01:16:45,520 --> 01:16:47,920 allow you to do it. So, if it's set 1914 01:16:47,920 --> 01:16:49,840 here, you will not be able to use this 1915 01:16:49,840 --> 01:16:51,440 button for this. We're going to select 1916 01:16:51,440 --> 01:16:55,760 one shot coming out. Now, when I push 1917 01:16:55,760 --> 01:16:59,520 the star button, it allows me to jump 1918 01:16:59,520 --> 01:17:01,679 between one shot and servo. I don't need 1919 01:17:01,679 --> 01:17:04,800 to open a menu. It's much faster. So, I 1920 01:17:04,800 --> 01:17:08,080 can press that, jump into something. I 1921 01:17:08,080 --> 01:17:11,199 can then select different clusters if I 1922 01:17:11,199 --> 01:17:12,640 want. There's actually another 1923 01:17:12,640 --> 01:17:14,400 customization I'm going to show you that 1924 01:17:14,400 --> 01:17:19,000 I really like. Come back into 1925 01:17:19,280 --> 01:17:20,880 customize. 1926 01:17:20,880 --> 01:17:22,080 There's a button on the front of the 1927 01:17:22,080 --> 01:17:24,080 camera called your depth of field 1928 01:17:24,080 --> 01:17:26,239 preview button. 1929 01:17:26,239 --> 01:17:29,600 This guy. So, by default, it's it's set 1930 01:17:29,600 --> 01:17:33,120 up to stop down your lens blades to give 1931 01:17:33,120 --> 01:17:35,920 you a depth of field preview. But I like 1932 01:17:35,920 --> 01:17:38,640 this one, direct area autofocus 1933 01:17:38,640 --> 01:17:40,960 selection. Hit set. Tap the shutter 1934 01:17:40,960 --> 01:17:42,480 button. Let me show you what this does. 1935 01:17:42,480 --> 01:17:44,000 This is awesome. 1936 01:17:44,000 --> 01:17:48,000 So now when I push this button down, it 1937 01:17:48,000 --> 01:17:51,040 allows me to toggle quickly 1938 01:17:51,040 --> 01:17:53,280 through the different focusing clusters. 1939 01:17:53,280 --> 01:17:56,159 And there is a way in the menu to limit 1940 01:17:56,159 --> 01:17:58,480 the number of available options. So if 1941 01:17:58,480 --> 01:18:00,400 you really only use two or three of 1942 01:18:00,400 --> 01:18:03,120 them, with these three buttons, you can 1943 01:18:03,120 --> 01:18:06,880 control the focusing when when it's 1944 01:18:06,880 --> 01:18:10,640 focusing. You can change the where if 1945 01:18:10,640 --> 01:18:12,239 you want to jump into the clusters or 1946 01:18:12,239 --> 01:18:14,239 you can toggle through the clusters with 1947 01:18:14,239 --> 01:18:16,000 the depth of field preview button. Those 1948 01:18:16,000 --> 01:18:17,760 are the first three customizations that 1949 01:18:17,760 --> 01:18:20,400 I recommend and that's what I use. So I 1950 01:18:20,400 --> 01:18:22,719 have a picture of myself here. And when 1951 01:18:22,719 --> 01:18:25,040 you take pictures of people, it's very 1952 01:18:25,040 --> 01:18:26,960 important that one of the eyes is in 1953 01:18:26,960 --> 01:18:30,080 focus. It's harder to do without this 1954 01:18:30,080 --> 01:18:31,760 feature if you're shooting at a very 1955 01:18:31,760 --> 01:18:35,040 wide aperture. Let's say 1.8 1.2. We 1956 01:18:35,040 --> 01:18:38,159 have a very shallow depth of field. 1957 01:18:38,159 --> 01:18:40,719 This tells the camera to find an eye and 1958 01:18:40,719 --> 01:18:44,960 to lock onto it and we don't need to to, 1959 01:18:44,960 --> 01:18:46,640 you know, dial it in precisely. The 1960 01:18:46,640 --> 01:18:48,400 camera does all of the heavy lifting for 1961 01:18:48,400 --> 01:18:50,960 us. It has revolutionized portrait and 1962 01:18:50,960 --> 01:18:53,440 wedding photography. In the past, like 1963 01:18:53,440 --> 01:18:55,040 when I was shooting weddings, we had to 1964 01:18:55,040 --> 01:18:56,800 get a focus lock on the eye. We had to 1965 01:18:56,800 --> 01:18:58,800 do it, you know, using the focusing 1966 01:18:58,800 --> 01:19:01,520 squares in the viewfinder. It was a lot 1967 01:19:01,520 --> 01:19:04,400 harder to do. So, we have eye detection. 1968 01:19:04,400 --> 01:19:06,640 And there are a number of tools in the 1969 01:19:06,640 --> 01:19:10,159 menu when we come into this purple tab 1970 01:19:10,159 --> 01:19:14,239 that deal with controlling our types of 1971 01:19:14,239 --> 01:19:16,400 people detection. So we have our eye 1972 01:19:16,400 --> 01:19:18,800 detection. If we come in here, we can 1973 01:19:18,800 --> 01:19:21,040 turn it off if we don't like it. We can 1974 01:19:21,040 --> 01:19:23,280 even tell it to prioritize the right or 1975 01:19:23,280 --> 01:19:25,840 the left eye. When it's on auto, it is 1976 01:19:25,840 --> 01:19:27,600 going to make that decision for us. 1977 01:19:27,600 --> 01:19:29,760 Leave it there for now. Currently, I 1978 01:19:29,760 --> 01:19:31,520 have it set to people. So there are 1979 01:19:31,520 --> 01:19:34,719 algorithms within the camera designed to 1980 01:19:34,719 --> 01:19:38,159 find human faces. 1981 01:19:38,159 --> 01:19:41,199 Canon's algorithm on animals works on 1982 01:19:41,199 --> 01:19:44,960 pets like cats, dogs, birds. It uses a 1983 01:19:44,960 --> 01:19:47,440 different set of algorithms to find 1984 01:19:47,440 --> 01:19:50,719 those creatures and get a focus lock on 1985 01:19:50,719 --> 01:19:52,640 the eye because again it's like taking a 1986 01:19:52,640 --> 01:19:55,440 portrait of a person. There is also 1987 01:19:55,440 --> 01:19:57,520 vehicles. We can turn this algorithm off 1988 01:19:57,520 --> 01:20:00,480 completely and we can also set it to 1989 01:20:00,480 --> 01:20:02,880 decide for us. I leave it on people for 1990 01:20:02,880 --> 01:20:05,120 now. Now, there is another feature in 1991 01:20:05,120 --> 01:20:08,080 here that allows us to register people 1992 01:20:08,080 --> 01:20:10,239 who are priorities in our life like our 1993 01:20:10,239 --> 01:20:11,840 kids. So, if you're thinking kids 1994 01:20:11,840 --> 01:20:14,560 playing sports or kids at a birthday, 1995 01:20:14,560 --> 01:20:15,920 every photographer should own a 1996 01:20:15,920 --> 01:20:18,235 polarizer. Maven delivers clean color, 1997 01:20:18,235 --> 01:20:20,640 [music] accurate contrast, and zero 1998 01:20:20,640 --> 01:20:22,960 hassle. They're magnetic, color-coded, 1999 01:20:22,960 --> 01:20:25,440 and awardwinning. They also come with a 2000 01:20:25,440 --> 01:20:27,679 lifetime warranty. You can get yours at 2001 01:20:27,679 --> 01:20:30,640 mavenfilters.com. 2002 01:20:30,640 --> 01:20:34,000 We can turn this on and then we can 2003 01:20:34,000 --> 01:20:37,840 photograph and register that face 2004 01:20:37,840 --> 01:20:40,000 specifically. So, I have this picture of 2005 01:20:40,000 --> 01:20:42,400 myself. I'm going to zoom out a little 2006 01:20:42,400 --> 01:20:44,640 bit. Let's 2007 01:20:44,640 --> 01:20:46,400 change this just a little bit. And I'm 2008 01:20:46,400 --> 01:20:49,199 going to zoom out. 2009 01:20:49,199 --> 01:20:52,880 Something like this. 2010 01:20:52,880 --> 01:20:56,480 and we're going to take a picture. 2011 01:20:56,480 --> 01:20:57,760 Do you want to register this? We're 2012 01:20:57,760 --> 01:20:59,920 going to set okay 2013 01:20:59,920 --> 01:21:04,080 and I'm done. Right. We can also select 2014 01:21:04,080 --> 01:21:06,560 people from images that we have on our 2015 01:21:06,560 --> 01:21:09,360 cards. We can change or delete the 2016 01:21:09,360 --> 01:21:12,719 prioritization. So, if you have more or 2017 01:21:12,719 --> 01:21:14,719 special loved ones, you can change their 2018 01:21:14,719 --> 01:21:17,600 pri prioritization. 2019 01:21:17,600 --> 01:21:21,199 We can delete. We can also save and load 2020 01:21:21,199 --> 01:21:23,679 registered faces onto a card and 2021 01:21:23,679 --> 01:21:25,760 transfer them to another camera. So 2022 01:21:25,760 --> 01:21:28,400 really awesome. You know, if you're if 2023 01:21:28,400 --> 01:21:30,320 you're shooting a lot of like team 2024 01:21:30,320 --> 01:21:32,560 sports or your children especially and 2025 01:21:32,560 --> 01:21:34,239 you want the camera to find and 2026 01:21:34,239 --> 01:21:37,840 prioritize them, this is how we do it. 2027 01:21:37,840 --> 01:21:41,520 So now you can see if I zoom in say on 2028 01:21:41,520 --> 01:21:45,440 myself here you can see that it's 2029 01:21:45,440 --> 01:21:50,000 recognizing me and it does so you can 2030 01:21:50,000 --> 01:21:51,920 see this little icon here down on the 2031 01:21:51,920 --> 01:21:53,920 bottom. It's like a little portrait with 2032 01:21:53,920 --> 01:21:56,480 a circle. What the camera is saying is 2033 01:21:56,480 --> 01:21:58,159 hey we recognize one of your registered 2034 01:21:58,159 --> 01:21:59,600 faces. And you'll notice that we get 2035 01:21:59,600 --> 01:22:02,080 these arrow keys to the left and right 2036 01:22:02,080 --> 01:22:05,360 so I can change which eyeball I want. we 2037 01:22:05,360 --> 01:22:07,360 get the doubled four corners, which is 2038 01:22:07,360 --> 01:22:08,800 our tracking. The camera is 2039 01:22:08,800 --> 01:22:10,400 automatically going to start tracking 2040 01:22:10,400 --> 01:22:12,639 this subject. Now, here's the 2041 01:22:12,639 --> 01:22:14,560 interesting part. I'm going to zoom out. 2042 01:22:14,560 --> 01:22:17,040 And there's a picture of my dad and I 2043 01:22:17,040 --> 01:22:18,239 from a long time ago. It's kind of 2044 01:22:18,239 --> 01:22:21,120 underexposed. Maybe me bump this up just 2045 01:22:21,120 --> 01:22:25,320 a little bit. Make it easier to see. 2046 01:22:25,920 --> 01:22:28,639 We get these arrows and I push to the 2047 01:22:28,639 --> 01:22:31,760 left and it jumps onto my face. But when 2048 01:22:31,760 --> 01:22:34,000 I push to the right, it won't allow me 2049 01:22:34,000 --> 01:22:37,040 to focus on my dad. The precision in 2050 01:22:37,040 --> 01:22:40,480 this is pretty amazing. Look how small 2051 01:22:40,480 --> 01:22:42,639 our faces are. I remember when face 2052 01:22:42,639 --> 01:22:44,960 detection first came out, it was not 2053 01:22:44,960 --> 01:22:46,639 this precise. You had to have like a 2054 01:22:46,639 --> 01:22:49,040 certain amount of real estate in order 2055 01:22:49,040 --> 01:22:51,199 for it 2056 01:22:51,199 --> 01:22:54,678 to see it. 2057 01:22:54,719 --> 01:22:57,040 There it goes. So, it's just the two of 2058 01:22:57,040 --> 01:22:59,120 us. I can I can manage it. It's kind of 2059 01:22:59,120 --> 01:23:01,280 fighting me a little bit. But I I share 2060 01:23:01,280 --> 01:23:04,080 this to to show how tight and how small 2061 01:23:04,080 --> 01:23:06,000 even 2062 01:23:06,000 --> 01:23:07,840 Yeah, that's crazy. Even the different 2063 01:23:07,840 --> 01:23:12,320 eyes. So when you do it right, what will 2064 01:23:12,320 --> 01:23:14,320 happen is the camera will be able to 2065 01:23:14,320 --> 01:23:17,040 find your registered faces even in a 2066 01:23:17,040 --> 01:23:20,639 crowd of people, even with many years of 2067 01:23:20,639 --> 01:23:22,000 difference between them. So it's 2068 01:23:22,000 --> 01:23:24,239 becoming more and more accurate. It's a 2069 01:23:24,239 --> 01:23:27,120 really powerful tool if you have kids or 2070 01:23:27,120 --> 01:23:29,040 loved ones. And that is the face 2071 01:23:29,040 --> 01:23:31,199 recognition. Obviously, if this becomes 2072 01:23:31,199 --> 01:23:32,960 annoying and you're tripping over it and 2073 01:23:32,960 --> 01:23:34,480 you don't want to deal with it, you can 2074 01:23:34,480 --> 01:23:36,400 come into register priority and just 2075 01:23:36,400 --> 01:23:39,360 turn it off. And we notice that icon 2076 01:23:39,360 --> 01:23:40,880 disappears. 2077 01:23:40,880 --> 01:23:42,960 Having gone through tons of different 2078 01:23:42,960 --> 01:23:45,280 focusing techniques, we'll talk a little 2079 01:23:45,280 --> 01:23:47,360 bit more about video in just a moment. I 2080 01:23:47,360 --> 01:23:50,960 want to talk about manual focusing. So, 2081 01:23:50,960 --> 01:23:52,639 there will be times you will not want 2082 01:23:52,639 --> 01:23:54,400 the camera helping you. You want to lock 2083 01:23:54,400 --> 01:23:56,719 your focus down. And the way to jump 2084 01:23:56,719 --> 01:23:58,320 into that is with the lens switch. 2085 01:23:58,320 --> 01:23:59,760 Usually it's the fastest is just move 2086 01:23:59,760 --> 01:24:01,280 the lens switch from autofocus to 2087 01:24:01,280 --> 01:24:03,280 manual. You'll notice that the moment we 2088 01:24:03,280 --> 01:24:07,040 do this, we get this little bar. So in 2089 01:24:07,040 --> 01:24:09,280 manual focus, when we see this graph and 2090 01:24:09,280 --> 01:24:11,280 this bar here on the bottom, we can 2091 01:24:11,280 --> 01:24:14,560 rotate the camera's manual focus ring 2092 01:24:14,560 --> 01:24:17,199 and we can change it to the distance to 2093 01:24:17,199 --> 01:24:20,560 focus in in meters. 2094 01:24:20,560 --> 01:24:22,800 This is focusing at affinity. It's very 2095 01:24:22,800 --> 01:24:24,560 useful for landscape shooting, 2096 01:24:24,560 --> 01:24:26,880 astrophotography. It essentially means 2097 01:24:26,880 --> 01:24:28,800 anything past that point should be in 2098 01:24:28,800 --> 01:24:30,320 focus. 2099 01:24:30,320 --> 01:24:32,719 But there are even better manual 2100 01:24:32,719 --> 01:24:35,679 focusing tools in our camera. And I call 2101 01:24:35,679 --> 01:24:37,840 this manual zoom focusing. See this 2102 01:24:37,840 --> 01:24:38,960 little magnifying glass? We're going to 2103 01:24:38,960 --> 01:24:41,679 push that. That is going to magnify 2104 01:24:41,679 --> 01:24:46,159 times five. And then I can rotate my 2105 01:24:46,159 --> 01:24:48,159 focusing wheel. Tilt this up just a 2106 01:24:48,159 --> 01:24:51,199 little bit so I can see the eye. I use 2107 01:24:51,199 --> 01:24:54,719 manual focusing a lot on video. Probably 2108 01:24:54,719 --> 01:24:57,360 more than anything on video is manual. 2109 01:24:57,360 --> 01:24:59,280 So I can dial this in precise, but if 2110 01:24:59,280 --> 01:25:01,600 I'm not sure, I want to be closer. Push 2111 01:25:01,600 --> 01:25:05,440 it again. Now I am at 10x. 2112 01:25:05,440 --> 01:25:07,840 Just tweak this focusing ring until I 2113 01:25:07,840 --> 01:25:11,679 get it in focus there. 2114 01:25:11,679 --> 01:25:13,920 And then I can jump out. That is manual 2115 01:25:13,920 --> 01:25:15,920 zoom focusing. It doesn't need to be on 2116 01:25:15,920 --> 01:25:17,679 people. You can do it for products. You 2117 01:25:17,679 --> 01:25:20,000 can do it for video. It locks your focus 2118 01:25:20,000 --> 01:25:22,800 point down to a specific location and it 2119 01:25:22,800 --> 01:25:24,560 will not change until you change the 2120 01:25:24,560 --> 01:25:27,360 ring or you go back to a focusing mode. 2121 01:25:27,360 --> 01:25:30,400 Extremely useful for video shooting. 2122 01:25:30,400 --> 01:25:32,159 While we're on the topic of manual 2123 01:25:32,159 --> 01:25:33,840 focusing, there are some additional 2124 01:25:33,840 --> 01:25:35,920 tools built into the system that I want 2125 01:25:35,920 --> 01:25:38,639 to point out real quick. Come into your 2126 01:25:38,639 --> 01:25:40,639 purple tab in the deep menu. It's going 2127 01:25:40,639 --> 01:25:43,840 to be page six out of seven. And we're 2128 01:25:43,840 --> 01:25:45,760 going to turn on something called manual 2129 01:25:45,760 --> 01:25:48,480 peaking settings. We're going to select 2130 01:25:48,480 --> 01:25:50,719 high. We're going to select uh in this 2131 01:25:50,719 --> 01:25:52,880 case, let's just do blue. And we're 2132 01:25:52,880 --> 01:25:55,760 going to turn this on. When this is 2133 01:25:55,760 --> 01:25:58,719 turned on, if I turn it back to 2134 01:25:58,719 --> 01:26:01,840 autofocus, you can see it disappears. 2135 01:26:01,840 --> 01:26:04,159 But you will notice there is a faint 2136 01:26:04,159 --> 01:26:06,400 blue highlight appearing in certain 2137 01:26:06,400 --> 01:26:08,639 places of high contrast. Look at my 2138 01:26:08,639 --> 01:26:12,080 hair. Look at my eyes. See if we can 2139 01:26:12,080 --> 01:26:14,719 hide some of this info. See if we can 2140 01:26:14,719 --> 01:26:17,840 turn our settings down a little bit. 2141 01:26:17,840 --> 01:26:19,360 There we go. Now we're starting to see 2142 01:26:19,360 --> 01:26:21,199 it better. You can see this very faint 2143 01:26:21,199 --> 01:26:23,920 blue line on the blind edges in my hair, 2144 01:26:23,920 --> 01:26:26,000 on my chin here a little bit. So, what 2145 01:26:26,000 --> 01:26:28,480 peaking focus does is it puts a color 2146 01:26:28,480 --> 01:26:31,920 overlay on areas of high contrast in the 2147 01:26:31,920 --> 01:26:35,280 frame. Videographers use this a lot. You 2148 01:26:35,280 --> 01:26:38,080 can change the color. If the blue isn't 2149 01:26:38,080 --> 01:26:41,199 working for you, we want to do red. This 2150 01:26:41,199 --> 01:26:43,520 is how the tool works. It's a very 2151 01:26:43,520 --> 01:26:45,760 useful because you can see exactly more 2152 01:26:45,760 --> 01:26:47,840 or less where the depth of field is as 2153 01:26:47,840 --> 01:26:51,120 you're shooting. There are additional 2154 01:26:51,120 --> 01:26:56,639 focusing tools. Turn this one off. 2155 01:26:56,639 --> 01:26:58,320 This other one is called the focus 2156 01:26:58,320 --> 01:27:01,679 guide. We saw it earlier on Canon video 2157 01:27:01,679 --> 01:27:04,080 cameras. I'm going to just pan over 2158 01:27:04,080 --> 01:27:06,639 here. Get away from that. We're looking 2159 01:27:06,639 --> 01:27:09,360 at these three tick marks. There's one 2160 01:27:09,360 --> 01:27:11,040 in the center and on the sides. Oh, it 2161 01:27:11,040 --> 01:27:12,560 wants an area of contrast, too. So, 2162 01:27:12,560 --> 01:27:15,679 let's let's just get this. So, now as we 2163 01:27:15,679 --> 01:27:18,000 rotate 2164 01:27:18,000 --> 01:27:20,800 the manual focusing ring and to the 2165 01:27:20,800 --> 01:27:22,800 point that they all align it, they'll 2166 01:27:22,800 --> 01:27:24,800 turn green. 2167 01:27:24,800 --> 01:27:27,440 Boom. So, what it's telling us is here's 2168 01:27:27,440 --> 01:27:30,000 a way that you can manually focus using 2169 01:27:30,000 --> 01:27:31,920 those tick marks. For whatever reason, 2170 01:27:31,920 --> 01:27:33,679 when they're aligned, it's saying yes, 2171 01:27:33,679 --> 01:27:35,600 this is the area of highest contrast. 2172 01:27:35,600 --> 01:27:37,760 When we pan over to an area of low 2173 01:27:37,760 --> 01:27:39,679 contrast, you can see it doesn't really 2174 01:27:39,679 --> 01:27:43,040 work. Come back into the menu. This last 2175 01:27:43,040 --> 01:27:47,120 one here is to clear magnify zoom. I'm 2176 01:27:47,120 --> 01:27:49,679 going to turn this one to on focusing 2177 01:27:49,679 --> 01:27:51,280 guide. 2178 01:27:51,280 --> 01:27:55,280 What this does is that as we punch in, 2179 01:27:55,280 --> 01:27:56,880 if we want to jump out of that, tap the 2180 01:27:56,880 --> 01:27:58,400 shutter button and you're out of it. 2181 01:27:58,400 --> 01:28:00,560 Very useful if you use it a lot. Lots of 2182 01:28:00,560 --> 01:28:02,719 great focusing tools, both in auto as 2183 01:28:02,719 --> 01:28:04,400 well as manual. Let's take a look at 2184 01:28:04,400 --> 01:28:06,400 some of the video focusing tools. We 2185 01:28:06,400 --> 01:28:08,000 have a focusing target here and we have 2186 01:28:08,000 --> 01:28:10,880 my face target. So, obviously I can use 2187 01:28:10,880 --> 01:28:14,000 the back monitor to touch focus and it 2188 01:28:14,000 --> 01:28:16,960 you can notice how fast it's jumping. 2189 01:28:16,960 --> 01:28:21,280 It's kind of a a jumpy fast focus. When 2190 01:28:21,280 --> 01:28:24,880 I flip over to the video mode and I do 2191 01:28:24,880 --> 01:28:26,480 the same thing, you'll notice it's a 2192 01:28:26,480 --> 01:28:29,840 smooth gradual transition. And the 2193 01:28:29,840 --> 01:28:31,440 reason why we're doing this is because 2194 01:28:31,440 --> 01:28:33,760 in Hollywood there's somebody called the 2195 01:28:33,760 --> 01:28:36,639 first AC. His job is to focus and he 2196 01:28:36,639 --> 01:28:39,120 does it manually with control wheels to 2197 01:28:39,120 --> 01:28:41,199 keep it smooth and steady. When the 2198 01:28:41,199 --> 01:28:44,560 Canon 7D 70D came out, this was the 2199 01:28:44,560 --> 01:28:46,320 first time I saw the feature. My mind 2200 01:28:46,320 --> 01:28:48,960 was just blown because you can replace 2201 01:28:48,960 --> 01:28:51,360 somebody's job just by touching on the 2202 01:28:51,360 --> 01:28:52,800 back monitor. You know, we're often 2203 01:28:52,800 --> 01:28:56,080 shooting alone. So, this is racking 2204 01:28:56,080 --> 01:28:59,600 focus using the touch monitor. It's 2205 01:28:59,600 --> 01:29:02,000 usually much smoother. You'll also 2206 01:29:02,000 --> 01:29:05,280 notice we have this servo AF that when 2207 01:29:05,280 --> 01:29:08,000 we turn it off, the camera will not 2208 01:29:08,000 --> 01:29:10,400 focus. 2209 01:29:10,400 --> 01:29:13,040 When I shoot video, I'm typically in a 2210 01:29:13,040 --> 01:29:15,760 manual focus. But if I am using this 2211 01:29:15,760 --> 01:29:17,760 tool to shift attention from one subject 2212 01:29:17,760 --> 01:29:20,719 matter to another during a video shoot, 2213 01:29:20,719 --> 01:29:23,040 this is exactly how I would do it. I 2214 01:29:23,040 --> 01:29:24,400 would use this 2215 01:29:24,400 --> 01:29:28,080 touch to rack focus tool. 2216 01:29:28,080 --> 01:29:30,560 Another funny nuance I need to address 2217 01:29:30,560 --> 01:29:33,600 is that if I flip back to stills mode, 2218 01:29:33,600 --> 01:29:36,320 you remember manual peaking. So, I'm 2219 01:29:36,320 --> 01:29:38,080 going to flip the video or the switch. 2220 01:29:38,080 --> 01:29:39,840 Now, I'm going to flip from autofocus to 2221 01:29:39,840 --> 01:29:41,679 manual. You can see that we still have 2222 01:29:41,679 --> 01:29:43,600 our peaking. 2223 01:29:43,600 --> 01:29:45,600 Now, I'm going to flip over to video 2224 01:29:45,600 --> 01:29:47,920 mode. We lose our peaking feature even 2225 01:29:47,920 --> 01:29:50,159 though we're in manual focus. So, this 2226 01:29:50,159 --> 01:29:53,120 nuance is that the menu systems between 2227 01:29:53,120 --> 01:29:55,040 stills and video, even though they're 2228 01:29:55,040 --> 01:29:56,880 the same feature. If you turn something 2229 01:29:56,880 --> 01:29:59,199 on in a stills deep menu, it doesn't 2230 01:29:59,199 --> 01:30:02,320 necessarily mean it is turned on for the 2231 01:30:02,320 --> 01:30:04,400 video deep menu. You can see it's turned 2232 01:30:04,400 --> 01:30:07,360 off here. I can flip the switch over to 2233 01:30:07,360 --> 01:30:09,280 stills, go into the deep menu, and it's 2234 01:30:09,280 --> 01:30:12,639 on there. So, keep that in mind. The 2235 01:30:12,639 --> 01:30:14,880 camera sees the video deep menu and the 2236 01:30:14,880 --> 01:30:16,560 stills deep menu as two different 2237 01:30:16,560 --> 01:30:18,320 things, even though it's the same exact 2238 01:30:18,320 --> 01:30:20,560 feature. We can turn it on here if we 2239 01:30:20,560 --> 01:30:23,600 want. Make sure you press the set button 2240 01:30:23,600 --> 01:30:25,840 to select it. Make sure it's on. Tap the 2241 01:30:25,840 --> 01:30:27,199 shutter button. And then we get our 2242 01:30:27,199 --> 01:30:30,639 peaking in video. Something to keep in 2243 01:30:30,639 --> 01:30:34,239 mind. Let's talk about picture styles 2244 01:30:34,239 --> 01:30:36,800 real quick. In the beginning, I don't 2245 01:30:36,800 --> 01:30:39,440 really recommend you mess with these too 2246 01:30:39,440 --> 01:30:42,400 much. There's an auto picture style and 2247 01:30:42,400 --> 01:30:43,840 there's a standard. you're going to be 2248 01:30:43,840 --> 01:30:45,199 fine if you just leave it on auto for 2249 01:30:45,199 --> 01:30:47,440 now. But as you get into certain kinds 2250 01:30:47,440 --> 01:30:50,000 of shooting, you are going to probably 2251 01:30:50,000 --> 01:30:52,880 tweak these if you use JPEGs a lot. And 2252 01:30:52,880 --> 01:30:55,440 when I shot weddings, I shot the, you 2253 01:30:55,440 --> 01:30:58,239 know, the reception, the candids. Those 2254 01:30:58,239 --> 01:30:59,840 were JPEGs. If we're doing portraits of 2255 01:30:59,840 --> 01:31:01,440 the bride, you know, with the groom on 2256 01:31:01,440 --> 01:31:03,120 the altar, obviously these are going to 2257 01:31:03,120 --> 01:31:05,120 be RAWs. We were going to tweak them and 2258 01:31:05,120 --> 01:31:07,360 post-process them. If you have a JPEG 2259 01:31:07,360 --> 01:31:10,880 heavy shoot, we are going to want our 2260 01:31:10,880 --> 01:31:14,239 images recorded in such a way that we 2261 01:31:14,239 --> 01:31:16,320 will do as little processing as 2262 01:31:16,320 --> 01:31:18,800 possible. I would consider this more of 2263 01:31:18,800 --> 01:31:20,400 an advanced setting. So, if you're pure 2264 01:31:20,400 --> 01:31:22,239 beginner, I wouldn't worry about it. 2265 01:31:22,239 --> 01:31:24,239 Let's talk about picture styles. To 2266 01:31:24,239 --> 01:31:26,080 access them, you press the Q button. 2267 01:31:26,080 --> 01:31:29,120 Here they are on the on the right here. 2268 01:31:29,120 --> 01:31:30,560 And you'll notice that we have these 2269 01:31:30,560 --> 01:31:32,400 different letters 2270 01:31:32,400 --> 01:31:34,400 to designate which one it is and some 2271 01:31:34,400 --> 01:31:36,639 numbers. And there's even a little name. 2272 01:31:36,639 --> 01:31:38,639 In the beginning, auto is fine. If 2273 01:31:38,639 --> 01:31:39,840 you're a pure beginner, just leave it on 2274 01:31:39,840 --> 01:31:42,000 auto. You are going to be fine. We also 2275 01:31:42,000 --> 01:31:44,320 have a standard one that has slightly 2276 01:31:44,320 --> 01:31:45,760 different settings even though the 2277 01:31:45,760 --> 01:31:47,760 numbers are the same. And then we have 2278 01:31:47,760 --> 01:31:49,280 this thing called portrait. It's kind of 2279 01:31:49,280 --> 01:31:51,600 hard to see, but you can see uh the 2280 01:31:51,600 --> 01:31:55,199 color tone on my picture changing 2281 01:31:55,199 --> 01:31:57,199 between these. So, look at my forehead 2282 01:31:57,199 --> 01:32:00,639 from standard to portrait to landscape. 2283 01:32:00,639 --> 01:32:03,280 You can see the color is changing. So, 2284 01:32:03,280 --> 01:32:05,440 what these are and how to access them is 2285 01:32:05,440 --> 01:32:07,679 we press the info button. These are 2286 01:32:07,679 --> 01:32:10,880 little recipes that tell the camera how 2287 01:32:10,880 --> 01:32:14,480 to tweak JPEGs before they are recorded. 2288 01:32:14,480 --> 01:32:16,719 Things like contrast. If I wanted to 2289 01:32:16,719 --> 01:32:19,199 have more contrast, I could turn this up 2290 01:32:19,199 --> 01:32:20,639 or I could turn it down. You can see the 2291 01:32:20,639 --> 01:32:23,040 the contrast on my face is changing. If 2292 01:32:23,040 --> 01:32:25,280 I wanted less saturation or more 2293 01:32:25,280 --> 01:32:28,400 saturation, I can do that as well. And 2294 01:32:28,400 --> 01:32:30,560 it's a way for you to tweak your JPEG 2295 01:32:30,560 --> 01:32:33,120 files. if you wanted uh monochrome, they 2296 01:32:33,120 --> 01:32:35,280 have it. The color tone is also here. 2297 01:32:35,280 --> 01:32:37,199 You can come back up, but there's tons 2298 01:32:37,199 --> 01:32:38,480 of them. There's portraits, there's 2299 01:32:38,480 --> 01:32:41,199 landscapes, fine detail, neutral, 2300 01:32:41,199 --> 01:32:44,000 faithful, monochrome. You could even 2301 01:32:44,000 --> 01:32:45,760 define 2302 01:32:45,760 --> 01:32:48,400 three of them on your own. They do have 2303 01:32:48,400 --> 01:32:50,880 additional settings in there that we 2304 01:32:50,880 --> 01:32:53,520 don't have control of for so for example 2305 01:32:53,520 --> 01:32:55,520 if you're shooting a portrait there are 2306 01:32:55,520 --> 01:32:58,320 flesh tone algorithms in there helping 2307 01:32:58,320 --> 01:33:00,320 you that you're not going to be able to 2308 01:33:00,320 --> 01:33:03,280 tweak. If you're shooting a landscape 2309 01:33:03,280 --> 01:33:05,440 your greens and your blues are going to 2310 01:33:05,440 --> 01:33:08,880 be more vibrant. So the idea on this is 2311 01:33:08,880 --> 01:33:10,159 you know shooting landscape you would 2312 01:33:10,159 --> 01:33:11,920 have it on the landscape picture style. 2313 01:33:11,920 --> 01:33:13,280 If you're shooting portraits you would 2314 01:33:13,280 --> 01:33:15,520 have it on obviously the portrait 2315 01:33:15,520 --> 01:33:17,040 picture style. If you're a pure 2316 01:33:17,040 --> 01:33:18,960 beginner, intermediate shooter, put it 2317 01:33:18,960 --> 01:33:20,639 on A or standard. Either one of those 2318 01:33:20,639 --> 01:33:22,639 are fine for now. And then you can tweak 2319 01:33:22,639 --> 01:33:24,560 them as you get more and more advanced. 2320 01:33:24,560 --> 01:33:26,560 And those are picture styles. Let's talk 2321 01:33:26,560 --> 01:33:29,040 about white balance real quick. White 2322 01:33:29,040 --> 01:33:31,440 balance essentially tells the camera 2323 01:33:31,440 --> 01:33:33,760 what kind of light we're shooting in. 2324 01:33:33,760 --> 01:33:35,920 I'm shooting inside my studio and I 2325 01:33:35,920 --> 01:33:37,120 actually have some mixed lighting 2326 01:33:37,120 --> 01:33:38,800 conditions. So, I have it dialed into a 2327 01:33:38,800 --> 01:33:40,719 custom Kelvin setting that I've actually 2328 01:33:40,719 --> 01:33:43,760 tweaked. I'm going to change that. 2329 01:33:43,760 --> 01:33:45,920 for the most part shoot in auto white 2330 01:33:45,920 --> 01:33:49,360 balance if you're just getting started. 2331 01:33:49,360 --> 01:33:52,880 Canon's cameras actually do pretty well 2332 01:33:52,880 --> 01:33:54,400 figuring out what kind of light they're 2333 01:33:54,400 --> 01:33:56,080 shooting in and it makes the adjustment 2334 01:33:56,080 --> 01:33:58,400 automatically. The truth of the matter 2335 01:33:58,400 --> 01:34:01,760 on this is that our eyes see and adjust 2336 01:34:01,760 --> 01:34:03,840 to light very differently than camera 2337 01:34:03,840 --> 01:34:06,639 sensors. Camera sensors have to be told 2338 01:34:06,639 --> 01:34:08,480 what kind of light they're shooting in. 2339 01:34:08,480 --> 01:34:10,800 And the these have different 2340 01:34:10,800 --> 01:34:12,320 temperatures, 2341 01:34:12,320 --> 01:34:14,639 whether they're more of a blue look or 2342 01:34:14,639 --> 01:34:18,000 more of a more yellowish kind of look. 2343 01:34:18,000 --> 01:34:20,320 Sometimes this is referred to as hot and 2344 01:34:20,320 --> 01:34:22,880 cold. And the terminology can be very 2345 01:34:22,880 --> 01:34:25,679 confusing in terms of what's happening. 2346 01:34:25,679 --> 01:34:28,239 To access our white balance settings, 2347 01:34:28,239 --> 01:34:29,840 we're going to push the Q button. We can 2348 01:34:29,840 --> 01:34:32,000 also access it with the MFN button. And 2349 01:34:32,000 --> 01:34:33,679 you'll see them here on the bottom. And 2350 01:34:33,679 --> 01:34:36,719 the idea is in a perfect world, you 2351 01:34:36,719 --> 01:34:40,080 would adjust your camera's white balance 2352 01:34:40,080 --> 01:34:41,360 depending on the light that you're 2353 01:34:41,360 --> 01:34:42,800 shooting in. And I want you to watch 2354 01:34:42,800 --> 01:34:45,840 what happens to the color of the blinds 2355 01:34:45,840 --> 01:34:47,920 as we scroll through this. They they 2356 01:34:47,920 --> 01:34:49,840 begin to shift colors. So, we got auto 2357 01:34:49,840 --> 01:34:53,520 white balance, daylight, 2358 01:34:53,520 --> 01:34:55,600 shade. See how it's changing colors 2359 01:34:55,600 --> 01:34:57,760 here? 2360 01:34:57,760 --> 01:34:59,840 Cloud cover, 2361 01:34:59,840 --> 01:35:01,760 incandescent light, which is a tungsten 2362 01:35:01,760 --> 01:35:03,120 light. You can see it's turned really 2363 01:35:03,120 --> 01:35:05,760 blue. Fluorescent light, which is almost 2364 01:35:05,760 --> 01:35:09,520 a purple. If we're using strobe, we can 2365 01:35:09,520 --> 01:35:12,400 also do a custom white balance. And then 2366 01:35:12,400 --> 01:35:15,040 we have our Kelvin white balances. You 2367 01:35:15,040 --> 01:35:18,080 can see it starts at 5200. 2368 01:35:18,080 --> 01:35:20,239 So the idea is that we want to set our 2369 01:35:20,239 --> 01:35:23,520 camera to be shooting in the type of 2370 01:35:23,520 --> 01:35:25,920 light because the camera will see it as 2371 01:35:25,920 --> 01:35:27,920 different colors. So, if you're out 2372 01:35:27,920 --> 01:35:29,840 shooting with auto white balance and you 2373 01:35:29,840 --> 01:35:31,440 you're reviewing your images and you get 2374 01:35:31,440 --> 01:35:33,679 this magenta tone or this maybe like a 2375 01:35:33,679 --> 01:35:36,239 really strong blue tone, probably it's 2376 01:35:36,239 --> 01:35:37,760 your white balance that's not set 2377 01:35:37,760 --> 01:35:41,600 correctly. The way this works, just for 2378 01:35:41,600 --> 01:35:44,639 the science of it, is the camera will 2379 01:35:44,639 --> 01:35:47,040 add the opposite of the color light 2380 01:35:47,040 --> 01:35:48,719 you're shooting in. Probably the easiest 2381 01:35:48,719 --> 01:35:51,280 way to think of it is candle lights. 2382 01:35:51,280 --> 01:35:54,000 Tungsten lights are are also a lower 2383 01:35:54,000 --> 01:35:57,600 Kelvin setting. So candle lights is a 2384 01:35:57,600 --> 01:35:59,840 very yellow kind of light and you can 2385 01:35:59,840 --> 01:36:02,000 see that this is kind of like a blue 2386 01:36:02,000 --> 01:36:04,880 tint, right? So what's happening is is 2387 01:36:04,880 --> 01:36:06,400 that when the camera knows we're 2388 01:36:06,400 --> 01:36:08,239 shooting in a yellow type of light 2389 01:36:08,239 --> 01:36:11,520 situation, it is going to add blue back 2390 01:36:11,520 --> 01:36:15,199 in. Does the opposite of of what we're 2391 01:36:15,199 --> 01:36:18,159 shooting in to try to balance it out. If 2392 01:36:18,159 --> 01:36:20,480 we were shooting in something that was a 2393 01:36:20,480 --> 01:36:22,560 much higher Kelvin, it would be 2394 01:36:22,560 --> 01:36:23,920 something. In fact, let's just dial it 2395 01:36:23,920 --> 01:36:25,199 in and I'll show you real quick. Let's 2396 01:36:25,199 --> 01:36:28,159 go set. So, this allows us to tell the 2397 01:36:28,159 --> 01:36:29,440 Kelvin temperature that we're shooting 2398 01:36:29,440 --> 01:36:32,000 in is that as we get into these higher 2399 01:36:32,000 --> 01:36:34,719 color temperatures, it becomes more and 2400 01:36:34,719 --> 01:36:37,520 more almost like a yellowish orang-ish 2401 01:36:37,520 --> 01:36:38,880 kind of look. I like to think of this 2402 01:36:38,880 --> 01:36:41,199 as, you know, like a blowtorrch is 2403 01:36:41,199 --> 01:36:43,120 really really hot. It's a really blue 2404 01:36:43,120 --> 01:36:46,159 light. and the camera on these higher 2405 01:36:46,159 --> 01:36:49,119 Kelvin will add yellow and orange back 2406 01:36:49,119 --> 01:36:51,440 into it to balance it out. That's kind 2407 01:36:51,440 --> 01:36:54,480 of like the short overview of how white 2408 01:36:54,480 --> 01:36:57,600 balance works. Daylight balance is 2409 01:36:57,600 --> 01:37:00,960 typically at 5200. 2410 01:37:00,960 --> 01:37:03,280 So, if you do a lot of studio shooting, 2411 01:37:03,280 --> 01:37:04,560 you're going going to want to have 2412 01:37:04,560 --> 01:37:06,400 lights that are daylight balanced at 2413 01:37:06,400 --> 01:37:09,360 5200 Kelvin. Kelvin. Without getting 2414 01:37:09,360 --> 01:37:11,040 into too much of the science, there is 2415 01:37:11,040 --> 01:37:13,360 this essentially a device, a theoretical 2416 01:37:13,360 --> 01:37:16,880 device called a black box that radiates 2417 01:37:16,880 --> 01:37:19,119 a certain color at different 2418 01:37:19,119 --> 01:37:21,040 temperatures. And so when you hear this 2419 01:37:21,040 --> 01:37:23,040 referral to Kelvin light, that's what 2420 01:37:23,040 --> 01:37:25,040 they're talking about where tungsten 2421 01:37:25,040 --> 01:37:28,560 light might be 3,200 Kelvin. Daylight 2422 01:37:28,560 --> 01:37:32,320 and flash balance might be 5200 Kelvin. 2423 01:37:32,320 --> 01:37:33,920 That is what they're referring to. It's 2424 01:37:33,920 --> 01:37:37,600 the color standard temperature based on 2425 01:37:37,600 --> 01:37:40,159 this blackbox experiment. When you get 2426 01:37:40,159 --> 01:37:43,280 into a mixed lighting condition like I'm 2427 01:37:43,280 --> 01:37:45,600 shooting in now, we may have to do a 2428 01:37:45,600 --> 01:37:47,199 custom white balance. And I'll show you 2429 01:37:47,199 --> 01:37:49,520 how to do this right now. We're going to 2430 01:37:49,520 --> 01:37:52,080 come in. In fact, let's jump out of 2431 01:37:52,080 --> 01:37:54,719 this. We're going to go to this guy 2432 01:37:54,719 --> 01:37:57,920 here, custom. And it has a garbage icon. 2433 01:37:57,920 --> 01:37:59,600 Shoot to set white balance. We're going 2434 01:37:59,600 --> 01:38:01,520 to push that. and we're going to take a 2435 01:38:01,520 --> 01:38:05,840 picture of something white, the blinds. 2436 01:38:05,840 --> 01:38:07,600 We're telling it this is this is what's 2437 01:38:07,600 --> 01:38:10,639 white. And then once we go into our 2438 01:38:10,639 --> 01:38:12,719 custom white balance, it's basically 2439 01:38:12,719 --> 01:38:14,719 saying we have measured the light for 2440 01:38:14,719 --> 01:38:16,800 the scene, even including the mixed 2441 01:38:16,800 --> 01:38:18,080 lighting conditions. And this is as 2442 01:38:18,080 --> 01:38:20,719 close as we can get to perfectly white 2443 01:38:20,719 --> 01:38:23,840 balance. We can also come into the menu. 2444 01:38:23,840 --> 01:38:26,159 Let's come in here. See if we can find 2445 01:38:26,159 --> 01:38:29,360 this thing. 2446 01:38:29,360 --> 01:38:31,600 Okay, page four out of 10. We have our 2447 01:38:31,600 --> 01:38:33,520 custom white balance setting. We select 2448 01:38:33,520 --> 01:38:36,239 this 2449 01:38:36,239 --> 01:38:38,480 and it will allow us to choose an image 2450 01:38:38,480 --> 01:38:40,159 if we have already taken one. Sometimes 2451 01:38:40,159 --> 01:38:41,920 I'll just throw in, you know, a sheet of 2452 01:38:41,920 --> 01:38:43,760 paper. Just depends on depends on what 2453 01:38:43,760 --> 01:38:48,080 I'm doing. Let's talk about real quick 2454 01:38:48,080 --> 01:38:50,560 another feature in this, which is the 2455 01:38:50,560 --> 01:38:52,639 shift and bracket, which I've changed 2456 01:38:52,639 --> 01:38:55,040 because of something I noticed on my 2457 01:38:55,040 --> 01:38:57,360 camera. I am shooting in my studio, but 2458 01:38:57,360 --> 01:38:59,360 I have light leaking in from outside. 2459 01:38:59,360 --> 01:39:01,440 Daylight and different other kinds of 2460 01:39:01,440 --> 01:39:04,080 light are mixing. So, what I did is I 2461 01:39:04,080 --> 01:39:06,639 shifted the white balance. This is 2462 01:39:06,639 --> 01:39:08,560 something that most beginners are not 2463 01:39:08,560 --> 01:39:10,960 going to do. But when you come into this 2464 01:39:10,960 --> 01:39:12,960 setting 2465 01:39:12,960 --> 01:39:16,480 info, it is going to allow us to shift 2466 01:39:16,480 --> 01:39:18,400 the color one way or the other. And I 2467 01:39:18,400 --> 01:39:20,239 noticed it was leaning a little heavy 2468 01:39:20,239 --> 01:39:22,400 onto the blue side, and I didn't like 2469 01:39:22,400 --> 01:39:24,239 that. So, I came over here and I shifted 2470 01:39:24,239 --> 01:39:26,159 it to red. 2471 01:39:26,159 --> 01:39:27,679 There's some funky things going on with 2472 01:39:27,679 --> 01:39:29,679 the monitor and I'm noticing there's a 2473 01:39:29,679 --> 01:39:31,199 little bit of blue on this side no 2474 01:39:31,199 --> 01:39:34,320 matter where I aim the camera. It's kind 2475 01:39:34,320 --> 01:39:37,840 of been bugging me, but the auto white 2476 01:39:37,840 --> 01:39:40,880 balance shift and bracket allows you to 2477 01:39:40,880 --> 01:39:43,840 tweak even after you have the right 2478 01:39:43,840 --> 01:39:48,719 white balance. So we have blue, green, 2479 01:39:48,719 --> 01:39:51,199 amber, and magenta. And we can shift 2480 01:39:51,199 --> 01:39:53,679 that. This is not something that a 2481 01:39:53,679 --> 01:39:55,199 beginning or intermediate photographer 2482 01:39:55,199 --> 01:39:56,560 would be messing with. But if you 2483 01:39:56,560 --> 01:39:58,159 noticed something and you weren't happy 2484 01:39:58,159 --> 01:39:59,760 with it and you wanted to get a little 2485 01:39:59,760 --> 01:40:01,920 bit more neutral, you might come in here 2486 01:40:01,920 --> 01:40:04,639 and play with that. 2487 01:40:04,639 --> 01:40:06,239 Again, for the most part, if you're a 2488 01:40:06,239 --> 01:40:07,600 beginning photographer, auto white 2489 01:40:07,600 --> 01:40:09,760 balance is going to be your answer. And 2490 01:40:09,760 --> 01:40:11,520 when you start to notice these color 2491 01:40:11,520 --> 01:40:12,880 shifts, you're going to want to come in 2492 01:40:12,880 --> 01:40:15,679 and get more specific. This also applies 2493 01:40:15,679 --> 01:40:17,440 to video. 2494 01:40:17,440 --> 01:40:19,040 And it's more important that you lock it 2495 01:40:19,040 --> 01:40:21,920 down in video because if you have color 2496 01:40:21,920 --> 01:40:24,000 light shifting, the camera will try to 2497 01:40:24,000 --> 01:40:25,840 correct it and then you'll get these 2498 01:40:25,840 --> 01:40:27,440 color shifts on your video and it 2499 01:40:27,440 --> 01:40:29,040 doesn't look really good. Real quick, 2500 01:40:29,040 --> 01:40:30,800 let's talk about our camera's drive 2501 01:40:30,800 --> 01:40:32,639 modes, which is what the camera does 2502 01:40:32,639 --> 01:40:34,719 after we push the shutter button down 2503 01:40:34,719 --> 01:40:37,119 all the way. So, you'll notice that we 2504 01:40:37,119 --> 01:40:39,920 have this H in green. This is 2505 01:40:39,920 --> 01:40:41,760 designating our current drive mode. We 2506 01:40:41,760 --> 01:40:43,600 can access it by pressing the Q button, 2507 01:40:43,600 --> 01:40:45,199 and we get the drive modes on the 2508 01:40:45,199 --> 01:40:48,320 bottom. As quick review here, single 2509 01:40:48,320 --> 01:40:50,400 shooting means we get a single frame. We 2510 01:40:50,400 --> 01:40:52,480 push a shutter button down all the way. 2511 01:40:52,480 --> 01:40:54,560 It takes one picture even if we hold it 2512 01:40:54,560 --> 01:40:57,119 down. So these drive modes, these three 2513 01:40:57,119 --> 01:40:58,480 here on the bottom, high-speed 2514 01:40:58,480 --> 01:40:59,920 continuous with a little plus, 2515 01:40:59,920 --> 01:41:03,600 high-speed continuous, and low speed, it 2516 01:41:03,600 --> 01:41:05,840 really depends on how we have the camera 2517 01:41:05,840 --> 01:41:08,159 set up. If you're using a mechanical 2518 01:41:08,159 --> 01:41:10,560 shutter, this is 12 frames per second. I 2519 01:41:10,560 --> 01:41:12,560 believe this is like 6.2 and this last 2520 01:41:12,560 --> 01:41:15,280 one is three. Obviously, when we're 2521 01:41:15,280 --> 01:41:17,040 moving a physical shutter, it's, you 2522 01:41:17,040 --> 01:41:18,719 know, requires a lot of energy for the 2523 01:41:18,719 --> 01:41:21,600 camera to do this. If we are using an 2524 01:41:21,600 --> 01:41:24,080 electronic shutter, the shutter, the 2525 01:41:24,080 --> 01:41:28,159 mechanical shutter stays open and it's 2526 01:41:28,159 --> 01:41:30,159 capturing the image electronically. And 2527 01:41:30,159 --> 01:41:33,440 this would be 40, 20, and five. I will 2528 01:41:33,440 --> 01:41:34,800 show you electronic shutter at the end 2529 01:41:34,800 --> 01:41:36,560 of this lesson, just so you know where 2530 01:41:36,560 --> 01:41:39,440 to find it. as we come across these 2531 01:41:39,440 --> 01:41:41,360 other ones. Now, we have a 10-second 2532 01:41:41,360 --> 01:41:44,719 timer, a 2-cond timer, and a 10-second 2533 01:41:44,719 --> 01:41:47,040 timer that allows us to tell it how many 2534 01:41:47,040 --> 01:41:48,960 images we want to take, whether it's two 2535 01:41:48,960 --> 01:41:51,360 or 10. If you're shooting group photos 2536 01:41:51,360 --> 01:41:52,880 and you have to be in it, this is very 2537 01:41:52,880 --> 01:41:54,560 handy because people close their eyes 2538 01:41:54,560 --> 01:41:56,480 and they're blinking. And you can just 2539 01:41:56,480 --> 01:41:58,480 set it up for like 10, you know, family 2540 01:41:58,480 --> 01:42:00,960 pictures over Thanksgiving or Christmas, 2541 01:42:00,960 --> 01:42:03,119 and you'd be good to go. So, this is 2542 01:42:03,119 --> 01:42:04,800 what the drive modes do. It tells the 2543 01:42:04,800 --> 01:42:06,239 camera what to do after we push the 2544 01:42:06,239 --> 01:42:08,480 shutter button down. And also, as a side 2545 01:42:08,480 --> 01:42:10,080 note, on these continuous burst ones, 2546 01:42:10,080 --> 01:42:12,239 you have to hold the shutter button 2547 01:42:12,239 --> 01:42:14,639 down. So, by default, we're going to 2548 01:42:14,639 --> 01:42:16,960 come into the menu. It's the red tab, 2549 01:42:16,960 --> 01:42:19,199 page six out of 10, and you're going to 2550 01:42:19,199 --> 01:42:23,840 scroll down here to shutter mode. If by 2551 01:42:23,840 --> 01:42:25,679 default, it should be set to something 2552 01:42:25,679 --> 01:42:27,440 like this. Electronic first shutter 2553 01:42:27,440 --> 01:42:29,920 curtain. Listen to the mechanics of the 2554 01:42:29,920 --> 01:42:33,520 shutter um closing. 2555 01:42:33,520 --> 01:42:36,560 So we can actually hear it. 2556 01:42:36,560 --> 01:42:39,520 If you want to hear a full mechanical, 2557 01:42:39,520 --> 01:42:43,119 basically the same. 2558 01:42:43,119 --> 01:42:44,480 Listen to what we get when we get 2559 01:42:44,480 --> 01:42:46,000 electronic shutter. So there's no 2560 01:42:46,000 --> 01:42:49,600 physical shutter opening and closing. 2561 01:42:49,600 --> 01:42:52,320 So it just really blitzes through them. 2562 01:42:52,320 --> 01:42:54,159 40 frames per second. I mean, we're 2563 01:42:54,159 --> 01:42:57,119 talking about that is awesome for a 2564 01:42:57,119 --> 01:42:58,719 camera in this price range. I think it 2565 01:42:58,719 --> 01:43:01,440 is. There are some limitations with it 2566 01:43:01,440 --> 01:43:03,920 in terms of if you're shooting in 2567 01:43:03,920 --> 01:43:05,840 certain lighting situations where we got 2568 01:43:05,840 --> 01:43:07,360 flickering lights, it could be a 2569 01:43:07,360 --> 01:43:09,600 problem, but suffice it to say, this is 2570 01:43:09,600 --> 01:43:12,000 really awesome feature to have in our 2571 01:43:12,000 --> 01:43:14,320 camera. Let's talk about the camera's 2572 01:43:14,320 --> 01:43:16,800 metering modes. This applies mostly to 2573 01:43:16,800 --> 01:43:18,639 still shooting, although the evaluative 2574 01:43:18,639 --> 01:43:20,960 metering does work in a movie mode. 2575 01:43:20,960 --> 01:43:22,880 There are four metering modes, and the 2576 01:43:22,880 --> 01:43:24,960 easiest way for me to explain this is to 2577 01:43:24,960 --> 01:43:28,239 talk about the spot metering mode first. 2578 01:43:28,239 --> 01:43:29,840 So, I'm going to change it to spot 2579 01:43:29,840 --> 01:43:31,600 metering mode. It's this little dot in 2580 01:43:31,600 --> 01:43:33,520 the middle. I usually don't leave it on 2581 01:43:33,520 --> 01:43:35,119 spot, but it has a time and place. And 2582 01:43:35,119 --> 01:43:36,480 I'm going to move the camera over here 2583 01:43:36,480 --> 01:43:38,560 to the right. You'll notice that we have 2584 01:43:38,560 --> 01:43:40,239 this little circle in the middle of the 2585 01:43:40,239 --> 01:43:43,199 screen now. And what this is telling us 2586 01:43:43,199 --> 01:43:46,000 is the camera is now measuring light 2587 01:43:46,000 --> 01:43:48,639 only in that little circle. So, I have a 2588 01:43:48,639 --> 01:43:50,880 headlamp turned on. And as I move that 2589 01:43:50,880 --> 01:43:52,560 circle over the headlamp, what you'll 2590 01:43:52,560 --> 01:43:55,040 notice is the camera will get very, very 2591 01:43:55,040 --> 01:43:56,719 dark. The camera is turning the 2592 01:43:56,719 --> 01:43:59,760 exposure, the automatic exposure of the 2593 01:43:59,760 --> 01:44:01,280 camera down because I'm in aperture 2594 01:44:01,280 --> 01:44:04,639 priority mode. I'm at f7.1, 2595 01:44:04,639 --> 01:44:07,360 but it's recognizing that this is, hey, 2596 01:44:07,360 --> 01:44:09,360 this is a really bright amount of light 2597 01:44:09,360 --> 01:44:11,679 coming in. So, what it does is it turns 2598 01:44:11,679 --> 01:44:14,480 down the shutter speed dramatically. 2599 01:44:14,480 --> 01:44:16,159 And at the moment I move it away from 2600 01:44:16,159 --> 01:44:18,159 that bright light, the shutter speed 2601 01:44:18,159 --> 01:44:19,840 changes because it says, "Hey, there's 2602 01:44:19,840 --> 01:44:22,560 not as much light here." and it slows 2603 01:44:22,560 --> 01:44:25,119 the shutter speed down to let a ton of 2604 01:44:25,119 --> 01:44:27,440 more light in. So this is what's 2605 01:44:27,440 --> 01:44:29,199 happening with the metering modes is 2606 01:44:29,199 --> 01:44:31,600 that we're telling the cam camera to 2607 01:44:31,600 --> 01:44:34,960 sample light in different parts of the 2608 01:44:34,960 --> 01:44:37,440 image. Now the next metering mode I want 2609 01:44:37,440 --> 01:44:40,159 to talk about if we come back here is 2610 01:44:40,159 --> 01:44:42,000 the partial metering mode. And what this 2611 01:44:42,000 --> 01:44:44,480 does is it just expands that circle to 2612 01:44:44,480 --> 01:44:46,719 be a little bit bigger. That's the only 2613 01:44:46,719 --> 01:44:49,360 difference really between the two. And 2614 01:44:49,360 --> 01:44:51,679 then there's the center weighted 2615 01:44:51,679 --> 01:44:55,920 metering mode. If I come over here, 2616 01:44:55,920 --> 01:44:57,520 this is kind of like a hybrid. It's a 2617 01:44:57,520 --> 01:44:59,119 little bit bigger area, but as I'm 2618 01:44:59,119 --> 01:45:00,719 scrolling, 2619 01:45:00,719 --> 01:45:03,360 see, it doesn't really get as dark as 2620 01:45:03,360 --> 01:45:05,520 quick. So, it's kind of a more of kind 2621 01:45:05,520 --> 01:45:08,800 of like a a hybrid between spot and what 2622 01:45:08,800 --> 01:45:11,280 the normal mode is, which is the 2623 01:45:11,280 --> 01:45:14,159 evaluated metering mode. By default, and 2624 01:45:14,159 --> 01:45:16,080 in most settings, you're going to be 2625 01:45:16,080 --> 01:45:18,719 using this. And what's happening here is 2626 01:45:18,719 --> 01:45:20,480 the camera is looking at the entire 2627 01:45:20,480 --> 01:45:22,960 exposure and it's disregarding this very 2628 01:45:22,960 --> 01:45:25,280 bright light as you know something it 2629 01:45:25,280 --> 01:45:26,560 should be setting the camera settings 2630 01:45:26,560 --> 01:45:29,760 on. It's kind of evaluating everything. 2631 01:45:29,760 --> 01:45:32,320 So for beginners, intermediate 2632 01:45:32,320 --> 01:45:34,719 photographers, I would say start here. 2633 01:45:34,719 --> 01:45:36,719 The new Maven mini ring light 2634 01:45:36,719 --> 01:45:38,239 magnetically connects to [music] your 2635 01:45:38,239 --> 01:45:40,239 lens and partners with all of our 2636 01:45:40,239 --> 01:45:41,920 magnetic filters, including the new 2637 01:45:41,920 --> 01:45:44,080 diopters. You get complete control over 2638 01:45:44,080 --> 01:45:46,400 your color temperature and brightness. 2639 01:45:46,400 --> 01:45:48,320 It is an insanely [music] 2640 01:45:48,320 --> 01:45:50,400 useful tool for any content creator, 2641 01:45:50,400 --> 01:45:52,880 including Zoom calls, FaceTime, [music] 2642 01:45:52,880 --> 01:45:55,760 and tabletop content creation. You can 2643 01:45:55,760 --> 01:45:59,560 get yours at mavenfilters.com. 2644 01:46:00,320 --> 01:46:03,119 Let's talk about the deep menu section. 2645 01:46:03,119 --> 01:46:05,199 What I want to do is to focus on the 2646 01:46:05,199 --> 01:46:07,280 most important items as a beginning and 2647 01:46:07,280 --> 01:46:08,719 intermediate photographer that you need 2648 01:46:08,719 --> 01:46:10,400 to know. Some of the items in the deep 2649 01:46:10,400 --> 01:46:12,560 menu are not useful. I will try to point 2650 01:46:12,560 --> 01:46:14,480 those out. Some of them require their 2651 01:46:14,480 --> 01:46:16,320 own lessons like the focusing bracketing 2652 01:46:16,320 --> 01:46:18,080 lesson I hope to make a separate video 2653 01:46:18,080 --> 01:46:20,400 for as we get into the deep menu system. 2654 01:46:20,400 --> 01:46:22,080 There's something critical I have to 2655 01:46:22,080 --> 01:46:24,239 note is that the mode that you are 2656 01:46:24,239 --> 01:46:26,800 shooting in determines what you will see 2657 01:46:26,800 --> 01:46:29,280 in here. I get a lot of questions. Hey, 2658 01:46:29,280 --> 01:46:31,360 I don't see what you see. If you are on 2659 01:46:31,360 --> 01:46:33,280 the dummy mode, for example, in a 2660 01:46:33,280 --> 01:46:35,600 stills, you notice some of these tabs 2661 01:46:35,600 --> 01:46:37,440 and some of the pages have disappeared. 2662 01:46:37,440 --> 01:46:40,080 I only get five pages here. Whereas, if 2663 01:46:40,080 --> 01:46:43,040 I'm on manual and I'm in the deep menu, 2664 01:46:43,040 --> 01:46:48,639 it's really P, TV, AV, M, B, F, V. All 2665 01:46:48,639 --> 01:46:50,159 of those modes are going going to show 2666 01:46:50,159 --> 01:46:53,520 you the same things, but dummy mode will 2667 01:46:53,520 --> 01:46:57,040 not. Also, keep in mind that there is a 2668 01:46:57,040 --> 01:46:59,199 different menu section for video. When I 2669 01:46:59,199 --> 01:47:01,040 flip over to the video mode, some of 2670 01:47:01,040 --> 01:47:04,320 these pages are also going to change. 2671 01:47:04,320 --> 01:47:06,080 There's a couple ways to navigate 2672 01:47:06,080 --> 01:47:08,960 through these pages. We have colored 2673 01:47:08,960 --> 01:47:11,440 tabs at the top. And we can navigate 2674 01:47:11,440 --> 01:47:14,239 through the colored tabs with our ISO 2675 01:47:14,239 --> 01:47:16,159 control wheel. 2676 01:47:16,159 --> 01:47:18,239 We also have different pages within each 2677 01:47:18,239 --> 01:47:20,320 tab. Here's two out of 10. We can 2678 01:47:20,320 --> 01:47:23,360 navigate those by rotating the primary 2679 01:47:23,360 --> 01:47:25,840 control wheel. And we can also go up and 2680 01:47:25,840 --> 01:47:28,880 down by rotating the secondary control 2681 01:47:28,880 --> 01:47:31,520 wheel. So each of the control wheels 2682 01:47:31,520 --> 01:47:33,280 changes different menu items. And of 2683 01:47:33,280 --> 01:47:34,880 course, you're probably going to love to 2684 01:47:34,880 --> 01:47:37,840 tap on the monitor. We get a little 2685 01:47:37,840 --> 01:47:40,639 definition of what that page is all 2686 01:47:40,639 --> 01:47:43,040 about. The page we're on out of total 2687 01:47:43,040 --> 01:47:44,560 pages. 2688 01:47:44,560 --> 01:47:46,880 You can use the corner of your finger to 2689 01:47:46,880 --> 01:47:48,719 touch on the pages, the tabs, or even 2690 01:47:48,719 --> 01:47:51,360 the item directly. 2691 01:47:51,360 --> 01:47:54,639 So, very easy to navigate. I really 2692 01:47:54,639 --> 01:47:57,199 think it's the red, the purple, the 2693 01:47:57,199 --> 01:47:58,800 yellow tabs. Those are the ones that I 2694 01:47:58,800 --> 01:48:00,560 use the most. There's tons of things in 2695 01:48:00,560 --> 01:48:02,320 here that deserve their own lesson, and 2696 01:48:02,320 --> 01:48:04,000 some of these things you'll never use. 2697 01:48:04,000 --> 01:48:06,000 Let's start off with the red tab. Image 2698 01:48:06,000 --> 01:48:08,480 quality deals with how the images are 2699 01:48:08,480 --> 01:48:10,800 being recorded to your memory card, how 2700 01:48:10,800 --> 01:48:12,880 the stills are being recorded. We have 2701 01:48:12,880 --> 01:48:16,080 the ability to record in RAW or JPEG. 2702 01:48:16,080 --> 01:48:18,880 RAW is the complete information as it is 2703 01:48:18,880 --> 01:48:22,560 captured by the sensor. These files are 2704 01:48:22,560 --> 01:48:24,960 much larger. They have a much greater 2705 01:48:24,960 --> 01:48:27,360 amount of processing ability. They have 2706 01:48:27,360 --> 01:48:29,360 greater dynamic range. They have better 2707 01:48:29,360 --> 01:48:32,000 color control. And we select this by 2708 01:48:32,000 --> 01:48:33,920 pressing RAW here. I'll just turn that 2709 01:48:33,920 --> 01:48:35,520 one on. I'm going to turn this one off. 2710 01:48:35,520 --> 01:48:38,639 Next, we see the number of megapixels, 2711 01:48:38,639 --> 01:48:41,600 which is simply multiplying the width 2712 01:48:41,600 --> 01:48:44,239 dimensions by the height dimensions. So, 2713 01:48:44,239 --> 01:48:47,840 6,960 wide by 4,640 2714 01:48:47,840 --> 01:48:50,320 tall. That gives us 32 million.5. And 2715 01:48:50,320 --> 01:48:51,840 then we have the number of shots 2716 01:48:51,840 --> 01:48:54,080 remaining in this bracket based on the 2717 01:48:54,080 --> 01:48:55,920 memory card in the file format that 2718 01:48:55,920 --> 01:48:58,000 we're shooting in. 2719 01:48:58,000 --> 01:48:59,760 You'll notice this little red box that 2720 01:48:59,760 --> 01:49:02,960 highlights what we want. So this raw is 2721 01:49:02,960 --> 01:49:05,600 completely uncompressed raw, very large 2722 01:49:05,600 --> 01:49:08,480 file sizes and then we have a compact 2723 01:49:08,480 --> 01:49:10,000 raw. You'll notice the number of shots 2724 01:49:10,000 --> 01:49:13,040 remaining increases dramatically. C raw 2725 01:49:13,040 --> 01:49:16,560 compresses in areas of high contrast. So 2726 01:49:16,560 --> 01:49:18,480 if you were an astrophotographer, I 2727 01:49:18,480 --> 01:49:19,840 would not recommend this. You'd see 2728 01:49:19,840 --> 01:49:22,480 these little blotches around your stars. 2729 01:49:22,480 --> 01:49:24,560 It's very difficult to see, but if you 2730 01:49:24,560 --> 01:49:26,639 zoom in and you've been doing this long 2731 01:49:26,639 --> 01:49:27,920 enough, you can see it. Sometimes 2732 01:49:27,920 --> 01:49:29,440 there's reasons to go with fully 2733 01:49:29,440 --> 01:49:30,960 uncompressed. If you have a very 2734 01:49:30,960 --> 01:49:32,639 high-end professional shoot, you're 2735 01:49:32,639 --> 01:49:34,400 being paid a lot of money, probably 2736 01:49:34,400 --> 01:49:36,400 going to be shooting on RAW. If you are 2737 01:49:36,400 --> 01:49:38,639 shooting more images, but you still want 2738 01:49:38,639 --> 01:49:41,040 most of the RAW processing control, you 2739 01:49:41,040 --> 01:49:43,280 would go for C RAW. Now, let's talk 2740 01:49:43,280 --> 01:49:46,639 about the JPEG and HY, high efficiency 2741 01:49:46,639 --> 01:49:48,880 image format. I typically still shoot in 2742 01:49:48,880 --> 01:49:51,280 JPEG, but HY is becoming more and more 2743 01:49:51,280 --> 01:49:53,679 popular, a little bit more efficient. 2744 01:49:53,679 --> 01:49:55,119 People are starting to love it. It's 2745 01:49:55,119 --> 01:49:56,480 being recognized by more and more 2746 01:49:56,480 --> 01:49:58,800 systems, but again, I like to stick to 2747 01:49:58,800 --> 01:50:00,480 JPEG. So you'll notice these letters 2748 01:50:00,480 --> 01:50:03,199 here L, M, and S. These deal with the 2749 01:50:03,199 --> 01:50:05,600 file sizes, the resolutions. So if we 2750 01:50:05,600 --> 01:50:07,119 select on these, you can see that we go 2751 01:50:07,119 --> 01:50:10,960 from our full L to a smaller file, which 2752 01:50:10,960 --> 01:50:14,159 is 15 megapixels. And then we have S, 2753 01:50:14,159 --> 01:50:16,719 which is a smaller 8.1, 2754 01:50:16,719 --> 01:50:19,440 and then we have a 3.8. The short answer 2755 01:50:19,440 --> 01:50:21,199 on this, this might surprise some 2756 01:50:21,199 --> 01:50:24,480 people. I usually recommend jagged L. It 2757 01:50:24,480 --> 01:50:26,320 is almost impossible to see the 2758 01:50:26,320 --> 01:50:27,920 difference with a naked eye between 2759 01:50:27,920 --> 01:50:30,000 smooth L and jagged L. And what is the 2760 01:50:30,000 --> 01:50:31,600 difference? The difference is the amount 2761 01:50:31,600 --> 01:50:35,199 of compression. Smooth L files are a 2762 01:50:35,199 --> 01:50:37,280 little bit more fine in the details. But 2763 01:50:37,280 --> 01:50:38,960 again, this is something that I have 2764 01:50:38,960 --> 01:50:40,719 tried over the years to see the 2765 01:50:40,719 --> 01:50:43,040 difference and it's almost impossible. 2766 01:50:43,040 --> 01:50:45,360 So when I was shooting weddings, 2767 01:50:45,360 --> 01:50:46,960 thousands and thousands of images for 2768 01:50:46,960 --> 01:50:49,760 the sake of post-processing and editing 2769 01:50:49,760 --> 01:50:52,480 speed, I would shoot on Jagged. I'm not 2770 01:50:52,480 --> 01:50:54,560 a huge fan of shooting in these smaller 2771 01:50:54,560 --> 01:50:56,480 sizes simply because it's harder to 2772 01:50:56,480 --> 01:50:58,639 upres. You can do it now with AI. It's 2773 01:50:58,639 --> 01:51:00,400 getting getting a lot easier. So, if you 2774 01:51:00,400 --> 01:51:01,920 got into a jam, you probably work 2775 01:51:01,920 --> 01:51:03,280 something out. But the short answer 2776 01:51:03,280 --> 01:51:06,480 here, Jagged L, JPEG. If you have an 2777 01:51:06,480 --> 01:51:07,760 important shoot, then you're going to 2778 01:51:07,760 --> 01:51:09,600 want to shoot RAW. Just remember, you're 2779 01:51:09,600 --> 01:51:12,639 going to need lots of memory, big hard 2780 01:51:12,639 --> 01:51:16,000 drives, lots of processing power. Jagged 2781 01:51:16,000 --> 01:51:17,840 L for beginners is where I think you 2782 01:51:17,840 --> 01:51:19,679 should start. Dual pixel raw is 2783 01:51:19,679 --> 01:51:21,040 something I just recommend not even 2784 01:51:21,040 --> 01:51:22,800 messing with. When it first came out, 2785 01:51:22,800 --> 01:51:25,199 the idea is that every pixel has two 2786 01:51:25,199 --> 01:51:28,159 parts. It can use this to kind of shift 2787 01:51:28,159 --> 01:51:29,920 the focus a little bit, but it was so 2788 01:51:29,920 --> 01:51:31,679 minimal for the amount of the size of 2789 01:51:31,679 --> 01:51:33,760 the file and the trouble, it just wasn't 2790 01:51:33,760 --> 01:51:37,360 worth it. Cropping aspect ratio. For the 2791 01:51:37,360 --> 01:51:39,040 most part, I recommend shooting in full 2792 01:51:39,040 --> 01:51:41,599 crop mode. If you want to shoot in a 1x 2793 01:51:41,599 --> 01:51:44,000 six, which is an APS-C size crop, you 2794 01:51:44,000 --> 01:51:45,360 can do this. Just know that you are 2795 01:51:45,360 --> 01:51:48,400 losing resolution. You can shoot square 2796 01:51:48,400 --> 01:51:51,440 and we do this. We get these frames here 2797 01:51:51,440 --> 01:51:52,719 on the sides. You can see. So if you 2798 01:51:52,719 --> 01:51:54,639 wanted to shoot for perfectly square 2799 01:51:54,639 --> 01:51:57,280 images, you can 2800 01:51:57,280 --> 01:51:59,520 we can shoot in a 4 to3 aspect ratio. 2801 01:51:59,520 --> 01:52:01,360 And we can also shoot in cinematic 2802 01:52:01,360 --> 01:52:03,920 aspect ratio. My dad actually loves to 2803 01:52:03,920 --> 01:52:08,199 shoot this way for stills. 2804 01:52:08,239 --> 01:52:10,480 Come in here and turn it back to full. 2805 01:52:10,480 --> 01:52:12,400 Digital teleconverter is not something 2806 01:52:12,400 --> 01:52:14,480 that I would recommend using. What this 2807 01:52:14,480 --> 01:52:17,280 does is it allows you to crop in to the 2808 01:52:17,280 --> 01:52:20,400 frame. It's doing an artificial zoom and 2809 01:52:20,400 --> 01:52:22,400 then it upreses it to the full 2810 01:52:22,400 --> 01:52:24,560 resolution. So, you're taking the same 2811 01:52:24,560 --> 01:52:27,599 size image at a larger resolution. So, 2812 01:52:27,599 --> 01:52:30,320 it's kind of a gimmick and I never use 2813 01:52:30,320 --> 01:52:32,880 it. Turn that off. I guess if you really 2814 01:52:32,880 --> 01:52:34,320 wanted to magnify something, you could 2815 01:52:34,320 --> 01:52:36,080 do it, but you could also use that using 2816 01:52:36,080 --> 01:52:38,719 magnifying glass. And then we're going 2817 01:52:38,719 --> 01:52:41,440 to go to page two. Auto exposure 2818 01:52:41,440 --> 01:52:45,280 compensation AE. This feature is useful 2819 01:52:45,280 --> 01:52:47,119 and it tells the camera to take 2820 01:52:47,119 --> 01:52:49,599 different exposures at intervals that 2821 01:52:49,599 --> 01:52:51,760 you want it to. So, we get the exposure 2822 01:52:51,760 --> 01:52:53,360 compensation bracket. We get these tick 2823 01:52:53,360 --> 01:52:55,920 marks. I'm rotating the primary control 2824 01:52:55,920 --> 01:52:59,280 wheel up here. And what we do when we 2825 01:52:59,280 --> 01:53:00,960 set this up is it's telling the camera 2826 01:53:00,960 --> 01:53:03,599 to underexpose by three stops, take an 2827 01:53:03,599 --> 01:53:05,760 even exposure, and then an overexposure. 2828 01:53:05,760 --> 01:53:07,920 So, when I hit okay, 2829 01:53:07,920 --> 01:53:10,719 got my blinds, 2830 01:53:10,719 --> 01:53:13,520 and I play those back, 2831 01:53:13,520 --> 01:53:15,199 you can see the different exposures. 2832 01:53:15,199 --> 01:53:17,360 There's an even exposure, here's an 2833 01:53:17,360 --> 01:53:18,719 underexposure, and here's an 2834 01:53:18,719 --> 01:53:22,000 overexposure. This is useful when you 2835 01:53:22,000 --> 01:53:24,639 are in high dynamic range conditions. 2836 01:53:24,639 --> 01:53:26,719 And when I say that, I mean lots of very 2837 01:53:26,719 --> 01:53:29,920 bright highlights and very dark shadows, 2838 01:53:29,920 --> 01:53:32,320 a cathedral of a church, for example, or 2839 01:53:32,320 --> 01:53:35,440 maybe even uh certain kinds of sunset 2840 01:53:35,440 --> 01:53:36,639 situations when you're dealing with the 2841 01:53:36,639 --> 01:53:39,440 sun and shadows and rocks. And 2842 01:53:39,440 --> 01:53:41,679 photographers will use this feature to 2843 01:53:41,679 --> 01:53:44,480 make sure they have exposures for the 2844 01:53:44,480 --> 01:53:46,719 subject matter that they can take back 2845 01:53:46,719 --> 01:53:49,280 into Photoshop and blend to make a high 2846 01:53:49,280 --> 01:53:52,320 dynamic range image. Now, this also 2847 01:53:52,320 --> 01:53:53,840 behaves a little differently between 2848 01:53:53,840 --> 01:53:55,920 manual mode, which I'm in right now, 2849 01:53:55,920 --> 01:53:58,159 this thing, AEB, autoexposure 2850 01:53:58,159 --> 01:54:00,080 bracketing. I can flip this over to AV 2851 01:54:00,080 --> 01:54:03,679 mode. Come back into the menu. And now 2852 01:54:03,679 --> 01:54:09,199 we get this bracketing shift with our 2853 01:54:09,199 --> 01:54:11,199 secondary control wheel. So, we can just 2854 01:54:11,199 --> 01:54:12,880 kind of jump it around. We don't see it 2855 01:54:12,880 --> 01:54:14,800 in manual because we can set our own 2856 01:54:14,800 --> 01:54:18,560 settings in manual, but in TV and AV, P 2857 01:54:18,560 --> 01:54:20,800 mode should all be there. 2858 01:54:20,800 --> 01:54:22,880 So, autoexposure bracketing is a way to 2859 01:54:22,880 --> 01:54:24,560 tell the camera to change the settings 2860 01:54:24,560 --> 01:54:26,719 between three shots. And then when we're 2861 01:54:26,719 --> 01:54:28,639 done, come in here, rot, rotate these 2862 01:54:28,639 --> 01:54:31,920 together until you see one tick mark. 2863 01:54:31,920 --> 01:54:33,920 The most useful thing about ISO speed 2864 01:54:33,920 --> 01:54:35,679 settings, if we come into this menu, we 2865 01:54:35,679 --> 01:54:37,440 get the basic setting that we're on 2866 01:54:37,440 --> 01:54:40,560 right now, we can also set the range if 2867 01:54:40,560 --> 01:54:44,159 we wanted a minimum or a maximum. 2868 01:54:44,159 --> 01:54:46,639 Low ISO 50. 2869 01:54:46,639 --> 01:54:50,159 Then we have our higher ISO 102400. 2870 01:54:50,159 --> 01:54:52,719 If you wanted to max this out, then we 2871 01:54:52,719 --> 01:54:54,560 have the ability to set the range when 2872 01:54:54,560 --> 01:54:57,920 we are in auto ISO. So if we did not 2873 01:54:57,920 --> 01:55:00,080 want to go over a certain amount, we 2874 01:55:00,080 --> 01:55:02,080 could limit it here. Same with the 2875 01:55:02,080 --> 01:55:04,400 minimum. Just basically setting limits 2876 01:55:04,400 --> 01:55:07,040 on what the camera can use for its ISO. 2877 01:55:07,040 --> 01:55:08,560 When we're talking about the minimum 2878 01:55:08,560 --> 01:55:11,040 shutter speed, this deals with when the 2879 01:55:11,040 --> 01:55:12,880 camera is changing our shutter speed for 2880 01:55:12,880 --> 01:55:15,040 us. In the demonstrations that I gave, 2881 01:55:15,040 --> 01:55:17,280 it was on auto, but if we wanted to 2882 01:55:17,280 --> 01:55:19,679 limit the minimum shutter speed, we 2883 01:55:19,679 --> 01:55:22,800 could come in here and say 1/60th of a 2884 01:55:22,800 --> 01:55:24,159 second. This way, we don't have to keep 2885 01:55:24,159 --> 01:55:26,960 sneaking that peak when we are handheld 2886 01:55:26,960 --> 01:55:29,280 shooting in aperture priority mode. So, 2887 01:55:29,280 --> 01:55:30,639 we're just basically telling the camera 2888 01:55:30,639 --> 01:55:32,480 you can't go slower than 1/60th of a 2889 01:55:32,480 --> 01:55:34,000 second. 2890 01:55:34,000 --> 01:55:36,239 We'll leave it on auto for now. And 2891 01:55:36,239 --> 01:55:38,239 you'll also notice on auto, we have the 2892 01:55:38,239 --> 01:55:40,639 ability to tweak things just a little 2893 01:55:40,639 --> 01:55:42,239 bit if you want a faster or slower 2894 01:55:42,239 --> 01:55:44,800 shutter speed. 2895 01:55:44,800 --> 01:55:46,400 I think that's kind of confusing. We're 2896 01:55:46,400 --> 01:55:47,679 going to hit okay for now and just leave 2897 01:55:47,679 --> 01:55:50,320 it on auto. Anti- flicker shooting. I'm 2898 01:55:50,320 --> 01:55:52,639 going to turn this off. These features 2899 01:55:52,639 --> 01:55:54,960 basically give the camera permission to 2900 01:55:54,960 --> 01:55:56,880 recognize when there's a flickering 2901 01:55:56,880 --> 01:55:58,800 light source and then if you're in a 2902 01:55:58,800 --> 01:56:01,199 burst mode, it will slow it down a 2903 01:56:01,199 --> 01:56:03,440 little bit. I have used this maybe once 2904 01:56:03,440 --> 01:56:06,719 or twice at a it was like at a car derby 2905 01:56:06,719 --> 01:56:08,080 kind of thing where we had all these 2906 01:56:08,080 --> 01:56:09,679 certain kinds of sodium lights that were 2907 01:56:09,679 --> 01:56:11,119 flashing and the color was changing 2908 01:56:11,119 --> 01:56:13,360 between each shots. I came into my anti- 2909 01:56:13,360 --> 01:56:16,800 flicker shooting, turned it on, and then 2910 01:56:16,800 --> 01:56:19,360 they became consistent. For most general 2911 01:56:19,360 --> 01:56:21,360 shooting situations, you're probably not 2912 01:56:21,360 --> 01:56:23,040 going to see it, but if you see a color 2913 01:56:23,040 --> 01:56:24,719 shift from image to image, this is where 2914 01:56:24,719 --> 01:56:26,320 you're going to want to come in and turn 2915 01:56:26,320 --> 01:56:29,599 this to enable. Detect priority AE wall 2916 01:56:29,599 --> 01:56:31,760 AF is a fancy way of saying that when 2917 01:56:31,760 --> 01:56:33,360 you have a focusing square, do you want 2918 01:56:33,360 --> 01:56:35,199 the camera to meter within that square? 2919 01:56:35,199 --> 01:56:37,840 Do you want it to measure light only 2920 01:56:37,840 --> 01:56:40,159 within the square? I actually really 2921 01:56:40,159 --> 01:56:42,239 like this. I find it quite useful, so I 2922 01:56:42,239 --> 01:56:45,679 leave it turned on. Page three. Most of 2923 01:56:45,679 --> 01:56:48,400 the items in here I don't really change. 2924 01:56:48,400 --> 01:56:50,880 We talked about the color mode. We 2925 01:56:50,880 --> 01:56:52,400 talked about picture styles. These are 2926 01:56:52,400 --> 01:56:54,400 the little recipes that we can change to 2927 01:56:54,400 --> 01:56:57,599 tweak our JPEG images. 2928 01:56:57,599 --> 01:57:00,000 you come back out. Color space, we're 2929 01:57:00,000 --> 01:57:02,239 going to want to leave on sRGB unless 2930 01:57:02,239 --> 01:57:04,480 there's a reason that you know about. 2931 01:57:04,480 --> 01:57:07,280 Typically magazine or print shooters are 2932 01:57:07,280 --> 01:57:10,480 in Adobe RGB. Clarity, I would leave it 2933 01:57:10,480 --> 01:57:12,719 for here. This is an internal setting to 2934 01:57:12,719 --> 01:57:16,000 shift the clarity one way or another. 2935 01:57:16,000 --> 01:57:18,639 These two guys, HDR shooting PQ and the 2936 01:57:18,639 --> 01:57:21,280 HDR mode internal. 2937 01:57:21,280 --> 01:57:23,040 I, you know, I played with this. I 2938 01:57:23,040 --> 01:57:25,040 didn't get amazing results from it. But 2939 01:57:25,040 --> 01:57:27,599 the idea is if you turn this on now, 2940 01:57:27,599 --> 01:57:31,199 your JPEGs are going to be hy files, 2941 01:57:31,199 --> 01:57:34,239 which can cram in what appears to be 2942 01:57:34,239 --> 01:57:36,560 more dynamic range into the file. Some 2943 01:57:36,560 --> 01:57:38,800 people swear by it. I have a hard time 2944 01:57:38,800 --> 01:57:40,080 seeing it. If I'm going with great 2945 01:57:40,080 --> 01:57:41,760 dynamic range, there's other techniques 2946 01:57:41,760 --> 01:57:44,719 that I use like using filters. Um, even 2947 01:57:44,719 --> 01:57:46,719 the built-in HDR, I think, is a little 2948 01:57:46,719 --> 01:57:48,719 bit better than this feature, but it's 2949 01:57:48,719 --> 01:57:50,639 there if you want it. I would consider 2950 01:57:50,639 --> 01:57:53,360 this more of an advanced feature. 2951 01:57:53,360 --> 01:57:55,599 HDR mode. If you're shooting in a very 2952 01:57:55,599 --> 01:57:57,840 high dynamic range situation, like 2953 01:57:57,840 --> 01:57:59,280 sometimes when I go to the beach and I'm 2954 01:57:59,280 --> 01:58:01,679 shooting into the rocks in the sunset, 2955 01:58:01,679 --> 01:58:03,440 this is a good feature to know about. I 2956 01:58:03,440 --> 01:58:06,239 typically select this bottom one and it 2957 01:58:06,239 --> 01:58:09,599 will essentially take an image. We can 2958 01:58:09,599 --> 01:58:12,800 change the number of stops between the 2959 01:58:12,800 --> 01:58:14,960 dynamic range. 2960 01:58:14,960 --> 01:58:17,199 It can take all of the images and it can 2961 01:58:17,199 --> 01:58:20,000 also merge them together in a single HDR 2962 01:58:20,000 --> 01:58:21,679 image. It's pretty cool if you just want 2963 01:58:21,679 --> 01:58:23,440 to stack it in camera and see what it 2964 01:58:23,440 --> 01:58:24,639 looks like while you're still out there 2965 01:58:24,639 --> 01:58:27,520 shooting. 2966 01:58:27,520 --> 01:58:29,679 There's also a newer version of this for 2967 01:58:29,679 --> 01:58:31,280 moving subject matter. You're just 2968 01:58:31,280 --> 01:58:32,560 telling the camera, hey, we might have 2969 01:58:32,560 --> 01:58:34,400 some waves or some trees moving in this 2970 01:58:34,400 --> 01:58:37,199 image. This would be a good follow-up 2971 01:58:37,199 --> 01:58:41,480 lesson to demonstrate how it works. 2972 01:58:41,920 --> 01:58:44,000 Auto lighting optimizer. Again, this 2973 01:58:44,000 --> 01:58:47,599 applies mostly to RP TV or AV modes. 2974 01:58:47,599 --> 01:58:49,440 This gives us a little bit of shift of 2975 01:58:49,440 --> 01:58:52,719 contrast and I leave it on auto most of 2976 01:58:52,719 --> 01:58:54,880 the time. If you want to turn it off, 2977 01:58:54,880 --> 01:58:56,880 let's see here. 2978 01:58:56,880 --> 01:59:00,320 AV mode, is it on? Yeah, just a low 2979 01:59:00,320 --> 01:59:02,080 amount of auto light optimizer. 2980 01:59:02,080 --> 01:59:03,760 Highlight tone priority I usually leave 2981 01:59:03,760 --> 01:59:05,840 turned off. This deals with overexposed 2982 01:59:05,840 --> 01:59:07,760 parts of the image. I am typically 2983 01:59:07,760 --> 01:59:10,239 looking for this anyway in adjusting my 2984 01:59:10,239 --> 01:59:12,719 shutter speed or my aperture to expose 2985 01:59:12,719 --> 01:59:14,800 properly. I might look at my histogram. 2986 01:59:14,800 --> 01:59:16,719 This gives the camera permission to help 2987 01:59:16,719 --> 01:59:19,119 us out with overexposure in those 2988 01:59:19,119 --> 01:59:20,639 highlights. 2989 01:59:20,639 --> 01:59:23,360 Page four at the very top. This is our 2990 01:59:23,360 --> 01:59:25,360 white balance setting. Uh we talked 2991 01:59:25,360 --> 01:59:26,880 about white balance already. Again, when 2992 01:59:26,880 --> 01:59:28,320 I shoot video, it's almost always 2993 01:59:28,320 --> 01:59:30,239 customized. A custom white balance or a 2994 01:59:30,239 --> 01:59:32,080 Kelvin white balance and then I tweak 2995 01:59:32,080 --> 01:59:33,920 it. 2996 01:59:33,920 --> 01:59:35,920 Custom white balance is if you're in a 2997 01:59:35,920 --> 01:59:38,320 mixed lighting situation and you want to 2998 01:59:38,320 --> 01:59:41,199 tell the camera, hey, this is white. You 2999 01:59:41,199 --> 01:59:43,440 can come in and select that image. It's 3000 01:59:43,440 --> 01:59:45,760 a little underexposed. 3001 01:59:45,760 --> 01:59:48,719 And then I would come in and say I'm 3002 01:59:48,719 --> 01:59:52,159 doing custom white balance. 3003 01:59:52,159 --> 01:59:54,239 Come out. Just want to make sure we got 3004 01:59:54,239 --> 01:59:57,599 that. There it is. So yeah, if you're 3005 01:59:57,599 --> 01:59:58,960 shooting in, let's say, fluorescent 3006 01:59:58,960 --> 02:00:00,800 light and tungsten light, you would do 3007 02:00:00,800 --> 02:00:02,719 that is where you would you can take an 3008 02:00:02,719 --> 02:00:04,480 image straight away and then you would 3009 02:00:04,480 --> 02:00:08,159 select that in this menu here 3010 02:00:08,159 --> 02:00:10,960 to tell it what is white. Did it a lot 3011 02:00:10,960 --> 02:00:12,719 with brides dresses, you know, when 3012 02:00:12,719 --> 02:00:13,840 we're shooting in mixed lighting 3013 02:00:13,840 --> 02:00:16,400 conditions at wedding uh receptions and 3014 02:00:16,400 --> 02:00:18,719 things of that nature. White balance, 3015 02:00:18,719 --> 02:00:20,080 shift, and bracket. We talked about this 3016 02:00:20,080 --> 02:00:21,599 a little bit. It allows you to shift the 3017 02:00:21,599 --> 02:00:23,679 white balance 3018 02:00:23,679 --> 02:00:27,599 into different colors. 3019 02:00:27,840 --> 02:00:31,199 Turn that back. Okay. 3020 02:00:31,199 --> 02:00:33,599 Lens aberration correction. Suffice it 3021 02:00:33,599 --> 02:00:35,599 to say that there are flaws with our 3022 02:00:35,599 --> 02:00:37,840 camera lenses that we don't see. We 3023 02:00:37,840 --> 02:00:40,159 never see them. And there's ways that we 3024 02:00:40,159 --> 02:00:42,080 can never see them unless we get this 3025 02:00:42,080 --> 02:00:43,920 off of the camera onto a different 3026 02:00:43,920 --> 02:00:46,159 sensor because there is communication 3027 02:00:46,159 --> 02:00:47,920 going on between the lens and the camera 3028 02:00:47,920 --> 02:00:50,320 body. And Canon has put software in 3029 02:00:50,320 --> 02:00:52,960 there to hide those flaws. Some of the 3030 02:00:52,960 --> 02:00:55,760 flaws we can tweak. And this is what 3031 02:00:55,760 --> 02:00:57,599 peripheral illumination correction is, 3032 02:00:57,599 --> 02:01:00,080 is that that deals with vignetting in 3033 02:01:00,080 --> 02:01:01,760 the corners. It's a darkening in the 3034 02:01:01,760 --> 02:01:03,679 corners that if you turn this off on 3035 02:01:03,679 --> 02:01:07,040 very wide angle lenses, you will see 3036 02:01:07,040 --> 02:01:10,159 this darkening. So, for the most part, I 3037 02:01:10,159 --> 02:01:12,159 definitely recommend leaving that turned 3038 02:01:12,159 --> 02:01:13,920 on. Yeah, I mean, there's some stuff 3039 02:01:13,920 --> 02:01:15,119 going on in the background we'll never 3040 02:01:15,119 --> 02:01:16,880 see. Suffice it to say, this mostly 3041 02:01:16,880 --> 02:01:20,080 applies to JPEGs. Distortion correction. 3042 02:01:20,080 --> 02:01:21,599 This is actually pretty good when you 3043 02:01:21,599 --> 02:01:25,119 get into wider angle lenses, especially 3044 02:01:25,119 --> 02:01:26,880 when you're shooting video. It's better 3045 02:01:26,880 --> 02:01:28,560 to have this turned on than to try to 3046 02:01:28,560 --> 02:01:30,000 fix it in post. So, I'm going to leave 3047 02:01:30,000 --> 02:01:32,159 that turned on. So, there's some other 3048 02:01:32,159 --> 02:01:34,080 defects in here that Canon can clean up. 3049 02:01:34,080 --> 02:01:35,599 Sort of like a loss of higher 3050 02:01:35,599 --> 02:01:37,280 resolution. 3051 02:01:37,280 --> 02:01:38,719 Just know that when you turn it on to 3052 02:01:38,719 --> 02:01:41,360 high, it takes more processing power and 3053 02:01:41,360 --> 02:01:43,440 it might slow things down. So, as we 3054 02:01:43,440 --> 02:01:45,840 have all these applications to JPEGs, it 3055 02:01:45,840 --> 02:01:47,840 may slow the camera down at some point. 3056 02:01:47,840 --> 02:01:50,080 So, if you're not getting the full 12 or 3057 02:01:50,080 --> 02:01:52,800 40 burst per images, this may have 3058 02:01:52,800 --> 02:01:55,199 something to do with it. So, just keep 3059 02:01:55,199 --> 02:01:56,560 that in mind. But for most of the 3060 02:01:56,560 --> 02:01:58,400 shooting that I do, yeah, I want the 3061 02:01:58,400 --> 02:02:00,320 correction for the lenses done in 3062 02:02:00,320 --> 02:02:02,320 camera. I usually leave them turned on. 3063 02:02:02,320 --> 02:02:04,159 This one, probably leave that one turned 3064 02:02:04,159 --> 02:02:05,760 off because I'm happy with the 3065 02:02:05,760 --> 02:02:09,119 resolution that I've seen so far. 3066 02:02:09,119 --> 02:02:11,040 Chromatic aberration correction deals 3067 02:02:11,040 --> 02:02:13,360 with a color fringing in areas of high 3068 02:02:13,360 --> 02:02:15,760 contrast. It's like a purple or a blue 3069 02:02:15,760 --> 02:02:18,639 or a yellow kind of line when you see 3070 02:02:18,639 --> 02:02:20,880 black line next to something very 3071 02:02:20,880 --> 02:02:23,679 bright. Many lenses have this especially 3072 02:02:23,679 --> 02:02:26,000 at wider apertures and this corrects it 3073 02:02:26,000 --> 02:02:28,159 in camera again for JPEGs. And then we 3074 02:02:28,159 --> 02:02:31,119 have defraction correction which deals 3075 02:02:31,119 --> 02:02:34,480 with a softening of the image as we get 3076 02:02:34,480 --> 02:02:37,040 into these higher apertures. May have 3077 02:02:37,040 --> 02:02:38,719 something to do with a lowass filter as 3078 02:02:38,719 --> 02:02:42,080 well. This is also on. So all of these 3079 02:02:42,080 --> 02:02:44,560 lens corrections are turned on in the 3080 02:02:44,560 --> 02:02:46,639 beginning. As you get more advanced, you 3081 02:02:46,639 --> 02:02:48,000 may want to come and turn some of them 3082 02:02:48,000 --> 02:02:51,360 off to understand what those things do. 3083 02:02:51,360 --> 02:02:53,199 Long exposure noise reduction tells the 3084 02:02:53,199 --> 02:02:56,320 camera to clean up any noise related to 3085 02:02:56,320 --> 02:02:59,599 taking images over 1 second. So if you 3086 02:02:59,599 --> 02:03:00,960 turn it on to auto, the camera will 3087 02:03:00,960 --> 02:03:02,800 automatically do this for any image over 3088 02:03:02,800 --> 02:03:05,199 one second. If it just enable it for 3089 02:03:05,199 --> 02:03:07,119 every picture, anything over another 3090 02:03:07,119 --> 02:03:09,119 certain point, camera's going to clean 3091 02:03:09,119 --> 02:03:10,320 it up. 3092 02:03:10,320 --> 02:03:12,400 High ISO speed noise reduction. 3093 02:03:12,400 --> 02:03:13,920 Definitely recommend this. It has 3094 02:03:13,920 --> 02:03:15,760 improved dramatically over the years and 3095 02:03:15,760 --> 02:03:17,360 this cleans up a lot of the noise that 3096 02:03:17,360 --> 02:03:20,960 we see in higher ISOs. Dust elite data. 3097 02:03:20,960 --> 02:03:22,719 Don't recommend messing with this. This 3098 02:03:22,719 --> 02:03:25,280 is a software way to clean up images. If 3099 02:03:25,280 --> 02:03:27,360 you have sensor dust on your images, 3100 02:03:27,360 --> 02:03:29,440 sensor dust can be easily seen by taking 3101 02:03:29,440 --> 02:03:34,080 a picture of the sky at f 111 or f20. 3102 02:03:34,080 --> 02:03:36,080 You're going to see it immediately. And 3103 02:03:36,080 --> 02:03:37,920 the way to handle this is to clean it up 3104 02:03:37,920 --> 02:03:40,000 with a sensor brush. That's what I 3105 02:03:40,000 --> 02:03:41,760 recommend. I don't recommend the gel 3106 02:03:41,760 --> 02:03:43,119 sticks because sometimes they 3107 02:03:43,119 --> 02:03:44,960 deteriorate, leave a residue, and now 3108 02:03:44,960 --> 02:03:46,560 you got to clean your sensor. So, I 3109 02:03:46,560 --> 02:03:49,040 always recommend just if you have an 3110 02:03:49,040 --> 02:03:51,199 important shoot, take a picture of the 3111 02:03:51,199 --> 02:03:54,560 sky at f20 and you will see it 3112 02:03:54,560 --> 02:03:56,159 immediately. It's like these little gray 3113 02:03:56,159 --> 02:03:59,040 specks. And then if you have that, go 3114 02:03:59,040 --> 02:04:01,119 into your sensor and using a clean 3115 02:04:01,119 --> 02:04:04,239 sensor brush, remove those dust specks. 3116 02:04:04,239 --> 02:04:05,920 That's page four. 3117 02:04:05,920 --> 02:04:07,760 Multiple exposure mode is kind of a 3118 02:04:07,760 --> 02:04:09,280 gimmick. I used to teach this on the 3119 02:04:09,280 --> 02:04:10,880 crash course that I would make for these 3120 02:04:10,880 --> 02:04:13,199 videos. It It's essentially multiple 3121 02:04:13,199 --> 02:04:15,679 exposures on top of each other. It's 3122 02:04:15,679 --> 02:04:18,080 kind of gimmicky. The way you make it 3123 02:04:18,080 --> 02:04:20,400 work is you take a portrait of a person 3124 02:04:20,400 --> 02:04:22,159 with a bright background and then you 3125 02:04:22,159 --> 02:04:24,239 take another picture of something like 3126 02:04:24,239 --> 02:04:26,239 vegetation and it kind of creates this 3127 02:04:26,239 --> 02:04:29,280 blend of a person with plants. Kind of 3128 02:04:29,280 --> 02:04:31,599 cool a few times, but it's kind of like 3129 02:04:31,599 --> 02:04:33,679 a one-trick pony and it doesn't always 3130 02:04:33,679 --> 02:04:36,639 work. But this other thing here, focus 3131 02:04:36,639 --> 02:04:38,560 bracketing, this is a home run winner. 3132 02:04:38,560 --> 02:04:40,800 I'm going to make a separate video about 3133 02:04:40,800 --> 02:04:44,159 this because I use it so much in my 3134 02:04:44,159 --> 02:04:46,639 shooting uh for products and filters and 3135 02:04:46,639 --> 02:04:50,239 stuff like that. Extremely useful. Focus 3136 02:04:50,239 --> 02:04:53,360 bracketing basically shifts the focus 3137 02:04:53,360 --> 02:04:55,599 across multiple images and lets you 3138 02:04:55,599 --> 02:04:57,280 stack it in camera so you don't have to 3139 02:04:57,280 --> 02:04:59,360 do it in Photoshop to give you a very 3140 02:04:59,360 --> 02:05:01,040 deep depth of field. If you're 3141 02:05:01,040 --> 02:05:02,400 subscribed to the channel, you'll see 3142 02:05:02,400 --> 02:05:04,320 that video when it posts and I'll talk 3143 02:05:04,320 --> 02:05:05,440 about it and hopefully I'll have other 3144 02:05:05,440 --> 02:05:07,199 videos specifically for the R six Mark 3145 02:05:07,199 --> 02:05:10,320 III. That is one of them. 3146 02:05:10,320 --> 02:05:12,159 Top of the page deals with our drive 3147 02:05:12,159 --> 02:05:13,679 modes. We talked about this. This is 3148 02:05:13,679 --> 02:05:15,119 what happens after we push the shutter 3149 02:05:15,119 --> 02:05:17,360 button down all the way. Burst modes, 3150 02:05:17,360 --> 02:05:20,639 slower burst modes, timers. 3151 02:05:20,639 --> 02:05:22,080 Then we have a really great feature 3152 02:05:22,080 --> 02:05:24,159 called preontinuous shooting. Let's turn 3153 02:05:24,159 --> 02:05:26,080 this on real quick and I can talk you 3154 02:05:26,080 --> 02:05:28,639 through what's basically happening. 3155 02:05:28,639 --> 02:05:30,000 So you see when I push the shutter 3156 02:05:30,000 --> 02:05:31,360 button halfway down, we get this 3157 02:05:31,360 --> 02:05:33,280 pre-timer 3158 02:05:33,280 --> 02:05:34,719 little clock thing. And you'll notice 3159 02:05:34,719 --> 02:05:36,239 the number of shots remaining in the 3160 02:05:36,239 --> 02:05:38,719 buffer is decreasing even though I'm not 3161 02:05:38,719 --> 02:05:41,360 taking a picture. So what this is, it's 3162 02:05:41,360 --> 02:05:44,080 a pre-buffer. Imagine your son's playing 3163 02:05:44,080 --> 02:05:45,920 softball. It's his first time. He's 3164 02:05:45,920 --> 02:05:47,440 about to get a hit. Here comes the 3165 02:05:47,440 --> 02:05:50,639 pitch. I turn my pre-buffer on as the 3166 02:05:50,639 --> 02:05:52,320 pitcher pitches the ball because I want 3167 02:05:52,320 --> 02:05:55,520 to capture the exact moment that ball 3168 02:05:55,520 --> 02:05:57,520 hits the bat, right? So instead of 3169 02:05:57,520 --> 02:05:59,599 trying to time it up or using a burst 3170 02:05:59,599 --> 02:06:03,199 mode, this will pre-buffer those shots 3171 02:06:03,199 --> 02:06:04,800 and then when we push a shutter button 3172 02:06:04,800 --> 02:06:07,520 down all the way, it will record the 3173 02:06:07,520 --> 02:06:10,320 pre-buffered shots. So it gives you 3174 02:06:10,320 --> 02:06:13,280 maybe a second or two right before the 3175 02:06:13,280 --> 02:06:15,840 bat hits the ball. That's what's 3176 02:06:15,840 --> 02:06:18,719 happening. Very useful for certain kinds 3177 02:06:18,719 --> 02:06:20,880 of sports shooting. It really deserves 3178 02:06:20,880 --> 02:06:22,960 its own little lesson. Come back in 3179 02:06:22,960 --> 02:06:26,800 here. Turn this to off. Interval timer. 3180 02:06:26,800 --> 02:06:28,239 This is another lesson that I would 3181 02:06:28,239 --> 02:06:30,800 cover in like a sunset shoot. If I 3182 02:06:30,800 --> 02:06:32,880 wanted to tell the camera to take 3183 02:06:32,880 --> 02:06:34,800 pictures at different intervals, we can 3184 02:06:34,800 --> 02:06:38,239 come in here, program it every 10 3185 02:06:38,239 --> 02:06:41,199 seconds, we want an image to be taken. 3186 02:06:41,199 --> 02:06:42,960 If we have it on unlimited, it'll just 3187 02:06:42,960 --> 02:06:45,040 take as many as it can or we'll have 10. 3188 02:06:45,040 --> 02:06:47,679 So, this is a built-in intervvelometer. 3189 02:06:47,679 --> 02:06:52,040 Once it's set up and we hit okay, 3190 02:06:55,040 --> 02:06:56,400 you can see the timer. It's already 3191 02:06:56,400 --> 02:06:59,040 starting to count. So every 10 seconds 3192 02:06:59,040 --> 02:07:01,199 this will take an image. So if you 3193 02:07:01,199 --> 02:07:03,760 wanted to do a time lapse of a sunset, 3194 02:07:03,760 --> 02:07:05,920 for example, we could program the camera 3195 02:07:05,920 --> 02:07:07,520 to take a picture every 10 seconds and 3196 02:07:07,520 --> 02:07:09,040 then we'd have all the images that we 3197 02:07:09,040 --> 02:07:11,199 could put together to make a video. And 3198 02:07:11,199 --> 02:07:13,119 if I remember correctly, if if we look 3199 02:07:13,119 --> 02:07:18,519 at this in the video shooting mode, 3200 02:07:18,639 --> 02:07:20,480 pre-timelapse 3201 02:07:20,480 --> 02:07:23,280 movie. Let's turn this on. And so the 3202 02:07:23,280 --> 02:07:24,639 difference here is it would actually 3203 02:07:24,639 --> 02:07:26,800 take those images and make it into a 3204 02:07:26,800 --> 02:07:28,480 video. 3205 02:07:28,480 --> 02:07:34,119 Go back out to our stills menu 3206 02:07:34,719 --> 02:07:36,400 and come in here and turn this to off 3207 02:07:36,400 --> 02:07:39,280 for now. Bulb timer requires that we're 3208 02:07:39,280 --> 02:07:43,199 on the bulb mode. What this does is in 3209 02:07:43,199 --> 02:07:44,880 regular bulb mode, we have to push and 3210 02:07:44,880 --> 02:07:46,239 hold the shutter button down for the 3211 02:07:46,239 --> 02:07:48,960 exposure. This just allows us to tell a 3212 02:07:48,960 --> 02:07:53,760 time to take. Come into the info. 3213 02:07:53,760 --> 02:07:56,719 Select this. Very important that once 3214 02:07:56,719 --> 02:07:58,719 it's selected, you hit okay, or else it 3215 02:07:58,719 --> 02:08:00,639 won't remember it. Tapping the shutter 3216 02:08:00,639 --> 02:08:03,040 button, coming out to bold mode. And now 3217 02:08:03,040 --> 02:08:04,800 the camera will automatically have a 3218 02:08:04,800 --> 02:08:06,800 built-in timer. So, if you wanted to do 3219 02:08:06,800 --> 02:08:09,199 a long exposure and not touch the 3220 02:08:09,199 --> 02:08:11,280 camera, you know, because you get some 3221 02:08:11,280 --> 02:08:14,000 shake, you could even come into your 3222 02:08:14,000 --> 02:08:16,320 drive mode. Let's just demonstrate this 3223 02:08:16,320 --> 02:08:19,280 real quick. Two second timer with bulb 3224 02:08:19,280 --> 02:08:20,800 mode. Now, the camera is not going to 3225 02:08:20,800 --> 02:08:23,440 shake. 3226 02:08:23,440 --> 02:08:25,520 Boom. 3227 02:08:25,520 --> 02:08:29,000 It's very nice. 3228 02:08:29,199 --> 02:08:30,560 Modern cameras have all the bells and 3229 02:08:30,560 --> 02:08:34,239 whistles these days. Pull timer. 3230 02:08:34,239 --> 02:08:37,280 disable this silent shutter function. 3231 02:08:37,280 --> 02:08:39,199 Anytime our shutter makes a noise, a 3232 02:08:39,199 --> 02:08:41,199 beep, anything like that. If you want to 3233 02:08:41,199 --> 02:08:43,599 turn it off, this is where you do it. 3234 02:08:43,599 --> 02:08:45,199 Very handy when you're shooting in 3235 02:08:45,199 --> 02:08:47,920 certain places. Certain museums don't 3236 02:08:47,920 --> 02:08:50,639 like you making a lot of noise. Shutter 3237 02:08:50,639 --> 02:08:52,000 mode. By default, the camera is going to 3238 02:08:52,000 --> 02:08:53,520 come on electronic first shutter 3239 02:08:53,520 --> 02:08:55,360 curtain. There is a mechanical. 3240 02:08:55,360 --> 02:08:57,599 Basically, there are two curtains on the 3241 02:08:57,599 --> 02:09:00,560 shutter. There's one that raises and 3242 02:09:00,560 --> 02:09:03,520 then the one that closes and they reset. 3243 02:09:03,520 --> 02:09:05,920 This deals with an electronic first 3244 02:09:05,920 --> 02:09:07,520 curtain, which means the camera 3245 02:09:07,520 --> 02:09:09,440 basically stays open. And so when the 3246 02:09:09,440 --> 02:09:10,880 exposure happens, we just get this 3247 02:09:10,880 --> 02:09:12,800 second shutter closing. And then we have 3248 02:09:12,800 --> 02:09:15,280 a full electronic curtain, which means 3249 02:09:15,280 --> 02:09:16,880 that there's no mechanical. And because 3250 02:09:16,880 --> 02:09:19,199 these are not physically moving, we can 3251 02:09:19,199 --> 02:09:21,599 get a much higher frames per second just 3252 02:09:21,599 --> 02:09:23,199 because the sensor is just capturing 3253 02:09:23,199 --> 02:09:25,440 images of of the as the lights hitting 3254 02:09:25,440 --> 02:09:27,040 it. That's how we can get the the 40 3255 02:09:27,040 --> 02:09:29,360 frames per second. By default, your 3256 02:09:29,360 --> 02:09:31,040 camera is going to be on electronic 3257 02:09:31,040 --> 02:09:33,280 first curtain. For the most cases, it's 3258 02:09:33,280 --> 02:09:35,119 going to be great. 3259 02:09:35,119 --> 02:09:36,560 Sometimes you get the question, why 3260 02:09:36,560 --> 02:09:38,800 would we want to use mechanical? It's 3261 02:09:38,800 --> 02:09:40,159 because when you're dealing with 3262 02:09:40,159 --> 02:09:43,280 physical shutters that close the sensor 3263 02:09:43,280 --> 02:09:45,280 from being exposed, the images don't 3264 02:09:45,280 --> 02:09:47,840 have this jello effect that we sometimes 3265 02:09:47,840 --> 02:09:50,159 see with fastmoving subjects as we're 3266 02:09:50,159 --> 02:09:52,480 panning. So, the image may look a little 3267 02:09:52,480 --> 02:09:55,119 bit more natural and you'll see it in 3268 02:09:55,119 --> 02:09:57,280 certain kinds of sporting or panning 3269 02:09:57,280 --> 02:10:00,159 situations, the defects with electronic 3270 02:10:00,159 --> 02:10:02,239 shutter. I think first curtain is fine 3271 02:10:02,239 --> 02:10:05,280 if you're just getting started. 3272 02:10:05,280 --> 02:10:06,960 Lastly, we have this release shutter 3273 02:10:06,960 --> 02:10:09,520 without card. It's turned on. Might be a 3274 02:10:09,520 --> 02:10:11,280 good idea to turn it off. There was a 3275 02:10:11,280 --> 02:10:13,119 couple who emailed me years ago and 3276 02:10:13,119 --> 02:10:14,639 said, "Hey, you know, we shot with this 3277 02:10:14,639 --> 02:10:17,040 feature. It was turned on and we can't 3278 02:10:17,040 --> 02:10:19,599 find our images." So, they they believed 3279 02:10:19,599 --> 02:10:21,280 that there was an internal memory 3280 02:10:21,280 --> 02:10:22,719 writing when they were capturing the 3281 02:10:22,719 --> 02:10:24,159 images and their whole vacation was 3282 02:10:24,159 --> 02:10:26,000 gone. So, if you have this, you won't be 3283 02:10:26,000 --> 02:10:27,360 able to take a picture without putting a 3284 02:10:27,360 --> 02:10:28,560 card in there. It's a nice little 3285 02:10:28,560 --> 02:10:30,320 reminder of, hey, put a memory card in 3286 02:10:30,320 --> 02:10:34,239 here because there's no internal memory. 3287 02:10:34,239 --> 02:10:36,639 Page seven out of 10. Image stabilizer 3288 02:10:36,639 --> 02:10:38,480 mode. I would recommend staying away 3289 02:10:38,480 --> 02:10:40,480 from this. This is really designed for a 3290 02:10:40,480 --> 02:10:43,040 video mode. And what it does is the 3291 02:10:43,040 --> 02:10:45,599 camera will crop in on the image to 3292 02:10:45,599 --> 02:10:47,679 stabilize the image. If you needed to do 3293 02:10:47,679 --> 02:10:51,119 it in camera, you would do it here by 3294 02:10:51,119 --> 02:10:53,679 turning this on. And the idea is that if 3295 02:10:53,679 --> 02:10:55,520 you have a moving video where you're 3296 02:10:55,520 --> 02:10:56,800 walking around with the camera and you 3297 02:10:56,800 --> 02:10:58,000 want it to be a little bit more 3298 02:10:58,000 --> 02:11:00,400 stabilized, you can turn this on, but it 3299 02:11:00,400 --> 02:11:02,639 will do so at the cost of resolution. 3300 02:11:02,639 --> 02:11:05,199 It'll punch in. And sometimes it's not 3301 02:11:05,199 --> 02:11:07,440 the best. The way to do this is with a 3302 02:11:07,440 --> 02:11:09,679 gimbal, which is a handheld device that 3303 02:11:09,679 --> 02:11:11,840 we use to help keep things steady. That 3304 02:11:11,840 --> 02:11:14,480 way you keep your resolution and 3305 02:11:14,480 --> 02:11:17,199 everything is super smooth. The metering 3306 02:11:17,199 --> 02:11:19,599 timer. All this does is ask you how long 3307 02:11:19,599 --> 02:11:21,119 do you want to display your shutter 3308 02:11:21,119 --> 02:11:23,760 speed and your aperture 3309 02:11:23,760 --> 02:11:25,920 when you are in a situation where it's 3310 02:11:25,920 --> 02:11:28,159 disappearing after a while. I usually 3311 02:11:28,159 --> 02:11:31,440 have mine for 10 seconds. Image review. 3312 02:11:31,440 --> 02:11:33,280 How long do you want the image to 3313 02:11:33,280 --> 02:11:35,280 review? You can have it in the 3314 02:11:35,280 --> 02:11:39,360 viewfinder enable. You can turn it off 3315 02:11:39,360 --> 02:11:41,679 completely. And this is the automatic 3316 02:11:41,679 --> 02:11:43,199 review. So you'll see that I take the 3317 02:11:43,199 --> 02:11:46,000 picture here now. Nothing happens when 3318 02:11:46,000 --> 02:11:49,360 we turn it on. 2 seconds. I'll take a 3319 02:11:49,360 --> 02:11:51,119 picture. 3320 02:11:51,119 --> 02:11:54,159 Camera will show us the image that we 3321 02:11:54,159 --> 02:11:57,520 just took. So, it's automatic playback. 3322 02:11:57,520 --> 02:12:00,159 Think of it that way. 3323 02:12:00,159 --> 02:12:03,599 High-speed display. If this is grayed 3324 02:12:03,599 --> 02:12:07,920 out, it is because high burst plus will 3325 02:12:07,920 --> 02:12:10,800 make this disappear in the menu. 3326 02:12:10,800 --> 02:12:13,520 So if you want this option, we have to 3327 02:12:13,520 --> 02:12:17,599 go to H without the plus 3328 02:12:17,599 --> 02:12:19,440 and then we can come back in and it's 3329 02:12:19,440 --> 02:12:22,560 available. This gives you a high-speed 3330 02:12:22,560 --> 02:12:24,639 display as you are shooting through the 3331 02:12:24,639 --> 02:12:26,159 viewfinder. If you're doing a lot of 3332 02:12:26,159 --> 02:12:28,560 sports, it may be worth trying. Just 3333 02:12:28,560 --> 02:12:30,800 keep in mind it doesn't work on the 3334 02:12:30,800 --> 02:12:33,520 highest setting. 3335 02:12:33,520 --> 02:12:36,159 Display simulation definitely recommend 3336 02:12:36,159 --> 02:12:39,119 the exposure is turned on. This gives 3337 02:12:39,119 --> 02:12:41,119 you an exposure preview of what it is 3338 02:12:41,119 --> 02:12:43,119 we're about to take a picture of. This 3339 02:12:43,119 --> 02:12:44,960 will give you feedback about how bright 3340 02:12:44,960 --> 02:12:47,119 things are and what we should change. 3341 02:12:47,119 --> 02:12:49,599 There are some other options to only 3342 02:12:49,599 --> 02:12:51,280 have it active when we press the depth 3343 02:12:51,280 --> 02:12:54,239 of field button. And it can also stop 3344 02:12:54,239 --> 02:12:57,280 down our lens blades to give us a sense 3345 02:12:57,280 --> 02:12:59,679 of the depth of field. I think this is 3346 02:12:59,679 --> 02:13:01,920 the easiest way to go. This next guy, 3347 02:13:01,920 --> 02:13:05,440 OVF optical viewfinder simulation view 3348 02:13:05,440 --> 02:13:08,239 assist. It's kind of a funny name. Think 3349 02:13:08,239 --> 02:13:11,280 of this as studio strobe shooting 3350 02:13:11,280 --> 02:13:14,880 exposure turn off. Basically, this is 3351 02:13:14,880 --> 02:13:17,360 designed to mimic an optical viewfinder 3352 02:13:17,360 --> 02:13:19,280 looking through the lens. Why would you 3353 02:13:19,280 --> 02:13:21,599 want to do this? Well, when you're in 3354 02:13:21,599 --> 02:13:23,040 studio shooting and you're using 3355 02:13:23,040 --> 02:13:24,719 strobes, sometimes it's a little bit 3356 02:13:24,719 --> 02:13:27,119 darker, right? So, the camera will try 3357 02:13:27,119 --> 02:13:29,440 to help by, you know, changing your 3358 02:13:29,440 --> 02:13:30,719 exposure settings and all kinds of 3359 02:13:30,719 --> 02:13:33,199 stuff. It's hard to focus in these 3360 02:13:33,199 --> 02:13:35,440 darker environments. So, this basically 3361 02:13:35,440 --> 02:13:39,840 lets us see what we're focusing on, the 3362 02:13:39,840 --> 02:13:41,840 subject matter, the composition, and 3363 02:13:41,840 --> 02:13:44,880 then when we fire the strobes, then we 3364 02:13:44,880 --> 02:13:47,599 get the actual image. And there were 3365 02:13:47,599 --> 02:13:49,520 some problems with this in earlier Canon 3366 02:13:49,520 --> 02:13:51,199 cameras is that when you put a speed 3367 02:13:51,199 --> 02:13:54,000 light on here, we couldn't easily turn 3368 02:13:54,000 --> 02:13:55,840 it off. you couldn't turn off this 3369 02:13:55,840 --> 02:13:58,320 exposure prediction because as you're 3370 02:13:58,320 --> 02:14:00,239 adding strobes and flash, it's 3371 02:14:00,239 --> 02:14:02,000 completely different ball game than the 3372 02:14:02,000 --> 02:14:04,320 ambient light that you're shooting in. 3373 02:14:04,320 --> 02:14:05,760 Suffice it to say, if you're in a 3374 02:14:05,760 --> 02:14:08,320 studio, you need the ability to focus 3375 02:14:08,320 --> 02:14:10,560 and compose. You know, while you're 3376 02:14:10,560 --> 02:14:12,400 setting up these, you're going going to 3377 02:14:12,400 --> 02:14:14,480 want to come in and turn this to on. It 3378 02:14:14,480 --> 02:14:16,880 will turn the viewfinder to behave as if 3379 02:14:16,880 --> 02:14:19,119 there is no exposure simulation when 3380 02:14:19,119 --> 02:14:21,280 it's on. Just to show you, I'm on 3381 02:14:21,280 --> 02:14:24,480 manual. Look, I'm changing my settings. 3382 02:14:24,480 --> 02:14:27,599 all over the place and the viewfinder or 3383 02:14:27,599 --> 02:14:30,880 the display is not changing its exposure 3384 02:14:30,880 --> 02:14:34,480 when we turn it off. Come in and then we 3385 02:14:34,480 --> 02:14:39,360 have it very handy for strobe shooting. 3386 02:14:39,360 --> 02:14:42,079 This down here deals with HDR in our log 3387 02:14:42,079 --> 02:14:44,719 view assist. If we want to get that kind 3388 02:14:44,719 --> 02:14:47,040 of look in our viewfinder on our back 3389 02:14:47,040 --> 02:14:49,840 monitor, we turn it on here. or if we 3390 02:14:49,840 --> 02:14:53,360 wanted it to be through our HDMI out for 3391 02:14:53,360 --> 02:14:55,840 output. So, when we're shooting in those 3392 02:14:55,840 --> 02:14:59,440 HDR or log modes, this will give us a 3393 02:14:59,440 --> 02:15:01,840 better preview of what's going on. For 3394 02:15:01,840 --> 02:15:03,360 now, you're going to want to turn these 3395 02:15:03,360 --> 02:15:05,040 off. 3396 02:15:05,040 --> 02:15:06,719 Page 8 deals with the types of 3397 02:15:06,719 --> 02:15:08,000 information that we see in our 3398 02:15:08,000 --> 02:15:09,679 viewfinder as we're shooting. There's 3399 02:15:09,679 --> 02:15:11,840 some customization options. In the 3400 02:15:11,840 --> 02:15:13,599 beginning of the video, I had you toggle 3401 02:15:13,599 --> 02:15:15,599 the info screen by pushing it over and 3402 02:15:15,599 --> 02:15:17,760 over and over again. Shooting info 3403 02:15:17,760 --> 02:15:21,119 display allows us to determine which of 3404 02:15:21,119 --> 02:15:23,679 those screens will be available for 3405 02:15:23,679 --> 02:15:25,520 toggling. If you didn't want to see them 3406 02:15:25,520 --> 02:15:28,400 all, we could turn them off. I don't 3407 02:15:28,400 --> 02:15:30,480 recommend that, at least yet. At some 3408 02:15:30,480 --> 02:15:32,079 point, you may want to turn them off. 3409 02:15:32,079 --> 02:15:34,239 And if we go into those screens as it's 3410 02:15:34,239 --> 02:15:38,079 highlighted and hit edit, we can also 3411 02:15:38,079 --> 02:15:41,040 determine what kinds of information we 3412 02:15:41,040 --> 02:15:46,000 will see on those specific screens. 3413 02:15:46,000 --> 02:15:48,960 So, it's a way to customize what we are 3414 02:15:48,960 --> 02:15:52,159 seeing. Pretty cool because we couldn't 3415 02:15:52,159 --> 02:15:54,800 do this in the beginning. It wouldn't 3416 02:15:54,800 --> 02:15:56,960 let us. 3417 02:15:56,960 --> 02:16:00,000 The VF also stands for the viewfinder to 3418 02:16:00,000 --> 02:16:01,760 toggle their information settings as 3419 02:16:01,760 --> 02:16:03,599 we're looking in here. Think of this as 3420 02:16:03,599 --> 02:16:05,599 a way to tweak a lot of the information 3421 02:16:05,599 --> 02:16:07,440 that you're seeing. Earlier when we were 3422 02:16:07,440 --> 02:16:09,119 talking about focusing and manual focus, 3423 02:16:09,119 --> 02:16:10,800 if you wanted to see it in feet, here it 3424 02:16:10,800 --> 02:16:13,440 is. 3425 02:16:13,440 --> 02:16:14,880 When do you want to see the focus 3426 02:16:14,880 --> 02:16:17,040 distance? In manual mode only. When 3427 02:16:17,040 --> 02:16:19,199 focusing, always. You can disable it. I 3428 02:16:19,199 --> 02:16:21,920 think manual mode makes sense. Lots of 3429 02:16:21,920 --> 02:16:24,320 great ways to customize your shooting 3430 02:16:24,320 --> 02:16:26,239 information. Quick control 3431 02:16:26,239 --> 02:16:28,719 customization. Remember this Q guy here? 3432 02:16:28,719 --> 02:16:30,880 When we push this, this allows us to 3433 02:16:30,880 --> 02:16:33,359 customize which options we have up here. 3434 02:16:33,359 --> 02:16:35,519 We have our autofocus 3435 02:16:35,519 --> 02:16:38,799 right here areas or clusters. So, we 3436 02:16:38,799 --> 02:16:40,478 come in here and want to edit the 3437 02:16:40,478 --> 02:16:42,718 layout. 3438 02:16:42,718 --> 02:16:46,799 It would allow us to choose what we want 3439 02:16:46,799 --> 02:16:50,799 to have lined up. 3440 02:16:50,799 --> 02:16:52,959 I wouldn't recommend changing this until 3441 02:16:52,959 --> 02:16:54,799 you're very familiar with your camera 3442 02:16:54,799 --> 02:16:57,040 and you know exactly what options you 3443 02:16:57,040 --> 02:17:00,478 want to see in your Q menu. You hit to 3444 02:17:00,478 --> 02:17:02,959 rearrange. 3445 02:17:02,959 --> 02:17:05,200 You can touch and drag. If I wanted this 3446 02:17:05,200 --> 02:17:06,558 guy over here, I don't want to mess it 3447 02:17:06,558 --> 02:17:09,359 up because otherwise it may be confusing 3448 02:17:09,359 --> 02:17:11,439 as I'm teaching. 3449 02:17:11,439 --> 02:17:13,200 Suffice it to say, this is completely 3450 02:17:13,200 --> 02:17:15,200 customizable in terms of the layout and 3451 02:17:15,200 --> 02:17:16,959 where buttons are where. So once you get 3452 02:17:16,959 --> 02:17:18,318 a hang of the camera and how it 3453 02:17:18,318 --> 02:17:20,398 operates, you may want to come in here 3454 02:17:20,398 --> 02:17:24,638 and tweak that a little bit. Very cool. 3455 02:17:24,638 --> 02:17:28,518 Exit without saving. 3456 02:17:29,760 --> 02:17:31,920 Display frame rate set. Suffice it to 3457 02:17:31,920 --> 02:17:34,398 say, power saving the default. it's 3458 02:17:34,398 --> 02:17:37,840 going to be kinder to your battery. 3459 02:17:37,840 --> 02:17:40,160 If you are in a low light situation and 3460 02:17:40,160 --> 02:17:43,120 you want to suppress this smooth uh 3461 02:17:43,120 --> 02:17:45,200 setting, you would hit the info. 3462 02:17:45,200 --> 02:17:46,799 Sometimes when you get into very low 3463 02:17:46,799 --> 02:17:48,718 light situations, you'll see kind of a 3464 02:17:48,718 --> 02:17:51,439 laggy view on your monitor and this 3465 02:17:51,439 --> 02:17:53,760 would suppress that. In most instances, 3466 02:17:53,760 --> 02:17:57,359 we're going to keep it here. 3467 02:17:57,359 --> 02:17:59,120 Viewfinder display. This is looking 3468 02:17:59,120 --> 02:18:01,120 through the viewfinder. I I recommend 3469 02:18:01,120 --> 02:18:03,280 display one, 3470 02:18:03,280 --> 02:18:04,799 but if you want to see everything within 3471 02:18:04,799 --> 02:18:08,160 the frame, you would go to display two. 3472 02:18:08,160 --> 02:18:11,040 Reverse display, I recommend leaving on. 3473 02:18:11,040 --> 02:18:12,318 This means that when you flip the 3474 02:18:12,318 --> 02:18:14,240 monitor around and you're, you know, 3475 02:18:14,240 --> 02:18:17,599 shooting recording video, it will invert 3476 02:18:17,599 --> 02:18:19,280 the screen so it looks more like a 3477 02:18:19,280 --> 02:18:22,240 mirror versus what the camera shooting 3478 02:18:22,240 --> 02:18:23,840 from the camera side would see. It's 3479 02:18:23,840 --> 02:18:25,760 very useful. 3480 02:18:25,760 --> 02:18:28,398 Auto power temperature off. There's a 3481 02:18:28,398 --> 02:18:30,240 standard and a high setting. This 3482 02:18:30,240 --> 02:18:31,599 basically means that when we put it to 3483 02:18:31,599 --> 02:18:33,040 high, we're going to let the camera get 3484 02:18:33,040 --> 02:18:35,120 even a little hotter. Gives you some 3485 02:18:35,120 --> 02:18:37,120 warnings. Leave it here for now. 3486 02:18:37,120 --> 02:18:38,718 Especially when you're recording like 7K 3487 02:18:38,718 --> 02:18:41,280 raw, higher frame rate, things of that 3488 02:18:41,280 --> 02:18:44,558 nature. Camera's going to get hot. 3489 02:18:44,558 --> 02:18:47,200 Page nine, video record size. We are in 3490 02:18:47,200 --> 02:18:48,959 a still shooting mode, but it wants to 3491 02:18:48,959 --> 02:18:51,599 know what setup do you want. If you just 3492 02:18:51,599 --> 02:18:53,359 hit the video record button, if you 3493 02:18:53,359 --> 02:18:55,200 forgot to hit this, what do you want to 3494 02:18:55,200 --> 02:18:57,599 record at? Again, we are dealing with 3495 02:18:57,599 --> 02:19:00,879 resolution. Full HD 1920 x 1080 at 30 3496 02:19:00,879 --> 02:19:02,959 frames per second. So, it wants the 3497 02:19:02,959 --> 02:19:06,080 resolution. It wants the frame rate. 3498 02:19:06,080 --> 02:19:07,679 Can't choose anything other than long 3499 02:19:07,679 --> 02:19:09,599 group of pictures. That's a great 3500 02:19:09,599 --> 02:19:11,519 discussion on terms of what that is and 3501 02:19:11,519 --> 02:19:14,318 how that compression works. The long 3502 02:19:14,318 --> 02:19:16,558 story short here is that the camera is 3503 02:19:16,558 --> 02:19:19,439 looking at the previous and the next 3504 02:19:19,439 --> 02:19:22,879 frames to decide what hasn't changed in 3505 02:19:22,879 --> 02:19:25,120 order to save file space. This allows us 3506 02:19:25,120 --> 02:19:28,478 to record in smaller video files, but 3507 02:19:28,478 --> 02:19:31,120 suffice it to say, do you want 4K, HD, 3508 02:19:31,120 --> 02:19:33,760 and what frame rate do you want? Let's 3509 02:19:33,760 --> 02:19:36,799 go 4K here. And then we have a bunch of 3510 02:19:36,799 --> 02:19:39,760 other options. Oops. So, what format? 3511 02:19:39,760 --> 02:19:41,439 Unless you know what bit depth is, for 3512 02:19:41,439 --> 02:19:43,040 the most part, you're going to leave it 3513 02:19:43,040 --> 02:19:45,679 here until you get more familiar with 3514 02:19:45,679 --> 02:19:47,679 video shooting. These other guys here 3515 02:19:47,679 --> 02:19:50,720 where you see 42:2 10 bit or 42010 bit. 3516 02:19:50,720 --> 02:19:52,560 Like me personally, I wouldn't shoot 10 3517 02:19:52,560 --> 02:19:54,399 bit without the 422. This has to deal 3518 02:19:54,399 --> 02:19:57,200 with how much color information we have 3519 02:19:57,200 --> 02:19:59,520 in the file. Again, this is kind of a 3520 02:19:59,520 --> 02:20:01,840 more high-end kind of thing. If you're 3521 02:20:01,840 --> 02:20:04,000 doing color grading, you want more 3522 02:20:04,000 --> 02:20:06,000 information in your video file. 3523 02:20:06,000 --> 02:20:08,319 Completely different animal than, you 3524 02:20:08,319 --> 02:20:09,760 know, just learning how to use the 3525 02:20:09,760 --> 02:20:12,240 camera. But the fact that it's in here 3526 02:20:12,240 --> 02:20:14,080 and you have that as an option is very 3527 02:20:14,080 --> 02:20:16,880 powerful. We shot a movie at 42:210 bit 3528 02:20:16,880 --> 02:20:18,240 and color graded. We didn't shoot in 3529 02:20:18,240 --> 02:20:20,640 RAW. 42:210 bit. Great learning 3530 02:20:20,640 --> 02:20:22,319 experience. 3531 02:20:22,319 --> 02:20:23,840 Sound recording. Obviously, we want to 3532 02:20:23,840 --> 02:20:25,760 record sound anytime we're doing video 3533 02:20:25,760 --> 02:20:27,840 whenever we can. The fast and slow 3534 02:20:27,840 --> 02:20:29,920 rates, we do lose audio recording. It's 3535 02:20:29,920 --> 02:20:32,160 just because the camera can't record the 3536 02:20:32,160 --> 02:20:34,479 audio and the video at the same time. 3537 02:20:34,479 --> 02:20:36,000 There are some other tricks you can do 3538 02:20:36,000 --> 02:20:40,240 to get that audio recorded. 3539 02:20:40,240 --> 02:20:41,840 For the most part, in the beginning, 3540 02:20:41,840 --> 02:20:43,200 you're going to want to leave your audio 3541 02:20:43,200 --> 02:20:46,960 format to 16bit, two channel. Most 3542 02:20:46,960 --> 02:20:49,680 cameras like the Canon R six Mark III 3543 02:20:49,680 --> 02:20:52,640 and others only can record into two 3544 02:20:52,640 --> 02:20:56,080 channels. So what is this 4 channel 3545 02:20:56,080 --> 02:21:00,240 24bit LPCM? When I saw this initially I 3546 02:21:00,240 --> 02:21:02,240 was very excited and we'll come in here 3547 02:21:02,240 --> 02:21:04,479 and look at this because 3548 02:21:04,479 --> 02:21:06,640 come out here talked about that. Let's 3549 02:21:06,640 --> 02:21:09,280 go to audio status. I see four channels 3550 02:21:09,280 --> 02:21:11,200 in here which you know makes me really 3551 02:21:11,200 --> 02:21:14,240 excited because every channel is a 3552 02:21:14,240 --> 02:21:16,399 different track of audio. This is 3553 02:21:16,399 --> 02:21:18,160 extremely useful when you're 3554 02:21:18,160 --> 02:21:20,560 interviewing people who have different 3555 02:21:20,560 --> 02:21:24,000 microphones. In a perfect world, each of 3556 02:21:24,000 --> 02:21:26,479 these would edit separately, meaning 3557 02:21:26,479 --> 02:21:28,640 that you could edit your channel one 3558 02:21:28,640 --> 02:21:30,479 separate from channel 2, separate from 3559 02:21:30,479 --> 02:21:32,960 channel 3, have greater control over the 3560 02:21:32,960 --> 02:21:35,439 audio coming into your camera. That's 3561 02:21:35,439 --> 02:21:37,120 not quite how it works on the R six Mark 3562 02:21:37,120 --> 02:21:39,840 III. We have to have an adapter and to 3563 02:21:39,840 --> 02:21:42,080 feed four microphones into the camera. 3564 02:21:42,080 --> 02:21:43,680 We can definitely do that, but what's 3565 02:21:43,680 --> 02:21:46,800 going to happen is it will combine the 3566 02:21:46,800 --> 02:21:48,880 left and the right into channel one and 3567 02:21:48,880 --> 02:21:50,720 and so on and so forth. So, you're only 3568 02:21:50,720 --> 02:21:53,200 getting two recorded audio tracks. But 3569 02:21:53,200 --> 02:21:54,800 if you were in a situation where you 3570 02:21:54,800 --> 02:21:57,600 wanted multiple audio inputs, including 3571 02:21:57,600 --> 02:21:59,520 the ambient microphones or microphones 3572 02:21:59,520 --> 02:22:03,040 being fed in through a specific adapter, 3573 02:22:03,040 --> 02:22:05,040 same thing with the 32-bit float, which 3574 02:22:05,040 --> 02:22:07,920 is think of it as a raw format of audio. 3575 02:22:07,920 --> 02:22:10,240 It's more forgiving, captures a greater 3576 02:22:10,240 --> 02:22:12,880 dynamic range of of sound. So, we get 3577 02:22:12,880 --> 02:22:15,520 some really incredible audio support. 3578 02:22:15,520 --> 02:22:17,040 Definitely a big step in the right 3579 02:22:17,040 --> 02:22:20,720 direction, but it's still saving to two 3580 02:22:20,720 --> 02:22:22,399 channels. So, if you wanted to record 3581 02:22:22,399 --> 02:22:23,840 four different microphones, you would 3582 02:22:23,840 --> 02:22:26,399 have to have an external recorder. 3583 02:22:26,399 --> 02:22:28,080 Very long-winded to say for the most 3584 02:22:28,080 --> 02:22:29,600 part, if you're just getting started, 3585 02:22:29,600 --> 02:22:32,720 just leave it here for now. But amazing 3586 02:22:32,720 --> 02:22:34,640 to see that there's room to grow into 3587 02:22:34,640 --> 02:22:37,120 this camera as you become more and more 3588 02:22:37,120 --> 02:22:40,080 familiar with video recording. The audio 3589 02:22:40,080 --> 02:22:41,520 settings we talked about a little bit. 3590 02:22:41,520 --> 02:22:43,600 We have it set up so we have our manual 3591 02:22:43,600 --> 02:22:45,280 audio controls on. Again, we want to 3592 02:22:45,280 --> 02:22:47,920 stay in this yellow to orange. Red is 3593 02:22:47,920 --> 02:22:50,000 bad. 3594 02:22:50,000 --> 02:22:52,479 And we have it set up so we can tweak 3595 02:22:52,479 --> 02:22:55,040 the gain to determine how loud or how 3596 02:22:55,040 --> 02:22:57,359 soft it is. If we leave it on auto, the 3597 02:22:57,359 --> 02:22:59,120 camera will make these corrections and 3598 02:22:59,120 --> 02:23:01,120 fluctuations on its own, and it's a lot 3599 02:23:01,120 --> 02:23:03,680 harder to fix. Your wind filter and your 3600 02:23:03,680 --> 02:23:04,880 noise reduction. I think those are fine 3601 02:23:04,880 --> 02:23:07,280 to leave turned on. Good sounding audio 3602 02:23:07,280 --> 02:23:10,160 is very important to your video. I know 3603 02:23:10,160 --> 02:23:11,439 a lot of people will turn these off 3604 02:23:11,439 --> 02:23:13,120 because they don't want the camera 3605 02:23:13,120 --> 02:23:14,960 messing with the sound before they get 3606 02:23:14,960 --> 02:23:16,720 to it. But in the beginning, I'd say 3607 02:23:16,720 --> 02:23:20,720 sure, leave them on and enable. 3608 02:23:20,720 --> 02:23:22,560 And then our audio status. We already 3609 02:23:22,560 --> 02:23:24,000 took a look at this. This is how we can 3610 02:23:24,000 --> 02:23:26,720 see the audio coming in, what would be 3611 02:23:26,720 --> 02:23:29,359 potentially recorded. 3612 02:23:29,359 --> 02:23:31,280 On this last tab, I usually leave these 3613 02:23:31,280 --> 02:23:34,399 turned off because ISO and my shutter 3614 02:23:34,399 --> 02:23:36,560 speed, those are all typically dialed in 3615 02:23:36,560 --> 02:23:38,240 manually and it's something that I would 3616 02:23:38,240 --> 02:23:40,160 recommend to learn as quick as possible 3617 02:23:40,160 --> 02:23:42,640 when you're shooting video. There's also 3618 02:23:42,640 --> 02:23:45,280 an auto level. Mine is turned off. I 3619 02:23:45,280 --> 02:23:46,880 just set the camera up a little bit more 3620 02:23:46,880 --> 02:23:48,560 level. And that, ladies and gentlemen, 3621 02:23:48,560 --> 02:23:51,200 is the red tab in the stills mode. 3622 02:23:51,200 --> 02:23:53,439 Reveal the deep red glow of celestial 3623 02:23:53,439 --> 02:23:56,160 nebula [music] using the new Halpha 3624 02:23:56,160 --> 02:23:58,640 filter from Maven, which isolates 3625 02:23:58,640 --> 02:24:02,080 wavelengths of 656 nanometers and the 3626 02:24:02,080 --> 02:24:06,000 magnetic ring glows in the dark. You can 3627 02:24:06,000 --> 02:24:09,720 get yours at mavenfilters.com. 3628 02:24:13,200 --> 02:24:15,600 Purple tab, page one of seven. A lot of 3629 02:24:15,600 --> 02:24:17,200 these you're already familiar with. This 3630 02:24:17,200 --> 02:24:20,640 is a deep menu way to access them. This 3631 02:24:20,640 --> 02:24:22,479 is the when of focusing that we talked 3632 02:24:22,479 --> 02:24:24,960 about in our focusing lesson. This is 3633 02:24:24,960 --> 02:24:27,680 the where or the focusing clusters. We 3634 02:24:27,680 --> 02:24:29,200 have a dedicated button for that right 3635 02:24:29,200 --> 02:24:32,640 here. Whole area tracking. By the way, 3636 02:24:32,640 --> 02:24:36,000 if you if you don't have your whole area 3637 02:24:36,000 --> 02:24:37,760 focusing cluster, some of these items 3638 02:24:37,760 --> 02:24:40,240 may not appear in the menu. This allows 3639 02:24:40,240 --> 02:24:42,240 us to use the tracking mode. It's those 3640 02:24:42,240 --> 02:24:44,479 four corner uh double cornered boxes 3641 02:24:44,479 --> 02:24:46,160 that will try to follow a subject 3642 02:24:46,160 --> 02:24:47,680 around. This is where we can turn it on 3643 02:24:47,680 --> 02:24:49,520 or off. 3644 02:24:49,520 --> 02:24:51,200 focusing mode that's grayed out. This 3645 02:24:51,200 --> 02:24:53,280 deals with lenses that don't have an 3646 02:24:53,280 --> 02:24:55,760 autofocus to manual focus switch. And 3647 02:24:55,760 --> 02:24:56,960 this is where we could come in and 3648 02:24:56,960 --> 02:24:58,800 change it. That's why when you select 3649 02:24:58,800 --> 02:25:00,160 this, it's saying, "Hey, just use the 3650 02:25:00,160 --> 02:25:02,960 switch on the on the lens." 3651 02:25:02,960 --> 02:25:06,080 And then we can turn our movie servo 3652 02:25:06,080 --> 02:25:09,520 autofocus on or off here. 3653 02:25:09,520 --> 02:25:12,319 Page two, we talked about subject 3654 02:25:12,319 --> 02:25:13,840 detection. This is where we can choose 3655 02:25:13,840 --> 02:25:16,319 whether we want the camera's algorithm 3656 02:25:16,319 --> 02:25:19,040 to help us focus on people or animals or 3657 02:25:19,040 --> 02:25:23,040 vehicles or not at all. Eye detection we 3658 02:25:23,040 --> 02:25:25,359 talked about in the focusing lesson. 3659 02:25:25,359 --> 02:25:27,359 This is where we can determine whether 3660 02:25:27,359 --> 02:25:29,200 it's turned on. But we can also choose 3661 02:25:29,200 --> 02:25:31,600 the left eye or the right eye. And then 3662 02:25:31,600 --> 02:25:34,800 we can register people if we we've 3663 02:25:34,800 --> 02:25:36,720 already done this is where we could turn 3664 02:25:36,720 --> 02:25:39,359 that on or off. 3665 02:25:39,359 --> 02:25:41,200 Talked about this in the focusing lesson 3666 02:25:41,200 --> 02:25:45,040 as well. Page three. This is when we 3667 02:25:45,040 --> 02:25:47,600 start getting into tweaking how our 3668 02:25:47,600 --> 02:25:51,439 autofocus servo is working. I think for 3669 02:25:51,439 --> 02:25:52,319 beginning and intermediate 3670 02:25:52,319 --> 02:25:54,160 photographers, just leave this on auto 3671 02:25:54,160 --> 02:25:56,640 for now. But if you're curious as to 3672 02:25:56,640 --> 02:25:59,120 what this looks like, this is where we 3673 02:25:59,120 --> 02:26:01,840 can come in and actually start tweaking 3674 02:26:01,840 --> 02:26:03,760 how. See, it says the color button. 3675 02:26:03,760 --> 02:26:06,160 Press the color button here. We can 3676 02:26:06,160 --> 02:26:09,760 change the sensitivity of how responsive 3677 02:26:09,760 --> 02:26:13,120 or how locked on our focusing systems 3678 02:26:13,120 --> 02:26:15,840 will be and whether it should be more 3679 02:26:15,840 --> 02:26:18,960 accelerating or decelerating tracking. 3680 02:26:18,960 --> 02:26:20,960 Probably a little bit more information 3681 02:26:20,960 --> 02:26:23,359 than you want, but as you become more 3682 02:26:23,359 --> 02:26:25,520 advanced in your shooting different 3683 02:26:25,520 --> 02:26:28,399 kinds of sports, this is where you're 3684 02:26:28,399 --> 02:26:30,240 going to come in and start tweaking some 3685 02:26:30,240 --> 02:26:32,240 of these things. 3686 02:26:32,240 --> 02:26:34,880 Come back out. For now, I would say 3687 02:26:34,880 --> 02:26:37,760 leave it on auto. Page four in the 3688 02:26:37,760 --> 02:26:40,080 purple tab. This first item is basically 3689 02:26:40,080 --> 02:26:42,720 saying when you are in a servo mode and 3690 02:26:42,720 --> 02:26:45,359 you take your first image, do you want 3691 02:26:45,359 --> 02:26:48,399 it to be more about releasing the frame 3692 02:26:48,399 --> 02:26:49,680 or do you want it to be more about 3693 02:26:49,680 --> 02:26:52,160 focusing? Default I think is fine for 3694 02:26:52,160 --> 02:26:54,240 now. Some sport shooters will be more 3695 02:26:54,240 --> 02:26:56,160 about the release. Some will be more 3696 02:26:56,160 --> 02:26:58,160 about the focus. 3697 02:26:58,160 --> 02:27:00,399 Again, we have the same option for a 3698 02:27:00,399 --> 02:27:02,240 single oneshot. 3699 02:27:02,240 --> 02:27:04,240 Preview autofocus is something I 3700 02:27:04,240 --> 02:27:06,800 recommend turning off. If this is turned 3701 02:27:06,800 --> 02:27:08,960 on, what your camera will be doing is 3702 02:27:08,960 --> 02:27:11,280 constantly prefocusing. It'll be 3703 02:27:11,280 --> 02:27:13,120 constantly trying to get locked onto 3704 02:27:13,120 --> 02:27:14,640 things. I think it's a battery drain. 3705 02:27:14,640 --> 02:27:17,680 So, I just leave it turned off. 3706 02:27:17,680 --> 02:27:20,000 Lens drive when autofocus impossible 3707 02:27:20,000 --> 02:27:21,439 basically means when our camera can't 3708 02:27:21,439 --> 02:27:23,359 find an area of contrast and it's 3709 02:27:23,359 --> 02:27:25,280 searching, what do you want it to do? Do 3710 02:27:25,280 --> 02:27:26,960 you want it to continue the focus 3711 02:27:26,960 --> 02:27:28,880 search, which I have turned on, or do 3712 02:27:28,880 --> 02:27:31,439 you want it to stop? 3713 02:27:31,439 --> 02:27:34,640 Autofocused beam firing is when we're 3714 02:27:34,640 --> 02:27:37,520 using a speed light. Do we want this to 3715 02:27:37,520 --> 02:27:40,160 be active? Typically, it's very useful, 3716 02:27:40,160 --> 02:27:41,920 especially in low light situations. And 3717 02:27:41,920 --> 02:27:45,120 I leave this turned on as well. Page 3718 02:27:45,120 --> 02:27:47,760 five in the purple tab, limit audio 3719 02:27:47,760 --> 02:27:49,920 focus areas or the clusters. This is 3720 02:27:49,920 --> 02:27:51,840 something that I actually do configure. 3721 02:27:51,840 --> 02:27:53,200 So, just to demonstrate this real quick, 3722 02:27:53,200 --> 02:27:57,319 let me turn a couple of these off 3723 02:27:57,439 --> 02:27:58,960 just so you can see. I like whole area 3724 02:27:58,960 --> 02:28:02,319 F. I like my customizable one. I do like 3725 02:28:02,319 --> 02:28:03,600 the spot one, too. I'm just going to 3726 02:28:03,600 --> 02:28:07,479 turn off these other ones here. 3727 02:28:10,800 --> 02:28:13,680 So, I now only have three clusters and 3728 02:28:13,680 --> 02:28:15,520 I'm going make sure you hit okay or 3729 02:28:15,520 --> 02:28:17,439 won't won't save it. You can see that 3730 02:28:17,439 --> 02:28:18,880 the star button means something in here 3731 02:28:18,880 --> 02:28:22,000 has changed as a reminder. So when I 3732 02:28:22,000 --> 02:28:24,720 press my cluster button, I'm only given 3733 02:28:24,720 --> 02:28:27,680 three options. The spot, 3734 02:28:27,680 --> 02:28:30,080 we have the flexible zone, and the whole 3735 02:28:30,080 --> 02:28:33,280 area. The reason I do this is because 3736 02:28:33,280 --> 02:28:35,520 when I'm shooting birds, for example, 3737 02:28:35,520 --> 02:28:38,240 and they land, you know, it's different 3738 02:28:38,240 --> 02:28:39,520 between when they're flying and when 3739 02:28:39,520 --> 02:28:41,840 they land. And I've set up my depth of 3740 02:28:41,840 --> 02:28:43,840 field preview button to cycle through 3741 02:28:43,840 --> 02:28:45,280 the clusters. It's kind of hard to see. 3742 02:28:45,280 --> 02:28:47,040 Let me turn this exposure down so you 3743 02:28:47,040 --> 02:28:49,920 can see the button. and I'm pressing my 3744 02:28:49,920 --> 02:28:51,600 depth of field preview button in the 3745 02:28:51,600 --> 02:28:53,600 front. I can cycle through those three 3746 02:28:53,600 --> 02:28:56,560 clusters for that kind of shooting very 3747 02:28:56,560 --> 02:28:59,120 fast. Now, if I only wanted to limit 3748 02:28:59,120 --> 02:29:03,040 that in bird shooting, I would also come 3749 02:29:03,040 --> 02:29:07,600 in and save it to a C1 or a C2 or a C3. 3750 02:29:07,600 --> 02:29:09,520 But this is how we can get very 3751 02:29:09,520 --> 02:29:12,800 efficient with our focusing clusters if 3752 02:29:12,800 --> 02:29:14,560 we wanted to. I'm going to come back and 3753 02:29:14,560 --> 02:29:16,960 turn a couple of these back on. I would 3754 02:29:16,960 --> 02:29:19,680 never use spot with tracking. Maybe 3755 02:29:19,680 --> 02:29:23,120 these guys. Sure. Hit. Okay. Something 3756 02:29:23,120 --> 02:29:26,080 to keep in mind. Orientation linked 3757 02:29:26,080 --> 02:29:28,640 autofocus point. Basically, what this is 3758 02:29:28,640 --> 02:29:31,040 telling us is, do we want to have the 3759 02:29:31,040 --> 02:29:33,520 same focusing point when we're jumping 3760 02:29:33,520 --> 02:29:36,160 back and forth between a landscape 3761 02:29:36,160 --> 02:29:38,479 orientation or when we're rotating the 3762 02:29:38,479 --> 02:29:41,200 camera into a portrait orientation. Same 3763 02:29:41,200 --> 02:29:43,600 for both. Leaves that focusing square 3764 02:29:43,600 --> 02:29:45,840 the same. But I will say that when 3765 02:29:45,840 --> 02:29:48,240 you're shooting certain types of 3766 02:29:48,240 --> 02:29:51,200 subjects, let's say if you really wanted 3767 02:29:51,200 --> 02:29:54,160 to dial in, you know, focus on an eye of 3768 02:29:54,160 --> 02:29:56,560 a person, you're changing the focusing 3769 02:29:56,560 --> 02:29:58,240 point as you move the camera up and 3770 02:29:58,240 --> 02:30:02,479 down. So, this will allow you to tell 3771 02:30:02,479 --> 02:30:05,439 the camera to change the cluster in the 3772 02:30:05,439 --> 02:30:07,680 point or just the point when you're 3773 02:30:07,680 --> 02:30:09,439 jumping back and forth between these 3774 02:30:09,439 --> 02:30:13,760 two. the camera will remember and detect 3775 02:30:13,760 --> 02:30:15,439 when you're moving between those two 3776 02:30:15,439 --> 02:30:17,439 orientations. For now, I just leave it 3777 02:30:17,439 --> 02:30:20,000 here. We also have the ability to limit 3778 02:30:20,000 --> 02:30:22,640 our subject detection from those 3779 02:30:22,640 --> 02:30:26,160 algorithm options that we had discussed. 3780 02:30:26,160 --> 02:30:28,160 And then we talked about the different 3781 02:30:28,160 --> 02:30:32,039 kinds of eye detection. 3782 02:30:32,240 --> 02:30:35,359 Coming into our focus peaking settings. 3783 02:30:35,359 --> 02:30:36,880 This is the color overlay that we 3784 02:30:36,880 --> 02:30:38,720 demonstrated when we're in manual focus 3785 02:30:38,720 --> 02:30:40,560 to see where the camera is focusing. 3786 02:30:40,560 --> 02:30:42,880 It's turned off for now. We can select 3787 02:30:42,880 --> 02:30:46,319 the intensity as well as the color. The 3788 02:30:46,319 --> 02:30:48,160 focusing guide we gave a demonstration 3789 02:30:48,160 --> 02:30:51,520 earlier in the video. 3790 02:30:51,520 --> 02:30:54,560 Lens electronic manual focus deals with 3791 02:30:54,560 --> 02:30:58,479 essentially any lens that focuses by 3792 02:30:58,479 --> 02:31:00,240 electronic means, which is most of the 3793 02:31:00,240 --> 02:31:02,319 RF lenses. When do you want that 3794 02:31:02,319 --> 02:31:05,280 focusing ring to be available? There are 3795 02:31:05,280 --> 02:31:08,640 some very handy things in here. The 3796 02:31:08,640 --> 02:31:10,399 first one, disabled, just turns it off 3797 02:31:10,399 --> 02:31:13,280 completely. And then we can disable it 3798 02:31:13,280 --> 02:31:16,479 after one shot, but the ones that are 3799 02:31:16,479 --> 02:31:18,560 interesting are one shot enabled. Let me 3800 02:31:18,560 --> 02:31:20,720 demonstrate this. So, we'll tap shutter 3801 02:31:20,720 --> 02:31:22,960 button. Change my exposure settings so 3802 02:31:22,960 --> 02:31:25,280 we can see what's going on. I'm going to 3803 02:31:25,280 --> 02:31:27,520 jump into one shot. I'm going to push 3804 02:31:27,520 --> 02:31:29,200 the shutter button halfway down and hold 3805 02:31:29,200 --> 02:31:31,840 it down. And then I am going to rotate 3806 02:31:31,840 --> 02:31:35,760 the manual focus ring on my lens. 3807 02:31:35,760 --> 02:31:38,080 So what this means is that if I engage 3808 02:31:38,080 --> 02:31:41,359 one shot, I can focus as long as I'm 3809 02:31:41,359 --> 02:31:43,439 holding that down. If we want to take 3810 02:31:43,439 --> 02:31:45,520 this a step further, we can go to one 3811 02:31:45,520 --> 02:31:47,920 shot magnify enabled. Again, halfway 3812 02:31:47,920 --> 02:31:50,000 shutter button depression. I'm rotating 3813 02:31:50,000 --> 02:31:52,880 it and it's jumping in so I can get a 3814 02:31:52,880 --> 02:31:55,760 preview. If you do product photography, 3815 02:31:55,760 --> 02:31:58,640 that's definitely the way to go, 3816 02:31:58,640 --> 02:32:00,080 you know, because you're shooting in a 3817 02:32:00,080 --> 02:32:01,920 studio setting or on a table and you're 3818 02:32:01,920 --> 02:32:04,800 constantly refocusing on these products. 3819 02:32:04,800 --> 02:32:06,960 A lot of fun. 3820 02:32:06,960 --> 02:32:08,880 There are also ways to make this 3821 02:32:08,880 --> 02:32:10,960 available all the time without doing a 3822 02:32:10,960 --> 02:32:12,640 halfway shutter button depression on one 3823 02:32:12,640 --> 02:32:15,120 shot if you have it on enable the actual 3824 02:32:15,120 --> 02:32:17,439 size and the oneshot magnify. This 3825 02:32:17,439 --> 02:32:20,319 depends on the lens that you're using as 3826 02:32:20,319 --> 02:32:23,040 well as the setup. But for now, disable 3827 02:32:23,040 --> 02:32:24,960 after one shot's great. I also like this 3828 02:32:24,960 --> 02:32:28,679 when I'm doing product photography. 3829 02:32:28,960 --> 02:32:31,280 Demonstrated this feature in the manual 3830 02:32:31,280 --> 02:32:34,560 zoom option is basically when we are 3831 02:32:34,560 --> 02:32:36,560 using the magnifying glass. If we tap 3832 02:32:36,560 --> 02:32:38,880 the shutter button, 3833 02:32:38,880 --> 02:32:42,000 oh, in manual mode. See here, tap the 3834 02:32:42,000 --> 02:32:45,200 shutter button, it jumps us out. 3835 02:32:45,200 --> 02:32:47,040 Back in. 3836 02:32:47,040 --> 02:32:50,000 And that is page six. Coming into page 3837 02:32:50,000 --> 02:32:52,319 seven, we can register all of those 3838 02:32:52,319 --> 02:32:54,479 focusing settings 3839 02:32:54,479 --> 02:32:56,240 by coming in here and naming them 3840 02:32:56,240 --> 02:32:58,160 different sets depending on if we do 3841 02:32:58,160 --> 02:33:00,160 different types of sports shooting, for 3842 02:33:00,160 --> 02:33:01,760 example, and we want to tweak them to 3843 02:33:01,760 --> 02:33:04,000 taste. Beginning and intermediate 3844 02:33:04,000 --> 02:33:05,120 photographers, don't worry about this 3845 02:33:05,120 --> 02:33:06,560 for now. But if you get more advanced, 3846 02:33:06,560 --> 02:33:08,000 just know that your camera has this 3847 02:33:08,000 --> 02:33:12,240 ability. That is the purple tab. talking 3848 02:33:12,240 --> 02:33:14,000 about the blue tab which deals with a 3849 02:33:14,000 --> 02:33:16,880 lot of playback editing, how we see 3850 02:33:16,880 --> 02:33:19,520 images or different marks on our images. 3851 02:33:19,520 --> 02:33:22,000 I use some of these in the end that I'll 3852 02:33:22,000 --> 02:33:23,760 demonstrate, but for the most part, if 3853 02:33:23,760 --> 02:33:25,760 you're going to be editing your images 3854 02:33:25,760 --> 02:33:28,399 or cropping your images, it's best to do 3855 02:33:28,399 --> 02:33:30,640 it on a computer after you have backed 3856 02:33:30,640 --> 02:33:33,120 them up. I don't recommend tweaking 3857 02:33:33,120 --> 02:33:35,040 images in camera or deleting a lot of 3858 02:33:35,040 --> 02:33:36,640 images in camera because sometimes it 3859 02:33:36,640 --> 02:33:40,279 can get a little messy. 3860 02:33:40,800 --> 02:33:42,960 Protecting images means that we can 3861 02:33:42,960 --> 02:33:45,600 select an image and tag it with a mark 3862 02:33:45,600 --> 02:33:48,479 that will not be erased. This is not 3863 02:33:48,479 --> 02:33:50,160 dealing with formatting the card. If you 3864 02:33:50,160 --> 02:33:52,080 format your card, they're gone. But you 3865 02:33:52,080 --> 02:33:54,080 put a little icon on an image. You 3866 02:33:54,080 --> 02:33:56,000 select it, put the little key icon on 3867 02:33:56,000 --> 02:33:58,720 it. There it is. And that key icon will 3868 02:33:58,720 --> 02:34:00,720 stay on there for the life of that 3869 02:34:00,720 --> 02:34:02,560 image. So when you move it into your 3870 02:34:02,560 --> 02:34:03,840 computer, you'll have this protected 3871 02:34:03,840 --> 02:34:06,080 image. Those files are very tricky to 3872 02:34:06,080 --> 02:34:07,920 delete. People do this when they run out 3873 02:34:07,920 --> 02:34:10,160 of memory space and they're trying to 3874 02:34:10,160 --> 02:34:12,080 delete images off their card. They're 3875 02:34:12,080 --> 02:34:14,000 trying to free up some space and so they 3876 02:34:14,000 --> 02:34:16,720 may tag a couple of these and erase all 3877 02:34:16,720 --> 02:34:19,200 the other images. I don't recommend 3878 02:34:19,200 --> 02:34:21,520 doing that. You can select a range. You 3879 02:34:21,520 --> 02:34:24,399 can do it by folder. You can protect all 3880 02:34:24,399 --> 02:34:27,840 of them or unprotect all of them. And 3881 02:34:27,840 --> 02:34:30,399 this erase images almost never use this 3882 02:34:30,399 --> 02:34:32,319 feature. If I delete an image, it's 3883 02:34:32,319 --> 02:34:34,240 typically right after I took it and I 3884 02:34:34,240 --> 02:34:37,200 know it's bad. But this is like group 3885 02:34:37,200 --> 02:34:39,359 erasing images. So let's say you're on 3886 02:34:39,359 --> 02:34:40,720 vacation and you've maxed out your 3887 02:34:40,720 --> 02:34:42,240 memory card and you're far away from 3888 02:34:42,240 --> 02:34:43,840 your computer and you have some images 3889 02:34:43,840 --> 02:34:45,359 you want to keep and some you want to 3890 02:34:45,359 --> 02:34:48,080 erase. You would put the key icon on the 3891 02:34:48,080 --> 02:34:49,840 ones you wanted to keep. And then you 3892 02:34:49,840 --> 02:34:52,560 would erase everything else to try to 3893 02:34:52,560 --> 02:34:54,240 free up that space. Anything you didn't 3894 02:34:54,240 --> 02:34:57,359 want, you can select and erase specific 3895 02:34:57,359 --> 02:34:59,359 images. You can do it by range, folder, 3896 02:34:59,359 --> 02:35:01,120 or card. And the way it's supposed to 3897 02:35:01,120 --> 02:35:03,280 work is that protected images would be 3898 02:35:03,280 --> 02:35:04,880 intact. 3899 02:35:04,880 --> 02:35:07,040 I have been in these situations. I don't 3900 02:35:07,040 --> 02:35:09,600 like them and I have learned since just 3901 02:35:09,600 --> 02:35:12,000 to make sure that I always bring far 3902 02:35:12,000 --> 02:35:15,120 more memory than I possibly need. But 3903 02:35:15,120 --> 02:35:16,960 this is how you erase images. We can 3904 02:35:16,960 --> 02:35:19,120 rotate stills. If we come in here and we 3905 02:35:19,120 --> 02:35:21,760 want to manually rotate by pushing on 3906 02:35:21,760 --> 02:35:24,000 the set button. 3907 02:35:24,000 --> 02:35:26,560 We go. 3908 02:35:26,560 --> 02:35:29,680 We can also change the movie orientation 3909 02:35:29,680 --> 02:35:33,439 mark depending on how we want horizontal 3910 02:35:33,439 --> 02:35:35,439 movies to be rotated vertically for 3911 02:35:35,439 --> 02:35:37,760 smartphones. This is where you'd come in 3912 02:35:37,760 --> 02:35:39,840 and you again press a set button to 3913 02:35:39,840 --> 02:35:43,399 rotate through these. 3914 02:35:44,479 --> 02:35:48,199 See this little arrow? 3915 02:35:49,600 --> 02:35:51,200 We have a rating system where we can 3916 02:35:51,200 --> 02:35:54,479 select images and rate them from one 3917 02:35:54,479 --> 02:35:56,479 stars all the way up to five. We also 3918 02:35:56,479 --> 02:35:58,000 have a dedicated button that can do 3919 02:35:58,000 --> 02:36:00,960 this. Occasionally I will use this and 3920 02:36:00,960 --> 02:36:04,438 I'll just mark 3921 02:36:04,960 --> 02:36:06,560 and we have that option. The other way 3922 02:36:06,560 --> 02:36:09,280 to do it is to take a picture. Anything 3923 02:36:09,280 --> 02:36:12,000 in blue only works during playback. I 3924 02:36:12,000 --> 02:36:14,000 press the rate button and you can see I 3925 02:36:14,000 --> 02:36:16,240 get these little stars. So when we 3926 02:36:16,240 --> 02:36:18,240 import this to Lightroom or Photoshop 3927 02:36:18,240 --> 02:36:20,720 Bridge, those star ratings should still 3928 02:36:20,720 --> 02:36:23,520 be applied. I definitely do ratings, but 3929 02:36:23,520 --> 02:36:25,280 I usually do them on the computer. If I 3930 02:36:25,280 --> 02:36:27,040 know I have a banger and it's a long 3931 02:36:27,040 --> 02:36:28,640 shoot, I'll come in here and mark it 3932 02:36:28,640 --> 02:36:30,640 with five stars. Otherwise, I don't 3933 02:36:30,640 --> 02:36:34,000 really use this feature a whole lot. 3934 02:36:34,000 --> 02:36:35,520 Obviously, this last one is that when 3935 02:36:35,520 --> 02:36:37,040 you rate something, it automatically 3936 02:36:37,040 --> 02:36:39,600 protects it. Coming into page two, image 3937 02:36:39,600 --> 02:36:43,600 copy from one card to another. This can 3938 02:36:43,600 --> 02:36:45,359 happen sometimes if you accidentally set 3939 02:36:45,359 --> 02:36:47,120 up your memory cards the wrong way or 3940 02:36:47,120 --> 02:36:48,800 you fill up one card and you want to 3941 02:36:48,800 --> 02:36:50,880 erase it. This allows you to select an 3942 02:36:50,880 --> 02:36:53,600 image, arrange a folder or all the 3943 02:36:53,600 --> 02:36:55,840 images from your source, in this case my 3944 02:36:55,840 --> 02:36:58,800 SD memory card, and transfer it to the 3945 02:36:58,800 --> 02:37:02,160 free space memory card, copying it in 3946 02:37:02,160 --> 02:37:04,240 camera without taking the cards out of 3947 02:37:04,240 --> 02:37:06,720 the camera. So, if I just wanted to do 3948 02:37:06,720 --> 02:37:08,479 this, I could come in here, I would 3949 02:37:08,479 --> 02:37:12,399 select this image, hit okay, copy to 3950 02:37:12,399 --> 02:37:15,120 card one. 3951 02:37:15,120 --> 02:37:19,240 We can even create another folder. 3952 02:37:19,520 --> 02:37:21,439 Okay, 3953 02:37:21,439 --> 02:37:23,600 copy images. And there it goes. Pretty 3954 02:37:23,600 --> 02:37:25,920 straightforward. Very handy if you run 3955 02:37:25,920 --> 02:37:27,760 into a situation like you don't have a 3956 02:37:27,760 --> 02:37:30,399 card reader for a specific card type. 3957 02:37:30,399 --> 02:37:32,080 But again, most of my copying and 3958 02:37:32,080 --> 02:37:34,160 backing up and all this stuff happens on 3959 02:37:34,160 --> 02:37:37,120 my laptop computer. Print order allows 3960 02:37:37,120 --> 02:37:39,520 you to come in and designate which order 3961 02:37:39,520 --> 02:37:41,680 of images you want to print first. I 3962 02:37:41,680 --> 02:37:43,840 have, in my 20 years of shooting, I have 3963 02:37:43,840 --> 02:37:45,520 never printed from the back of the 3964 02:37:45,520 --> 02:37:47,280 camera. typically importing them into my 3965 02:37:47,280 --> 02:37:49,200 computer and then dealing with it from 3966 02:37:49,200 --> 02:37:51,439 there. 3967 02:37:51,439 --> 02:37:55,520 Page three, I don't recommend processing 3968 02:37:55,520 --> 02:37:58,240 raw images in camera because it's very 3969 02:37:58,240 --> 02:38:01,280 limited in terms of the types of editing 3970 02:38:01,280 --> 02:38:04,319 that you can make. But if we select it, 3971 02:38:04,319 --> 02:38:06,640 hit the Q button to get into the 3972 02:38:06,640 --> 02:38:08,240 processing, 3973 02:38:08,240 --> 02:38:10,640 we can use the shot settings. We can set 3974 02:38:10,640 --> 02:38:14,160 up processing to go from RAW to JPEGs or 3975 02:38:14,160 --> 02:38:16,319 let's just select one to show you. And 3976 02:38:16,319 --> 02:38:19,359 it gives us these little options here to 3977 02:38:19,359 --> 02:38:21,120 the right. So, we can tweak our RAW 3978 02:38:21,120 --> 02:38:24,560 files a little bit in camera and then 3979 02:38:24,560 --> 02:38:26,960 save them or export them as JPEGs or 3980 02:38:26,960 --> 02:38:28,560 hives or we can just use the shot 3981 02:38:28,560 --> 02:38:31,200 settings. And this basically takes the 3982 02:38:31,200 --> 02:38:32,960 raw image and turns it into those 3983 02:38:32,960 --> 02:38:35,600 smaller file sizes. We can also apply it 3984 02:38:35,600 --> 02:38:38,640 to a range of images. 3985 02:38:38,640 --> 02:38:41,280 Creative assist. 3986 02:38:41,280 --> 02:38:44,160 Press the set button. These are these 3987 02:38:44,160 --> 02:38:47,880 little kind of gimmicky 3988 02:38:50,560 --> 02:38:54,399 little filters that we can apply. 3989 02:38:54,399 --> 02:38:57,600 Coming back out. And then the quick 3990 02:38:57,600 --> 02:38:59,760 control raw processing. If I remember 3991 02:38:59,760 --> 02:39:01,840 correctly, this is asking if you have it 3992 02:39:01,840 --> 02:39:04,319 available in the quick screen, the Q 3993 02:39:04,319 --> 02:39:06,880 screen, do you want it to be either 3994 02:39:06,880 --> 02:39:08,800 creative assist, those filters, or the 3995 02:39:08,800 --> 02:39:11,439 raw processing that we just took a look 3996 02:39:11,439 --> 02:39:16,080 at. We can resize our image by selecting 3997 02:39:16,080 --> 02:39:18,319 it and exporting it in different sizes. 3998 02:39:18,319 --> 02:39:20,399 You want medium, small. Again, this is 3999 02:39:20,399 --> 02:39:22,560 something I typically do on a large 4000 02:39:22,560 --> 02:39:25,600 computer. If I'm exporting a JPEG for 4001 02:39:25,600 --> 02:39:28,240 the internet, I'll crop it or resize it. 4002 02:39:28,240 --> 02:39:30,080 The cropping feature, again, not 4003 02:39:30,080 --> 02:39:32,160 something I typically do. You would come 4004 02:39:32,160 --> 02:39:35,040 in here, and it's not super intuitive, 4005 02:39:35,040 --> 02:39:36,880 but we have the different options on the 4006 02:39:36,880 --> 02:39:40,720 top. If you want to level it, if you 4007 02:39:40,720 --> 02:39:42,560 want different, let's say, aspect 4008 02:39:42,560 --> 02:39:45,920 ratios, gives us a prompt here using the 4009 02:39:45,920 --> 02:39:48,160 ISO control wheel that I call. You can 4010 02:39:48,160 --> 02:39:50,000 change the size of it. You could come 4011 02:39:50,000 --> 02:39:54,640 in, select an area, 4012 02:39:54,640 --> 02:39:56,640 you can save it as a new file. So 4013 02:39:56,640 --> 02:39:59,040 there's different ways to crop. I don't 4014 02:39:59,040 --> 02:40:01,680 again really use this in camera. And 4015 02:40:01,680 --> 02:40:03,760 then we have our hy to JPEG conversion. 4016 02:40:03,760 --> 02:40:05,439 If you shot a h file and you want to 4017 02:40:05,439 --> 02:40:07,200 turn it into a JPEG because it's not 4018 02:40:07,200 --> 02:40:08,720 compatible, this is where you could do 4019 02:40:08,720 --> 02:40:11,520 that. Slideshow. Used to do this at 4020 02:40:11,520 --> 02:40:13,280 weddings is that we would shoot the 4021 02:40:13,280 --> 02:40:16,560 ceremony, rush to the reception hall, 4022 02:40:16,560 --> 02:40:18,960 plug our camera in, and as the couple 4023 02:40:18,960 --> 02:40:20,720 and their guests would arrive, we'd have 4024 02:40:20,720 --> 02:40:23,920 a slideshow playing on a big TV. This is 4025 02:40:23,920 --> 02:40:26,319 this was way back in like 200 4026 02:40:26,319 --> 02:40:28,720 like six, 2007 4027 02:40:28,720 --> 02:40:30,160 and they would see their images from the 4028 02:40:30,160 --> 02:40:32,080 reception. They loved it. So, don't 4029 02:40:32,080 --> 02:40:34,720 typically do it. You have an HDMI cable 4030 02:40:34,720 --> 02:40:36,800 out to a TV monitor. This is where you 4031 02:40:36,800 --> 02:40:38,880 set it up. We would display the images 4032 02:40:38,880 --> 02:40:42,000 for 3 to 5 seconds. And then we would 4033 02:40:42,000 --> 02:40:45,880 come down to start. 4034 02:40:46,640 --> 02:40:48,800 Set image search conditions essentially 4035 02:40:48,800 --> 02:40:52,319 turns our playback into a search bar. So 4036 02:40:52,319 --> 02:40:53,760 we can come in and you can kind of see 4037 02:40:53,760 --> 02:40:55,520 the images in the background kind of 4038 02:40:55,520 --> 02:40:58,560 queuing up. But the idea on this is that 4039 02:40:58,560 --> 02:41:01,600 we can select different categories or 4040 02:41:01,600 --> 02:41:04,479 different types of criteria that we want 4041 02:41:04,479 --> 02:41:07,760 to search for. Let's say we wanted to do 4042 02:41:07,760 --> 02:41:10,800 it by a star rating. Going to come in. 4043 02:41:10,800 --> 02:41:12,960 I'm going to hit info button to check 4044 02:41:12,960 --> 02:41:14,880 that. 4045 02:41:14,880 --> 02:41:19,200 I'm going to hit okay to set it and tap 4046 02:41:19,200 --> 02:41:21,439 the shutter button. So now when I play 4047 02:41:21,439 --> 02:41:24,720 back, it's only going to show me those 4048 02:41:24,720 --> 02:41:28,080 five star images and nothing else. If I 4049 02:41:28,080 --> 02:41:30,080 scroll through, if I swipe, there's 4050 02:41:30,080 --> 02:41:31,680 nothing else available. It's giving me 4051 02:41:31,680 --> 02:41:34,160 this yellow border that's telling me, 4052 02:41:34,160 --> 02:41:35,920 hey, you have search conditions enabled. 4053 02:41:35,920 --> 02:41:37,520 That's why you're not seeing the rest. 4054 02:41:37,520 --> 02:41:38,880 So if you're on vacation and you take 4055 02:41:38,880 --> 02:41:41,280 10,000 images and you've five starred 4056 02:41:41,280 --> 02:41:43,920 two of them, this would be a very fast 4057 02:41:43,920 --> 02:41:46,720 way to find them instead of searching 4058 02:41:46,720 --> 02:41:49,600 through everything. And we can select 4059 02:41:49,600 --> 02:41:53,040 other criteria including the date, when 4060 02:41:53,040 --> 02:41:55,439 those pictures were taken, a folder, 4061 02:41:55,439 --> 02:41:57,760 whether they were protected, the type of 4062 02:41:57,760 --> 02:41:59,280 file. 4063 02:41:59,280 --> 02:42:00,960 Pretty handy if you need to search for 4064 02:42:00,960 --> 02:42:02,479 something. I need to come in and turn 4065 02:42:02,479 --> 02:42:04,240 that off. 4066 02:42:04,240 --> 02:42:07,439 Hit okay to save it. 4067 02:42:07,439 --> 02:42:10,399 View from last scene. I kind of like 4068 02:42:10,399 --> 02:42:12,960 this. It basically when you play your 4069 02:42:12,960 --> 02:42:14,720 images back, it will show you the last 4070 02:42:14,720 --> 02:42:18,000 one that you looked at. If you disable 4071 02:42:18,000 --> 02:42:20,319 this, it will show you the one that you 4072 02:42:20,319 --> 02:42:23,040 took last, not the one that you viewed. 4073 02:42:23,040 --> 02:42:25,359 And then we have magnification settings 4074 02:42:25,359 --> 02:42:28,000 when we're viewing. When we zoom in, do 4075 02:42:28,000 --> 02:42:30,960 you want it to magnify at 2, 4, 8, 10? 4076 02:42:30,960 --> 02:42:33,359 The actual size or the same as last 4077 02:42:33,359 --> 02:42:37,760 time. So if it's 2x, press play 4078 02:42:37,760 --> 02:42:39,840 and I come in and press zoom. You can 4079 02:42:39,840 --> 02:42:43,200 see kind of jumping in. Let's do it with 4080 02:42:43,200 --> 02:42:46,720 a 10x. 4081 02:42:46,720 --> 02:42:50,880 Tap shutter button. Play and I zoom. Far 4082 02:42:50,880 --> 02:42:54,199 greater magnification. 4083 02:42:55,680 --> 02:42:59,720 Turn this back to two. 4084 02:42:59,840 --> 02:43:01,680 Coming into page five. There's actually 4085 02:43:01,680 --> 02:43:03,840 some good stuff in here. Playback 4086 02:43:03,840 --> 02:43:06,240 information display allows us to select 4087 02:43:06,240 --> 02:43:09,120 what types of information we're going to 4088 02:43:09,120 --> 02:43:12,640 see on the different info screens during 4089 02:43:12,640 --> 02:43:15,280 playback. So, when I press play and then 4090 02:43:15,280 --> 02:43:17,280 info, 4091 02:43:17,280 --> 02:43:19,040 you can see that I'm toggling through 4092 02:43:19,040 --> 02:43:21,680 different sets of information. I can 4093 02:43:21,680 --> 02:43:24,000 scroll up and down, see all kinds of 4094 02:43:24,000 --> 02:43:27,680 stuff. So, this feature allows us to 4095 02:43:27,680 --> 02:43:30,960 determine whether or not we want to see 4096 02:43:30,960 --> 02:43:35,640 certain screens as we're playing back. 4097 02:43:36,960 --> 02:43:39,520 Highlight alert can be very useful if 4098 02:43:39,520 --> 02:43:41,600 you're shooting in conditions that are 4099 02:43:41,600 --> 02:43:43,520 blown out. See if I can make it happen 4100 02:43:43,520 --> 02:43:45,439 real quick. 4101 02:43:45,439 --> 02:43:49,200 Basically, anything white on playback, 4102 02:43:49,200 --> 02:43:51,600 it's going going to flash black and 4103 02:43:51,600 --> 02:43:54,000 white. 4104 02:43:54,000 --> 02:43:56,399 This is what you would see. See how it's 4105 02:43:56,399 --> 02:43:58,720 blinking and flashing? Very useful when 4106 02:43:58,720 --> 02:44:00,080 you're looking for things that are 4107 02:44:00,080 --> 02:44:03,080 overexposed. 4108 02:44:03,200 --> 02:44:05,279 I leave it turned off most of the time. 4109 02:44:05,279 --> 02:44:08,000 Autofocus point display. If I enable 4110 02:44:08,000 --> 02:44:11,200 this and come back and see if we can 4111 02:44:11,200 --> 02:44:13,760 kind of hard to see this red box that 4112 02:44:13,760 --> 02:44:16,720 will show up where you were focusing. 4113 02:44:16,720 --> 02:44:18,479 Sometimes when you're troubleshooting 4114 02:44:18,479 --> 02:44:20,080 images and you're out of focus, this can 4115 02:44:20,080 --> 02:44:21,680 be really handy to find out. Maybe my 4116 02:44:21,680 --> 02:44:24,080 lens switch was turned off. Let's see 4117 02:44:24,080 --> 02:44:28,120 what happens when we do that. 4118 02:44:28,399 --> 02:44:30,160 What will it do? Doesn't show anything 4119 02:44:30,160 --> 02:44:33,840 when we have that turned on. So very 4120 02:44:33,840 --> 02:44:36,240 useful when troubleshooting focusing 4121 02:44:36,240 --> 02:44:38,560 problems. We can have a playback grid, 4122 02:44:38,560 --> 02:44:42,319 whether it's the rule of thirds 6x4. 4123 02:44:42,319 --> 02:44:44,160 If you want to see what that looks like, 4124 02:44:44,160 --> 02:44:48,240 playback and we get this grid overlay. 4125 02:44:48,240 --> 02:44:50,080 This final setting is movie play count. 4126 02:44:50,080 --> 02:44:51,439 Do you want it to display as record 4127 02:44:51,439 --> 02:44:52,960 time, which is what I have by default, 4128 02:44:52,960 --> 02:44:54,240 but if you would like for it to display 4129 02:44:54,240 --> 02:44:55,920 time code, you can select it here as 4130 02:44:55,920 --> 02:44:58,720 well. And that is the blue tab. Deep 4131 02:44:58,720 --> 02:45:01,120 purple tab deals with wireless 4132 02:45:01,120 --> 02:45:03,200 connections. There's tons of different 4133 02:45:03,200 --> 02:45:05,120 ways to connect our camera to things 4134 02:45:05,120 --> 02:45:07,439 like a smartphone or a tablet to use 4135 02:45:07,439 --> 02:45:10,640 wireless remote shooting. Very handy. 4136 02:45:10,640 --> 02:45:12,479 each deserving of their own individual 4137 02:45:12,479 --> 02:45:14,240 lessons. And for the sake of time, I'm 4138 02:45:14,240 --> 02:45:16,479 going to skip over these for now. If I 4139 02:45:16,479 --> 02:45:18,479 get enough requests wanting this kind of 4140 02:45:18,479 --> 02:45:20,720 a video, I'm definitely open to showing 4141 02:45:20,720 --> 02:45:22,319 you how to connect to your smartphone. 4142 02:45:22,319 --> 02:45:24,160 So, just keep this in mind that the deep 4143 02:45:24,160 --> 02:45:26,000 purple tab is to connect to different 4144 02:45:26,000 --> 02:45:28,720 types of devices. Talking about the 4145 02:45:28,720 --> 02:45:31,120 yellow tab, I like to call this camera 4146 02:45:31,120 --> 02:45:33,840 setup tab. Very important stuff in this 4147 02:45:33,840 --> 02:45:35,840 first item because this is how we can 4148 02:45:35,840 --> 02:45:38,640 configure how videos and stills are 4149 02:45:38,640 --> 02:45:40,560 recorded onto our different memory 4150 02:45:40,560 --> 02:45:42,960 cards. Remember we have a CFB card and 4151 02:45:42,960 --> 02:45:45,200 we also have an SD memory card. So if we 4152 02:45:45,200 --> 02:45:47,840 wanted to separate stills, this camera 4153 02:45:47,840 --> 02:45:50,000 icon is stills. This video camera is 4154 02:45:50,000 --> 02:45:51,840 video. We come in here and we hit 4155 02:45:51,840 --> 02:45:53,279 enable. What we're doing is we're 4156 02:45:53,279 --> 02:45:54,800 telling the camera to record those 4157 02:45:54,800 --> 02:45:57,600 different file types to different cards. 4158 02:45:57,600 --> 02:45:59,439 Any stills you take will end up on your 4159 02:45:59,439 --> 02:46:02,000 SD card. any video you take will end up 4160 02:46:02,000 --> 02:46:05,040 on your CFB card. You can see most of 4161 02:46:05,040 --> 02:46:08,399 these menu items turn off once we select 4162 02:46:08,399 --> 02:46:10,640 this. 4163 02:46:10,640 --> 02:46:12,720 Now they do it this way because the 4164 02:46:12,720 --> 02:46:14,640 video files typically that sustained 4165 02:46:14,640 --> 02:46:17,359 right speed especially in 7K raw 4166 02:46:17,359 --> 02:46:19,359 obviously takes uh higher greater 4167 02:46:19,359 --> 02:46:22,560 performance card. So by default stills 4168 02:46:22,560 --> 02:46:24,240 are going going to go to the SD memory 4169 02:46:24,240 --> 02:46:27,200 card. So when we are shooting stills 4170 02:46:27,200 --> 02:46:30,399 only what is happening standard means 4171 02:46:30,399 --> 02:46:32,479 it's written to the memory card that 4172 02:46:32,479 --> 02:46:34,560 we're selected. 4173 02:46:34,560 --> 02:46:36,640 Auto switch means that once that memory 4174 02:46:36,640 --> 02:46:38,560 card fills up it is going to start 4175 02:46:38,560 --> 02:46:42,080 writing on the next memory card. 4176 02:46:42,080 --> 02:46:45,760 Record separately means that different 4177 02:46:45,760 --> 02:46:48,000 file formats are going to go to 4178 02:46:48,000 --> 02:46:50,240 different cards. So if you're shooting 4179 02:46:50,240 --> 02:46:52,960 raw images that's going to go onto your 4180 02:46:52,960 --> 02:46:54,960 CFB card. And if you're shooting JPEGs, 4181 02:46:54,960 --> 02:46:57,359 that's going to go onto our SD memory 4182 02:46:57,359 --> 02:47:01,120 card. And then record to multiple means 4183 02:47:01,120 --> 02:47:04,479 that the same image type will go to both 4184 02:47:04,479 --> 02:47:06,479 cards. If you're wedding photographer 4185 02:47:06,479 --> 02:47:08,560 and you need backups, you want both 4186 02:47:08,560 --> 02:47:10,080 memory cards written at the same time, 4187 02:47:10,080 --> 02:47:12,080 this is what you're going to select. So 4188 02:47:12,080 --> 02:47:14,160 multiple options. If I'm casually 4189 02:47:14,160 --> 02:47:15,520 shooting and it's not an important 4190 02:47:15,520 --> 02:47:18,240 shoot, I go with auto switch card. You 4191 02:47:18,240 --> 02:47:19,359 can do the same if you're a pure 4192 02:47:19,359 --> 02:47:21,279 beginner and just learning. There are 4193 02:47:21,279 --> 02:47:24,000 reasons to sometimes shoot RAWs and 4194 02:47:24,000 --> 02:47:26,160 JPEGs separately. So, if you're shooting 4195 02:47:26,160 --> 02:47:28,080 RAWs and those are much larger file 4196 02:47:28,080 --> 02:47:30,000 sizes, then this is probably your best 4197 02:47:30,000 --> 02:47:32,080 option because those take longer to 4198 02:47:32,080 --> 02:47:33,439 write and there's a little more memory 4199 02:47:33,439 --> 02:47:35,279 involved. And then if you're shooting 4200 02:47:35,279 --> 02:47:37,359 dual JPEGs, this is typically where I'm 4201 02:47:37,359 --> 02:47:39,359 at for now. Auto switch card should be 4202 02:47:39,359 --> 02:47:41,040 fine. So, when we're talking about 4203 02:47:41,040 --> 02:47:43,600 recording options for video, again, 4204 02:47:43,600 --> 02:47:45,120 standard means it's just recording to 4205 02:47:45,120 --> 02:47:48,800 one of the cards. Relay recording means 4206 02:47:48,800 --> 02:47:52,080 that once one card fills up, you're 4207 02:47:52,080 --> 02:47:53,439 going to start writing onto the next 4208 02:47:53,439 --> 02:47:56,399 card. And then recording to multiple 4209 02:47:56,399 --> 02:47:58,160 cards means you're recording the same 4210 02:47:58,160 --> 02:48:00,560 video file at the same time to two 4211 02:48:00,560 --> 02:48:02,160 different cards. And there's some 4212 02:48:02,160 --> 02:48:03,840 options in here that we'll select in 4213 02:48:03,840 --> 02:48:07,600 just a moment. Select that. Okay. Still 4214 02:48:07,600 --> 02:48:09,520 image. The record and play. Mine's set 4215 02:48:09,520 --> 02:48:12,800 up right now to our SD memory card for 4216 02:48:12,800 --> 02:48:15,840 video shooting. I am on my CFB card. A 4217 02:48:15,840 --> 02:48:17,279 lot of people are worried about memory 4218 02:48:17,279 --> 02:48:19,680 card failures. It's extremely rare, but 4219 02:48:19,680 --> 02:48:21,279 it does happen. So, this is why on 4220 02:48:21,279 --> 02:48:22,640 professional shoots, they're typically 4221 02:48:22,640 --> 02:48:25,439 making backups onto separate cards. To 4222 02:48:25,439 --> 02:48:27,040 make this a little bit more confusing, 4223 02:48:27,040 --> 02:48:29,840 we are in the stills menu. And remember 4224 02:48:29,840 --> 02:48:32,000 that the menus change depending on 4225 02:48:32,000 --> 02:48:33,600 whether we're in stills and video. And I 4226 02:48:33,600 --> 02:48:35,359 want to point something pretty important 4227 02:48:35,359 --> 02:48:36,720 right now. I'm going to flip this over 4228 02:48:36,720 --> 02:48:38,880 to video mode. Press the deep menu 4229 02:48:38,880 --> 02:48:41,200 button again. So, you won't see this in 4230 02:48:41,200 --> 02:48:43,040 the stills menu. We're going to come 4231 02:48:43,040 --> 02:48:45,520 down to video record options. And you 4232 02:48:45,520 --> 02:48:47,359 can see that we have some additional 4233 02:48:47,359 --> 02:48:49,359 items in here. There's actually a fifth 4234 02:48:49,359 --> 02:48:52,000 one. Record to multiple. Probably a 4235 02:48:52,000 --> 02:48:53,279 little bit too much information, but 4236 02:48:53,279 --> 02:48:55,439 just a quick overview is standard means 4237 02:48:55,439 --> 02:48:57,840 that we're just recording video to a 4238 02:48:57,840 --> 02:49:00,240 memory card. Relay recording. Again, 4239 02:49:00,240 --> 02:49:02,000 once the first card fills up, then it 4240 02:49:02,000 --> 02:49:05,920 goes to the second card. CFB card is our 4241 02:49:05,920 --> 02:49:08,640 main video and SD card is our proxy. 4242 02:49:08,640 --> 02:49:10,880 Anytime you see the word proxy, it it is 4243 02:49:10,880 --> 02:49:13,279 a smaller video file. So we would record 4244 02:49:13,279 --> 02:49:17,120 in a larger resolution with a smaller 4245 02:49:17,120 --> 02:49:20,399 size resolution images. This is done for 4246 02:49:20,399 --> 02:49:23,680 video workflow. Both files are imported. 4247 02:49:23,680 --> 02:49:26,160 Video editors edit the proxy files and 4248 02:49:26,160 --> 02:49:27,600 then when they export, they give 4249 02:49:27,600 --> 02:49:29,359 instructions to their video editor to 4250 02:49:29,359 --> 02:49:32,479 take the larger resolution images on the 4251 02:49:32,479 --> 02:49:34,800 export. They do this for speed and 4252 02:49:34,800 --> 02:49:36,560 dealing with those video files as 4253 02:49:36,560 --> 02:49:39,760 they're editing them. 4254 02:49:39,920 --> 02:49:41,760 These last two, main and record to 4255 02:49:41,760 --> 02:49:44,160 multiple, they're sort of similar, but 4256 02:49:44,160 --> 02:49:45,760 they're kind of confusing. Obviously, 4257 02:49:45,760 --> 02:49:48,080 CFB is the main video record and then 4258 02:49:48,080 --> 02:49:51,200 the sub is supposed to be the same 4259 02:49:51,200 --> 02:49:53,520 resolution. In the case of RAW, 4260 02:49:53,520 --> 02:49:55,680 obviously RAW video is very large, 4261 02:49:55,680 --> 02:49:58,240 requires a lot of space. Uh we can't 4262 02:49:58,240 --> 02:50:00,160 really write that onto an SD memory 4263 02:50:00,160 --> 02:50:02,479 card. So, in those cases, those files 4264 02:50:02,479 --> 02:50:05,359 would be a little bit different. 4265 02:50:05,359 --> 02:50:08,319 You can record in only one card when 4266 02:50:08,319 --> 02:50:09,680 this is set up this way. So if you 4267 02:50:09,680 --> 02:50:11,200 didn't have your CFB card and you just 4268 02:50:11,200 --> 02:50:12,640 had your SD card and it would still 4269 02:50:12,640 --> 02:50:16,080 record and vice versa. 4270 02:50:16,080 --> 02:50:19,359 Record to multiple locks this setting in 4271 02:50:19,359 --> 02:50:21,200 such a way that when one of the memory 4272 02:50:21,200 --> 02:50:23,359 cards fills up, the camera will stop 4273 02:50:23,359 --> 02:50:24,800 recording. So that's the main difference 4274 02:50:24,800 --> 02:50:27,920 between record to multiple and sub. Lots 4275 02:50:27,920 --> 02:50:30,160 of information there. I typically, if 4276 02:50:30,160 --> 02:50:32,000 you're just getting started, relay 4277 02:50:32,000 --> 02:50:33,840 recording is probably plenty for now. 4278 02:50:33,840 --> 02:50:35,279 when you're in the video mode. I'm going 4279 02:50:35,279 --> 02:50:38,080 to flip this back to the stills mode. 4280 02:50:38,080 --> 02:50:41,439 Jump into the yellow menu 4281 02:50:41,439 --> 02:50:43,200 because we've turned off multiple 4282 02:50:43,200 --> 02:50:44,560 recordings. The way I have this set up 4283 02:50:44,560 --> 02:50:47,200 now is that my stills are going to my SD 4284 02:50:47,200 --> 02:50:49,120 memory card and my video is going to my 4285 02:50:49,120 --> 02:50:52,240 CFB card. We can also come in and create 4286 02:50:52,240 --> 02:50:55,760 new folders for stills automatically. 4287 02:50:55,760 --> 02:50:58,080 I'm going to come back out. Meet the new 4288 02:50:58,080 --> 02:51:00,479 Maven Dreamoft filter. Create dreamy 4289 02:51:00,479 --> 02:51:02,720 soft focus shots with sharp centers and 4290 02:51:02,720 --> 02:51:05,359 blurred edges. Perfect for portraits, 4291 02:51:05,359 --> 02:51:08,720 landscapes, and even astrophotography. 4292 02:51:08,720 --> 02:51:12,760 You can get yours at vavenfilters.com. 4293 02:51:17,040 --> 02:51:19,359 On the file numbering, I typically have 4294 02:51:19,359 --> 02:51:21,279 this set to continuous. This simply 4295 02:51:21,279 --> 02:51:22,800 means is that when we take out a memory 4296 02:51:22,800 --> 02:51:25,120 card and we put a new one in, the file 4297 02:51:25,120 --> 02:51:27,040 numbers will continue. So, if you pull 4298 02:51:27,040 --> 02:51:29,359 your card out on 50 and you put the card 4299 02:51:29,359 --> 02:51:31,840 back in, the next file will be 51. This 4300 02:51:31,840 --> 02:51:34,720 is the same for both stills and video. 4301 02:51:34,720 --> 02:51:37,840 We can come in, change the recorded file 4302 02:51:37,840 --> 02:51:39,680 name if we want to. When you turn this 4303 02:51:39,680 --> 02:51:41,520 on the first time, it's just going to 4304 02:51:41,520 --> 02:51:43,359 give you some something kind of generic 4305 02:51:43,359 --> 02:51:45,439 little code, or you can just have it say 4306 02:51:45,439 --> 02:51:47,920 image or image size. I kind of like the 4307 02:51:47,920 --> 02:51:49,840 codes because it differentiates from all 4308 02:51:49,840 --> 02:51:51,680 the other image files that you may 4309 02:51:51,680 --> 02:51:53,520 already have on your computer. We may 4310 02:51:53,520 --> 02:51:55,680 even go with something a little bit more 4311 02:51:55,680 --> 02:51:59,479 unique. If I did 4312 02:51:59,760 --> 02:52:01,279 mm 4313 02:52:01,279 --> 02:52:03,520 and then we have this space bar here. 4314 02:52:03,520 --> 02:52:05,680 Hit okay. 4315 02:52:05,680 --> 02:52:08,560 Then I can come up and select my custom 4316 02:52:08,560 --> 02:52:11,120 mm file. So that is how you can custom 4317 02:52:11,120 --> 02:52:14,080 change how your stills are named. Same 4318 02:52:14,080 --> 02:52:17,279 basic idea applies to movies. So the 4319 02:52:17,279 --> 02:52:19,760 movie files, the names of them are much 4320 02:52:19,760 --> 02:52:22,240 longer than what we see when we do a 4321 02:52:22,240 --> 02:52:24,399 playback for example. But you can see we 4322 02:52:24,399 --> 02:52:26,000 have real number, clip number. We can 4323 02:52:26,000 --> 02:52:28,080 change those numbers. 4324 02:52:28,080 --> 02:52:29,840 Let me just demonstrate. I'll play back 4325 02:52:29,840 --> 02:52:32,000 a video. Here's a video file. So we can 4326 02:52:32,000 --> 02:52:35,600 see a lot of this up here. Clip numbers. 4327 02:52:35,600 --> 02:52:39,120 See how we have 001 0. This is actually 4328 02:52:39,120 --> 02:52:41,520 Yeah. First letter C 0. So, we get a 4329 02:52:41,520 --> 02:52:43,680 little abbreviated here, but essentially 4330 02:52:43,680 --> 02:52:46,000 it gives you the ability to customize 4331 02:52:46,000 --> 02:52:47,920 what number you're on or the letters 4332 02:52:47,920 --> 02:52:50,240 you're shooting in if you wanted to 4333 02:52:50,240 --> 02:52:52,000 change that. 4334 02:52:52,000 --> 02:52:54,080 Format memory card. You're going to be 4335 02:52:54,080 --> 02:52:57,040 using this one a lot. Be very careful 4336 02:52:57,040 --> 02:52:59,040 when you use this because it will wipe 4337 02:52:59,040 --> 02:53:01,760 your memory card clean and you will not 4338 02:53:01,760 --> 02:53:03,359 see them on your camera or your 4339 02:53:03,359 --> 02:53:05,120 computer. There are ways to recover them 4340 02:53:05,120 --> 02:53:07,120 if you accidentally do this. Now, the 4341 02:53:07,120 --> 02:53:09,279 workflow that I recommend is to always 4342 02:53:09,279 --> 02:53:11,840 have at least two copies of everything 4343 02:53:11,840 --> 02:53:13,200 important that you're shooting. If 4344 02:53:13,200 --> 02:53:14,640 you're if you're just having fun and 4345 02:53:14,640 --> 02:53:16,800 you're shooting only one set of video or 4346 02:53:16,800 --> 02:53:18,880 still photos, for example, on a memory 4347 02:53:18,880 --> 02:53:21,120 card, back them up on your computer and 4348 02:53:21,120 --> 02:53:23,439 then once they're on your computer, make 4349 02:53:23,439 --> 02:53:26,319 sure that they're in two places. Maybe 4350 02:53:26,319 --> 02:53:28,000 you'll put them on the cloud in a hard 4351 02:53:28,000 --> 02:53:29,279 drive. Maybe you'll have two hard 4352 02:53:29,279 --> 02:53:30,800 drives. In a perfect world, they would 4353 02:53:30,800 --> 02:53:32,560 be in separate places. You would be 4354 02:53:32,560 --> 02:53:35,520 surprised how often HD drives go bad 4355 02:53:35,520 --> 02:53:37,120 over time. There is such thing as 4356 02:53:37,120 --> 02:53:38,960 digital rot. So it does make sense to 4357 02:53:38,960 --> 02:53:40,399 have some kind of a cloud service 4358 02:53:40,399 --> 02:53:42,319 depending on how serious you are. If not 4359 02:53:42,319 --> 02:53:45,760 always back them up into two separate 4360 02:53:45,760 --> 02:53:49,840 places. I even do this with hard drives 4361 02:53:49,840 --> 02:53:53,279 after around six, seven years. I start 4362 02:53:53,279 --> 02:53:55,200 taking all those hard drives and backing 4363 02:53:55,200 --> 02:53:57,040 them up to new hard drives. So hard 4364 02:53:57,040 --> 02:54:00,080 drives can fail over time. Always make 4365 02:54:00,080 --> 02:54:03,040 sure that when you format your memory 4366 02:54:03,040 --> 02:54:06,240 card that you have backups in two other 4367 02:54:06,240 --> 02:54:09,279 places. I stress this a lot because 4368 02:54:09,279 --> 02:54:10,646 sometimes people don't listen to me. 4369 02:54:10,646 --> 02:54:12,560 [laughter] They they format their memory 4370 02:54:12,560 --> 02:54:13,920 cards and they erase everything they 4371 02:54:13,920 --> 02:54:15,359 have on them. You know, their vacation 4372 02:54:15,359 --> 02:54:17,040 or their trip or whatever. So, just keep 4373 02:54:17,040 --> 02:54:19,439 that in mind. At the time that you wipe 4374 02:54:19,439 --> 02:54:21,359 this clean, you're going to have three 4375 02:54:21,359 --> 02:54:23,600 copies. One on the card and then two on 4376 02:54:23,600 --> 02:54:26,479 the computer or hard drive cloud. Hard 4377 02:54:26,479 --> 02:54:29,200 drive. Hard drive. Always follow that 4378 02:54:29,200 --> 02:54:31,040 rule and you'll be in good shape. Once 4379 02:54:31,040 --> 02:54:32,720 you know you have the two backups, then 4380 02:54:32,720 --> 02:54:35,200 you can come in, select this. It's going 4381 02:54:35,200 --> 02:54:37,680 to tell you, are you sure? You're going 4382 02:54:37,680 --> 02:54:39,760 to say select yes. I had somebody watch 4383 02:54:39,760 --> 02:54:42,720 a video and they accused me of not 4384 02:54:42,720 --> 02:54:44,800 warning them about the wipe. So yeah, 4385 02:54:44,800 --> 02:54:46,960 this is this is serious. Cards will be 4386 02:54:46,960 --> 02:54:49,040 wiped clean. There are some recovery 4387 02:54:49,040 --> 02:54:50,720 softwares you can also use to try to go 4388 02:54:50,720 --> 02:54:52,319 in and save them, but they're not 4389 02:54:52,319 --> 02:54:53,760 optimal and sometimes you'll still lose 4390 02:54:53,760 --> 02:54:55,040 them. So don't count on it. This is why 4391 02:54:55,040 --> 02:54:57,200 we have to be very careful. Make sure 4392 02:54:57,200 --> 02:54:59,439 two backups before you wipe your memory 4393 02:54:59,439 --> 02:55:02,160 card. Auto rotate. Leave this to on. 4394 02:55:02,160 --> 02:55:03,520 This just means that when we tilt the 4395 02:55:03,520 --> 02:55:05,359 camera into a portrait orientation, 4396 02:55:05,359 --> 02:55:07,760 portrait is up and down. This is this is 4397 02:55:07,760 --> 02:55:10,240 horizontal or landscape orientation. So 4398 02:55:10,240 --> 02:55:11,760 when we take the camera and we rotate it 4399 02:55:11,760 --> 02:55:14,080 and we're shooting sideways, do you want 4400 02:55:14,080 --> 02:55:15,920 the images to be auto rotated when we 4401 02:55:15,920 --> 02:55:18,800 play back? Yes, we do. 4402 02:55:18,800 --> 02:55:20,399 Basically, this puts a little tag of 4403 02:55:20,399 --> 02:55:22,399 information into the video file if it's 4404 02:55:22,399 --> 02:55:23,840 recorded up and down. So when you play 4405 02:55:23,840 --> 02:55:25,120 it back on a smartphone, it's 4406 02:55:25,120 --> 02:55:27,120 automatically recorded. Seems to make 4407 02:55:27,120 --> 02:55:28,960 sense. 4408 02:55:28,960 --> 02:55:30,800 Okay. So that's the first out of eight 4409 02:55:30,800 --> 02:55:33,120 pages. Page two. Many of these are 4410 02:55:33,120 --> 02:55:34,640 pretty straightforward. This is setting 4411 02:55:34,640 --> 02:55:38,000 up your date and time. 4412 02:55:38,000 --> 02:55:40,399 Pretty straightforward. 4413 02:55:40,399 --> 02:55:43,200 Cancel. Depending on what your primary 4414 02:55:43,200 --> 02:55:45,200 language is, you can you can select that 4415 02:55:45,200 --> 02:55:47,680 and have it in your language and you can 4416 02:55:47,680 --> 02:55:50,000 see it. 4417 02:55:50,000 --> 02:55:52,160 System frequency. This deals with the 4418 02:55:52,160 --> 02:55:54,560 playback of the video. In the United 4419 02:55:54,560 --> 02:55:56,240 States, it's 60 frames per second. In 4420 02:55:56,240 --> 02:55:57,520 Europe and other places, if you know 4421 02:55:57,520 --> 02:55:59,520 what PAL is and and if that is your 4422 02:55:59,520 --> 02:56:00,960 country's video standard, you would 4423 02:56:00,960 --> 02:56:03,359 select PAL. 4424 02:56:03,359 --> 02:56:06,160 The help text, we can make it larger 4425 02:56:06,160 --> 02:56:08,080 when there is a problem. Sometimes 4426 02:56:08,080 --> 02:56:09,600 you'll see these little question marks 4427 02:56:09,600 --> 02:56:11,040 where we can press the info button for 4428 02:56:11,040 --> 02:56:13,840 larger language. And the feature guide 4429 02:56:13,840 --> 02:56:15,680 gives us a little prompt when we're 4430 02:56:15,680 --> 02:56:17,200 walking through different menu items 4431 02:56:17,200 --> 02:56:18,880 like the quick screen. We turned this 4432 02:56:18,880 --> 02:56:20,880 off when we were talking about that. 4433 02:56:20,880 --> 02:56:24,319 Page three, camera beep settings. 4434 02:56:24,319 --> 02:56:26,240 We wanted to turn that off. We'd come in 4435 02:56:26,240 --> 02:56:30,000 here, disable it, and we lose that 4436 02:56:30,000 --> 02:56:34,240 little beep when we're focusing. 4437 02:56:34,240 --> 02:56:36,960 We can change the volume of how 4438 02:56:36,960 --> 02:56:39,359 artificial noise is. Sometimes, like if 4439 02:56:39,359 --> 02:56:40,880 we're shooting in electronic mode, for 4440 02:56:40,880 --> 02:56:43,439 example, the camera is producing an 4441 02:56:43,439 --> 02:56:45,200 artificial noise to let you know it's 4442 02:56:45,200 --> 02:56:47,760 taking pictures. So, we can change a lot 4443 02:56:47,760 --> 02:56:50,080 of the volumes of the different noises 4444 02:56:50,080 --> 02:56:52,560 that we use on the camera. This is where 4445 02:56:52,560 --> 02:56:55,120 you do it. 4446 02:56:55,120 --> 02:56:57,359 Where do you want to listen to audio? Do 4447 02:56:57,359 --> 02:56:59,200 you want it from the headphone jack or 4448 02:56:59,200 --> 02:57:01,439 do you want it to go through the HDMI? 4449 02:57:01,439 --> 02:57:03,920 HDMI is a video cable that connects to a 4450 02:57:03,920 --> 02:57:06,399 monitor. And if we're using this for 4451 02:57:06,399 --> 02:57:08,720 high-end, let's say, video shooting, we 4452 02:57:08,720 --> 02:57:10,240 may want the audio going through that 4453 02:57:10,240 --> 02:57:12,319 monitor cable instead. 4454 02:57:12,319 --> 02:57:14,479 When we select our headphones, we can 4455 02:57:14,479 --> 02:57:16,880 change we can change our headphone 4456 02:57:16,880 --> 02:57:19,880 volume. 4457 02:57:20,720 --> 02:57:22,240 We can do it in real time, which is what 4458 02:57:22,240 --> 02:57:24,240 I recommend. 4459 02:57:24,240 --> 02:57:27,680 And then we have the different channels. 4460 02:57:27,680 --> 02:57:29,439 Again, we talked about this earlier. 4461 02:57:29,439 --> 02:57:31,680 Typically, cameras are recording two 4462 02:57:31,680 --> 02:57:33,680 channels to a video file. We have the 4463 02:57:33,680 --> 02:57:36,319 ability to record four microphones onto 4464 02:57:36,319 --> 02:57:38,880 those two channels through an XLR 4465 02:57:38,880 --> 02:57:41,040 adapter that we'd have to buy and use 4466 02:57:41,040 --> 02:57:42,560 separately. 4467 02:57:42,560 --> 02:57:44,800 But when you're shooting, do you want it 4468 02:57:44,800 --> 02:57:46,800 to go from channel one to channel one, 4469 02:57:46,800 --> 02:57:49,279 channel one to channel two? This is how 4470 02:57:49,279 --> 02:57:51,439 we divide up which channel is being 4471 02:57:51,439 --> 02:57:55,359 recorded to which channel on the file. 4472 02:57:55,359 --> 02:57:56,640 So right now it's channel one and 4473 02:57:56,640 --> 02:57:58,880 channel two, which is left and right. Do 4474 02:57:58,880 --> 02:58:00,160 you just want your channel one written 4475 02:58:00,160 --> 02:58:01,520 on both? Do you want your channel two 4476 02:58:01,520 --> 02:58:04,240 written on both? or do you want to have 4477 02:58:04,240 --> 02:58:06,479 copies of each channel on each separate 4478 02:58:06,479 --> 02:58:08,560 channel? And we get additional channel 4479 02:58:08,560 --> 02:58:11,439 options when we use that accessory. For 4480 02:58:11,439 --> 02:58:12,399 now, we're just going to leave it on 4481 02:58:12,399 --> 02:58:15,359 channel one and channel two. 4482 02:58:15,359 --> 02:58:17,680 And then the same rules apply apply for 4483 02:58:17,680 --> 02:58:20,080 playback. Probably a bit more advanced 4484 02:58:20,080 --> 02:58:23,200 feature if you are a video shooter. Come 4485 02:58:23,200 --> 02:58:25,279 back out. 4486 02:58:25,279 --> 02:58:27,279 And that's page three of the yellow tab. 4487 02:58:27,279 --> 02:58:28,080 A lot of these are pretty 4488 02:58:28,080 --> 02:58:29,439 straightforward. So you can change your 4489 02:58:29,439 --> 02:58:32,880 screen brightness. If it's too dark, if 4490 02:58:32,880 --> 02:58:34,000 you're shooting outside, you want to 4491 02:58:34,000 --> 02:58:35,600 bump it up. This is where this this 4492 02:58:35,600 --> 02:58:38,840 would happen. 4493 02:58:40,560 --> 02:58:43,439 Viewfinder brightness. So in here, do 4494 02:58:43,439 --> 02:58:45,120 you want it to auto adjust? If you 4495 02:58:45,120 --> 02:58:46,640 don't, you can come in and you can 4496 02:58:46,640 --> 02:58:50,000 adjust it manually depending on how 4497 02:58:50,000 --> 02:58:53,520 bright you want it. 4498 02:58:53,520 --> 02:58:56,479 Screen and viewfinder tone. So we can 4499 02:58:56,479 --> 02:58:58,080 shift the color tone a little bit. I 4500 02:58:58,080 --> 02:58:59,920 don't really recommend doing this for 4501 02:58:59,920 --> 02:59:02,399 now. I have it on three. Then we can 4502 02:59:02,399 --> 02:59:07,520 fine-tune the viewfinder color. 4503 02:59:07,520 --> 02:59:09,439 Page five, 4504 02:59:09,439 --> 02:59:11,200 screen and viewfinder display. We talked 4505 02:59:11,200 --> 02:59:13,439 about this earlier. So this is the 4506 02:59:13,439 --> 02:59:16,160 screen. This is the viewfinder. And this 4507 02:59:16,160 --> 02:59:17,840 deals with the management of this little 4508 02:59:17,840 --> 02:59:20,240 eye sensor here. So, if we're shooting 4509 02:59:20,240 --> 02:59:22,160 on a gimbal, for example, a little 4510 02:59:22,160 --> 02:59:24,800 handheld motorized device to help 4511 02:59:24,800 --> 02:59:26,960 stabilize things. Sometimes the gimbal 4512 02:59:26,960 --> 02:59:28,560 will trigger this. We can just turn it 4513 02:59:28,560 --> 02:59:30,800 on to screen and you can see that it's 4514 02:59:30,800 --> 02:59:32,800 not triggering it anymore. Or we can 4515 02:59:32,800 --> 02:59:34,479 just tell the camera to use a viewfinder 4516 02:59:34,479 --> 02:59:37,040 only. And then this deals, these two 4517 02:59:37,040 --> 02:59:39,359 deal with how this little guy is 4518 02:59:39,359 --> 02:59:41,760 working. Basically, what it's saying is 4519 02:59:41,760 --> 02:59:44,800 that when the monitor is flipped out and 4520 02:59:44,800 --> 02:59:47,439 facing you, do you want to lock it so 4521 02:59:47,439 --> 02:59:48,960 it's only the screen or do you want it 4522 02:59:48,960 --> 02:59:50,960 to continue auto switching? If you leave 4523 02:59:50,960 --> 02:59:52,800 it on auto one or two, when it's closed, 4524 02:59:52,800 --> 02:59:56,000 you will always get this. 4525 02:59:56,000 --> 02:59:58,640 We have a UI magnification. When it's 4526 02:59:58,640 --> 03:00:00,880 enabled, a two-finger double tap will 4527 03:00:00,880 --> 03:00:05,680 magnify. Punch in. Very useful if you 4528 03:00:05,680 --> 03:00:07,840 have vision problems. You can see mine's 4529 03:00:07,840 --> 03:00:09,680 turned on, left on. And then we have our 4530 03:00:09,680 --> 03:00:12,960 HDMI resolution. You want it to auto 4531 03:00:12,960 --> 03:00:14,960 resolute, if that's a term, or do you 4532 03:00:14,960 --> 03:00:16,960 want to have it locked into 1080p or 4533 03:00:16,960 --> 03:00:19,600 1080i? 4534 03:00:19,600 --> 03:00:22,240 Page six is that when we turn the camera 4535 03:00:22,240 --> 03:00:24,560 off, do you want the shutter to close? I 4536 03:00:24,560 --> 03:00:26,880 typically have this closed because I 4537 03:00:26,880 --> 03:00:29,760 want to keep any sensor dust off of my 4538 03:00:29,760 --> 03:00:31,359 camera [snorts] as I'm changing lenses 4539 03:00:31,359 --> 03:00:34,319 or off of the sensor. Sensor cleaning. 4540 03:00:34,319 --> 03:00:36,560 There's a little vibrating membrane over 4541 03:00:36,560 --> 03:00:39,120 our sensor that we can tell it to clean 4542 03:00:39,120 --> 03:00:41,920 at any time. If we select this, we can 4543 03:00:41,920 --> 03:00:44,720 have it clean when we power off, power 4544 03:00:44,720 --> 03:00:46,319 on and off, or we can turn it off 4545 03:00:46,319 --> 03:00:48,160 completely. 4546 03:00:48,160 --> 03:00:49,600 And then when we clean our sensor 4547 03:00:49,600 --> 03:00:51,200 manually, if I have time, I'll create a 4548 03:00:51,200 --> 03:00:54,080 lesson to show you how this is done. We 4549 03:00:54,080 --> 03:00:55,600 would come in here and select this, and 4550 03:00:55,600 --> 03:00:58,800 it would open up the shutter, and then 4551 03:00:58,800 --> 03:01:00,720 you can get access to the sensor and 4552 03:01:00,720 --> 03:01:04,479 clean it. For now, we're just going to 4553 03:01:04,479 --> 03:01:06,960 jump back out. In the beginning, when we 4554 03:01:06,960 --> 03:01:08,960 got our camera, we set up the camera 4555 03:01:08,960 --> 03:01:12,880 with a password. If we wanted to require 4556 03:01:12,880 --> 03:01:16,160 the password to get into the camera, 4557 03:01:16,160 --> 03:01:18,319 what it's asking us is to enter that 4558 03:01:18,319 --> 03:01:20,800 password. 4559 03:01:20,800 --> 03:01:22,880 We can change that password or we can 4560 03:01:22,880 --> 03:01:24,640 clear that information if we forget. 4561 03:01:24,640 --> 03:01:26,160 Just make sure that you know what your 4562 03:01:26,160 --> 03:01:29,600 password is if you turn this on. 4563 03:01:29,600 --> 03:01:30,880 And then we have our different power 4564 03:01:30,880 --> 03:01:32,319 saving features. I've turned most of 4565 03:01:32,319 --> 03:01:34,319 these off as I'm teaching. In the real 4566 03:01:34,319 --> 03:01:36,160 world, I'll turn these on just to save 4567 03:01:36,160 --> 03:01:38,319 battery to have the camera auto disable 4568 03:01:38,319 --> 03:01:40,399 or auto turn off just in case I don't 4569 03:01:40,399 --> 03:01:42,560 remember to do so myself. And then when 4570 03:01:42,560 --> 03:01:44,399 you tap the shutter button, it can wake 4571 03:01:44,399 --> 03:01:46,160 back up. There's a screen dimmer. You 4572 03:01:46,160 --> 03:01:47,920 can turn the screen off. These different 4573 03:01:47,920 --> 03:01:49,680 timers depending on how long you want to 4574 03:01:49,680 --> 03:01:52,560 do it. Auto power off, maybe after 3 4575 03:01:52,560 --> 03:01:54,960 minutes, typically pretty normal. Same 4576 03:01:54,960 --> 03:01:56,399 with the viewfinder. We can turn that 4577 03:01:56,399 --> 03:01:59,520 off separately. 4578 03:01:59,520 --> 03:02:01,520 Page seven, if you want to reset the 4579 03:02:01,520 --> 03:02:04,399 camera as a factory set, everything is 4580 03:02:04,399 --> 03:02:06,560 off or your individual settings, this is 4581 03:02:06,560 --> 03:02:09,200 where you would do it. Sometimes I 4582 03:02:09,200 --> 03:02:10,479 remember once I lent my camera to 4583 03:02:10,479 --> 03:02:11,920 somebody and they changed so many 4584 03:02:11,920 --> 03:02:13,920 things, I just came in and just reset 4585 03:02:13,920 --> 03:02:15,760 the whole camera and then reset it back 4586 03:02:15,760 --> 03:02:18,560 up. We talked about the custom shooting 4587 03:02:18,560 --> 03:02:20,319 dial. It's on the top of the camera on 4588 03:02:20,319 --> 03:02:22,479 the mode dial. You'll see this C1, C2, 4589 03:02:22,479 --> 03:02:25,520 and C3. The way this works is we set the 4590 03:02:25,520 --> 03:02:27,520 camera up exactly the way we want it for 4591 03:02:27,520 --> 03:02:29,680 that shooting mode. Come in here, 4592 03:02:29,680 --> 03:02:32,240 register the setting, and the camera 4593 03:02:32,240 --> 03:02:35,120 will save that setting to any of those 4594 03:02:35,120 --> 03:02:38,960 slots. We can clear those settings. We 4595 03:02:38,960 --> 03:02:41,600 can also auto update if this is enabled, 4596 03:02:41,600 --> 03:02:43,760 meaning that if we're on C1, C2, C3, and 4597 03:02:43,760 --> 03:02:45,680 we're changing those settings as we're 4598 03:02:45,680 --> 03:02:49,040 shooting, the camera will update them. I 4599 03:02:49,040 --> 03:02:52,240 usually leave that turned off. 4600 03:02:52,240 --> 03:02:55,200 We can also save and load our custom 4601 03:02:55,200 --> 03:02:57,439 camera settings onto a memory card and 4602 03:02:57,439 --> 03:02:59,439 transfer them between cameras that 4603 03:02:59,439 --> 03:03:02,080 support this feature. This is where we 4604 03:03:02,080 --> 03:03:04,080 would do it. Save to a card. Load from a 4605 03:03:04,080 --> 03:03:05,760 card. 4606 03:03:05,760 --> 03:03:07,840 Finally, page eight of eight. Pretty 4607 03:03:07,840 --> 03:03:09,920 straightforward. Battery health. Your 4608 03:03:09,920 --> 03:03:12,479 battery will with time will become less 4609 03:03:12,479 --> 03:03:14,399 and less efficient. Eventually, it will 4610 03:03:14,399 --> 03:03:15,840 get to a point where you will fully 4611 03:03:15,840 --> 03:03:17,840 recharge the battery and within less 4612 03:03:17,840 --> 03:03:19,920 than an hour, 40 minutes, it's already 4613 03:03:19,920 --> 03:03:23,760 dead. When you see these losing squares 4614 03:03:23,760 --> 03:03:25,760 and only one of them is filled, you know 4615 03:03:25,760 --> 03:03:28,240 it's probably time to get a new battery. 4616 03:03:28,240 --> 03:03:29,680 So, we get some battery life 4617 03:03:29,680 --> 03:03:31,760 information. 4618 03:03:31,760 --> 03:03:34,080 Copyright information deals with XF 4619 03:03:34,080 --> 03:03:35,680 data, which is the data that's written 4620 03:03:35,680 --> 03:03:38,160 into the file of every image. So, if you 4621 03:03:38,160 --> 03:03:39,920 wanted to add your name or your 4622 03:03:39,920 --> 03:03:41,680 copyright information, you could come in 4623 03:03:41,680 --> 03:03:43,520 and type this in and then for every 4624 03:03:43,520 --> 03:03:44,880 image that you would took, it would be 4625 03:03:44,880 --> 03:03:47,279 written into that file kind of behind 4626 03:03:47,279 --> 03:03:50,080 the scenes. Okay. 4627 03:03:50,080 --> 03:03:52,000 Okay, 4628 03:03:52,000 --> 03:03:54,960 come back out. 4629 03:03:54,960 --> 03:03:57,120 Show log gives us information when the 4630 03:03:57,120 --> 03:03:58,800 password, for example, was updated. You 4631 03:03:58,800 --> 03:04:00,080 can come in and see when changes were 4632 03:04:00,080 --> 03:04:02,319 made to the camera. 4633 03:04:02,319 --> 03:04:04,880 Manual software. Here's a QR code if you 4634 03:04:04,880 --> 03:04:07,680 want to open it. The manual is 1150 4635 03:04:07,680 --> 03:04:10,479 pages long. So, you know what what I'm 4636 03:04:10,479 --> 03:04:12,399 trying to do with the video is to make a 4637 03:04:12,399 --> 03:04:14,479 video version of this to get you through 4638 03:04:14,479 --> 03:04:16,160 the you know, the most of it. There are 4639 03:04:16,160 --> 03:04:17,279 some people out there who would actually 4640 03:04:17,279 --> 03:04:18,560 like to sit down and just read that 4641 03:04:18,560 --> 03:04:20,240 manual. I am not one of them. I'm a 4642 03:04:20,240 --> 03:04:23,600 video visual learner. We have a 4643 03:04:23,600 --> 03:04:25,439 certification logo display. There's 4644 03:04:25,439 --> 03:04:28,319 nothing in here to change. 4645 03:04:28,319 --> 03:04:30,880 And then we have our firmware update. 4646 03:04:30,880 --> 03:04:33,279 With time, Canon will come out with 4647 03:04:33,279 --> 03:04:35,359 updates. This is software for the 4648 03:04:35,359 --> 03:04:36,800 camera. This is where we'd come in and 4649 03:04:36,800 --> 03:04:38,560 change it. The way this works is you 4650 03:04:38,560 --> 03:04:40,000 save it onto a memory card. You put the 4651 03:04:40,000 --> 03:04:42,319 memory card into the camera and then you 4652 03:04:42,319 --> 03:04:44,560 would hit okay, and it would recognize 4653 03:04:44,560 --> 03:04:46,160 that there's a new firmware, and it 4654 03:04:46,160 --> 03:04:48,560 would update it. We can change the 4655 03:04:48,560 --> 03:04:51,200 firmware of the camera or the lens 4656 03:04:51,200 --> 03:04:53,279 depending on what the current updates 4657 03:04:53,279 --> 03:04:56,960 are. I personally kind of wait a week or 4658 03:04:56,960 --> 03:04:58,880 two after firmware updates are issued 4659 03:04:58,880 --> 03:05:00,640 because sometimes there are problems 4660 03:05:00,640 --> 03:05:02,800 with the newer firmware. So I kind of 4661 03:05:02,800 --> 03:05:04,479 wait to make sure that everything's good 4662 03:05:04,479 --> 03:05:07,200 with it before doing so. And that is the 4663 03:05:07,200 --> 03:05:09,600 yellow tab. Coming into the olive green 4664 03:05:09,600 --> 03:05:11,840 tab. Some of these things we've seen 4665 03:05:11,840 --> 03:05:13,600 earlier in the video like customizing 4666 03:05:13,600 --> 03:05:15,040 our buttons for shooting. We talked 4667 03:05:15,040 --> 03:05:17,600 about this in the focusing lesson, but 4668 03:05:17,600 --> 03:05:20,319 this graphic here with the white little 4669 03:05:20,319 --> 03:05:23,920 overlays is telling us which buttons we 4670 03:05:23,920 --> 03:05:26,560 can customize. 4671 03:05:26,560 --> 03:05:28,560 I don't really recommend doing a lot of 4672 03:05:28,560 --> 03:05:30,000 this if you're a pure beginner because 4673 03:05:30,000 --> 03:05:31,120 when you come back and watch the 4674 03:05:31,120 --> 03:05:32,720 lessons, if the button controls are 4675 03:05:32,720 --> 03:05:34,800 different, it'll be really confusing. 4676 03:05:34,800 --> 03:05:36,319 But as you become more and more 4677 03:05:36,319 --> 03:05:38,479 advanced, you will likely want to 4678 03:05:38,479 --> 03:05:40,960 customize how you shoot the buttons, 4679 03:05:40,960 --> 03:05:42,960 which buttons do what. It's important to 4680 03:05:42,960 --> 03:05:45,040 learn the functions first and to feel 4681 03:05:45,040 --> 03:05:46,880 comfortable with them before we get into 4682 03:05:46,880 --> 03:05:49,040 the efficiencies of shooting. But we've 4683 03:05:49,040 --> 03:05:50,960 seen it before. This is the same menu 4684 03:05:50,960 --> 03:05:53,920 just in the deep menu. Shutter button 4685 03:05:53,920 --> 03:05:56,560 function for movies. So when you're in a 4686 03:05:56,560 --> 03:05:58,240 movie mode, what is this halfway shutter 4687 03:05:58,240 --> 03:06:01,200 button depression do? Currently I have 4688 03:06:01,200 --> 03:06:03,200 it so it meters only, but we can also 4689 03:06:03,200 --> 03:06:06,560 set it up to meter and trigger video 4690 03:06:06,560 --> 03:06:10,000 servo or oneshot autofocus. These are 4691 03:06:10,000 --> 03:06:11,600 both different focusing modes while 4692 03:06:11,600 --> 03:06:13,840 you're in video. Going to leave it on 4693 03:06:13,840 --> 03:06:16,080 metering only for now. Talking about the 4694 03:06:16,080 --> 03:06:18,720 dials and the control rings. Primary 4695 03:06:18,720 --> 03:06:21,520 selector, secondary selector, ISO 4696 03:06:21,520 --> 03:06:24,520 selector, 4697 03:06:25,439 --> 03:06:28,240 control ring. We can customize these as 4698 03:06:28,240 --> 03:06:29,920 well. If you're coming from a different 4699 03:06:29,920 --> 03:06:32,479 system in particular, some of these 4700 03:06:32,479 --> 03:06:34,319 primary and secondary settings are in 4701 03:06:34,319 --> 03:06:36,319 different places. Or maybe for whatever 4702 03:06:36,319 --> 03:06:38,319 reason you just want to change your 4703 03:06:38,319 --> 03:06:40,640 shutter speed with the secondary control 4704 03:06:40,640 --> 03:06:42,240 wheel. You can come in and customize 4705 03:06:42,240 --> 03:06:46,000 these as well. TV is time value. It's 4706 03:06:46,000 --> 03:06:48,640 your shutter speed. AV is your aperture. 4707 03:06:48,640 --> 03:06:50,399 This last one right here, we haven't 4708 03:06:50,399 --> 03:06:51,840 really talked about it, but most of the 4709 03:06:51,840 --> 03:06:54,960 Canon RF lenses have an additional ring 4710 03:06:54,960 --> 03:06:56,640 on them. It's not your zoom ring. It's 4711 03:06:56,640 --> 03:06:58,640 not your focus ring. It's called the 4712 03:06:58,640 --> 03:07:02,640 control ring. It is a specialized ring. 4713 03:07:02,640 --> 03:07:05,520 Usually, it's knurled and you can 4714 03:07:05,520 --> 03:07:07,760 program it to do different things. I 4715 03:07:07,760 --> 03:07:09,760 have a friend who uses it for tweaking 4716 03:07:09,760 --> 03:07:12,240 his white balance. It is set up to be 4717 03:07:12,240 --> 03:07:14,720 your exposure compensation 4718 03:07:14,720 --> 03:07:17,439 while you push and hold down the halfway 4719 03:07:17,439 --> 03:07:19,680 shutter button depression. So, there's 4720 03:07:19,680 --> 03:07:21,439 tons of different things we can come in 4721 03:07:21,439 --> 03:07:23,359 and select it to do different things. 4722 03:07:23,359 --> 03:07:25,840 Your ISO, know some people use it for 4723 03:07:25,840 --> 03:07:28,240 that. For now, I just leave it on 4724 03:07:28,240 --> 03:07:30,000 exposure compensation. Once you get a 4725 03:07:30,000 --> 03:07:32,000 hang of shooting and you know what you 4726 03:07:32,000 --> 03:07:33,359 want to customize it to, this is where 4727 03:07:33,359 --> 03:07:35,760 you'd come in and customize it. Yeah. 4728 03:07:35,760 --> 03:07:37,600 So, that symbol right there is the 4729 03:07:37,600 --> 03:07:41,520 control ring on our lenses. 4730 03:07:41,520 --> 03:07:44,000 We can also customize the direction 4731 03:07:44,000 --> 03:07:46,000 whether they increase or decrease the 4732 03:07:46,000 --> 03:07:48,560 setting. By default, it's decrease to 4733 03:07:48,560 --> 03:07:50,880 the left, increase to the right. If you 4734 03:07:50,880 --> 03:07:52,960 wanted it to go the opposite way, you 4735 03:07:52,960 --> 03:07:56,399 would select reverse direction. 4736 03:07:56,399 --> 03:07:58,560 controlling direction to set shutter 4737 03:07:58,560 --> 03:08:00,479 speed or aperture. It's the same basic 4738 03:08:00,479 --> 03:08:02,720 idea when you rotate it one direction or 4739 03:08:02,720 --> 03:08:06,679 do you want to invert that? 4740 03:08:07,520 --> 03:08:10,479 Switch your primary control wheel and 4741 03:08:10,479 --> 03:08:13,200 your thumb control wheel when shooting. 4742 03:08:13,200 --> 03:08:15,359 All this does is it inverts those two 4743 03:08:15,359 --> 03:08:18,240 controls. It switches them. Second page 4744 03:08:18,240 --> 03:08:20,399 here, touch shutter. I demonstrated this 4745 03:08:20,399 --> 03:08:22,000 in the focusing lesson. It allows us to 4746 03:08:22,000 --> 03:08:24,800 touch on the monitor to focus and take 4747 03:08:24,800 --> 03:08:27,279 the picture. I tend to bump it a lot, so 4748 03:08:27,279 --> 03:08:29,760 I leave it to disabled. 4749 03:08:29,760 --> 03:08:32,160 Up here, right next to our ISO control 4750 03:08:32,160 --> 03:08:35,359 ring, we have a mid position called the 4751 03:08:35,359 --> 03:08:38,080 lock position. That when that switch is 4752 03:08:38,080 --> 03:08:40,479 pointing to the lock, it will prevent 4753 03:08:40,479 --> 03:08:42,640 the controls from registering any 4754 03:08:42,640 --> 03:08:44,160 changes. So, you can bump them and move 4755 03:08:44,160 --> 03:08:46,960 them and nothing's going to happen. In 4756 03:08:46,960 --> 03:08:50,240 this menu item, we can select which 4757 03:08:50,240 --> 03:08:52,800 items will be locked when that switch is 4758 03:08:52,800 --> 03:08:55,760 pointed to lock. We can leave our 4759 03:08:55,760 --> 03:08:58,160 primary control wheel on or off. Anyway, 4760 03:08:58,160 --> 03:08:59,359 we just come in here and select these 4761 03:08:59,359 --> 03:09:00,720 different check marks depending on how 4762 03:09:00,720 --> 03:09:03,200 you want to shoot it. Primary selector, 4763 03:09:03,200 --> 03:09:05,920 ISO selector, secondary control, which 4764 03:09:05,920 --> 03:09:07,920 is your thumb button, what I call it. 4765 03:09:07,920 --> 03:09:10,160 Joystick, touchcreen, and then our 4766 03:09:10,160 --> 03:09:13,680 control ring. Hit cancel for now. 4767 03:09:13,680 --> 03:09:16,640 Third page. This one, touch and drag, 4768 03:09:16,640 --> 03:09:18,720 autofocus settings. It's actually pretty 4769 03:09:18,720 --> 03:09:21,040 awesome if you know what it is. 4770 03:09:21,040 --> 03:09:26,080 Essentially, it turns the back monitor 4771 03:09:26,080 --> 03:09:29,520 into a touchpad for focusing 4772 03:09:29,520 --> 03:09:31,840 as we look through the viewfinder. So, 4773 03:09:31,840 --> 03:09:33,200 first of all, we'd have to come in here 4774 03:09:33,200 --> 03:09:35,279 and turn this on. 4775 03:09:35,279 --> 03:09:37,520 And then this is ask asking do you want 4776 03:09:37,520 --> 03:09:39,520 to touch and drag on the entire screen 4777 03:09:39,520 --> 03:09:41,040 or do you want to touch and drag 4778 03:09:41,040 --> 03:09:43,040 relative to the entire screen on a 4779 03:09:43,040 --> 03:09:44,399 different part depending on where you 4780 03:09:44,399 --> 03:09:48,960 touch and move in a certain direction. 4781 03:09:48,960 --> 03:09:51,279 Just preference here. 4782 03:09:51,279 --> 03:09:53,760 And then this one depends on whether 4783 03:09:53,760 --> 03:09:56,319 you're right eye dominant or left eye 4784 03:09:56,319 --> 03:09:58,800 dominant because when you're looking 4785 03:09:58,800 --> 03:10:01,600 through the viewfinder, your nose is 4786 03:10:01,600 --> 03:10:03,920 also going to be somewhere around the 4787 03:10:03,920 --> 03:10:06,080 screen. I am left eye dominant, which 4788 03:10:06,080 --> 03:10:09,120 means my nose is right here. Right eye 4789 03:10:09,120 --> 03:10:11,920 dominant shooters, 66% of you are right 4790 03:10:11,920 --> 03:10:13,920 eye dominant. Your nose is going going 4791 03:10:13,920 --> 03:10:17,600 to be over here, which means you want to 4792 03:10:17,600 --> 03:10:19,920 be able to control where this touch 4793 03:10:19,920 --> 03:10:22,720 sensitivity happens. In this case, come 4794 03:10:22,720 --> 03:10:24,560 in here. You can see anything in white 4795 03:10:24,560 --> 03:10:26,399 is where the touch monitor will be 4796 03:10:26,399 --> 03:10:27,760 sensitive as you're looking through the 4797 03:10:27,760 --> 03:10:29,520 viewfinder. 4798 03:10:29,520 --> 03:10:32,319 So bottom right, if you are a right eye 4799 03:10:32,319 --> 03:10:34,880 shooter, your nose is here. This area 4800 03:10:34,880 --> 03:10:37,600 right here as you're shooting, 4801 03:10:37,600 --> 03:10:39,600 you would come in. It's I can't really 4802 03:10:39,600 --> 03:10:40,560 show it because you have to be looking 4803 03:10:40,560 --> 03:10:42,319 through the viewfinder, but you would 4804 03:10:42,319 --> 03:10:45,439 touch here and be able to focus or 4805 03:10:45,439 --> 03:10:48,560 change where your focusing square is, 4806 03:10:48,560 --> 03:10:50,560 especially if you're on relative 4807 03:10:50,560 --> 03:10:52,960 position. I would definitely recommend 4808 03:10:52,960 --> 03:10:56,080 testing this out. Some people don't like 4809 03:10:56,080 --> 03:10:58,080 the joystick as they're shooting or they 4810 03:10:58,080 --> 03:10:59,680 want a faster option to be able to just 4811 03:10:59,680 --> 03:11:01,040 touch on the screen as they're looking 4812 03:11:01,040 --> 03:11:02,640 through the viewfinder. Left eye 4813 03:11:02,640 --> 03:11:03,920 dominant is a little bit trickier 4814 03:11:03,920 --> 03:11:06,399 because your nose's here. I typically 4815 03:11:06,399 --> 03:11:08,640 activate this top right area, this 4816 03:11:08,640 --> 03:11:11,840 little gap right in here. I don't feel 4817 03:11:11,840 --> 03:11:13,680 like it's super feasible to do it with 4818 03:11:13,680 --> 03:11:15,279 our left thumb because typically my left 4819 03:11:15,279 --> 03:11:17,600 hand is under the lens. It's usually my 4820 03:11:17,600 --> 03:11:19,120 thumb. So, it's usually in this position 4821 03:11:19,120 --> 03:11:20,880 up here. 4822 03:11:20,880 --> 03:11:23,439 Hit okay. And then we can change how 4823 03:11:23,439 --> 03:11:26,399 sensitive that touching is. Make it more 4824 03:11:26,399 --> 03:11:28,960 or less sensitive. It's a pretty cool 4825 03:11:28,960 --> 03:11:31,040 feature. 4826 03:11:31,040 --> 03:11:33,600 This guy is asking, "How do we select 4827 03:11:33,600 --> 03:11:36,319 the clusters after pressing the cluster 4828 03:11:36,319 --> 03:11:39,040 button?" The way it's set up by default 4829 03:11:39,040 --> 03:11:41,439 is to be the multi-function button by 4830 03:11:41,439 --> 03:11:43,520 toggling it. We can also do it by the 4831 03:11:43,520 --> 03:11:44,800 main dial. I'll just demonstrate what 4832 03:11:44,800 --> 03:11:46,720 this looks like real quick. Got all our 4833 03:11:46,720 --> 03:11:49,200 info here. Here's the clusters and I'm 4834 03:11:49,200 --> 03:11:53,520 toggling with the multi-function button. 4835 03:11:53,520 --> 03:11:55,600 I prefer the depth of field preview 4836 03:11:55,600 --> 03:11:57,200 selection method. Kind of hard to see 4837 03:11:57,200 --> 03:12:00,640 there. Dial this in. So, I'm hitting my 4838 03:12:00,640 --> 03:12:02,080 depth of field preview button. We 4839 03:12:02,080 --> 03:12:05,520 customized that already. 4840 03:12:05,520 --> 03:12:07,279 We can change the sensitivity of the 4841 03:12:07,279 --> 03:12:09,760 joystick. That's what that symbol means. 4842 03:12:09,760 --> 03:12:12,720 Make it more or less. 4843 03:12:12,720 --> 03:12:14,800 Our focusing ring. We can change the 4844 03:12:14,800 --> 03:12:18,560 direction in which it focuses. 4845 03:12:18,560 --> 03:12:22,080 We can change the sensitivity of when we 4846 03:12:22,080 --> 03:12:25,040 are in manual focusing. How sensitive is 4847 03:12:25,040 --> 03:12:27,279 the focusing ring? We can make it vary 4848 03:12:27,279 --> 03:12:30,560 with rotational speed or we can have it 4849 03:12:30,560 --> 03:12:35,359 change by how much we're rotating it. 4850 03:12:35,359 --> 03:12:37,200 Page four, customize buttons for 4851 03:12:37,200 --> 03:12:40,160 playback. 4852 03:12:40,160 --> 03:12:41,359 Now, to make this a little bit more 4853 03:12:41,359 --> 03:12:43,040 confusing, we also have our regular 4854 03:12:43,040 --> 03:12:44,800 button customization in this menu. It's 4855 03:12:44,800 --> 03:12:46,399 the same as we've already seen. It's the 4856 03:12:46,399 --> 03:12:48,319 same on the other tab. So, this is 4857 03:12:48,319 --> 03:12:50,960 mainly for playback. 4858 03:12:50,960 --> 03:12:53,040 When we're playing back images, we can 4859 03:12:53,040 --> 03:12:54,720 jump through them by rotating the 4860 03:12:54,720 --> 03:12:56,800 primary selector wheel. And this is 4861 03:12:56,800 --> 03:12:59,680 asking, do you want to jump by 1, 10, a 4862 03:12:59,680 --> 03:13:02,160 designated number that you can make up 4863 03:13:02,160 --> 03:13:04,640 down here on the bottom by 30? We can 4864 03:13:04,640 --> 03:13:08,240 jump by date, by folder. So, it gives us 4865 03:13:08,240 --> 03:13:10,560 a way to scroll through images faster. 4866 03:13:10,560 --> 03:13:12,560 Playback and rotating the primary 4867 03:13:12,560 --> 03:13:14,479 control wheel. This next option gives us 4868 03:13:14,479 --> 03:13:16,399 a secondary way to do that by assigning 4869 03:13:16,399 --> 03:13:19,439 a customizable button to it's a series 4870 03:13:19,439 --> 03:13:21,600 of items in the customizable menu. It's 4871 03:13:21,600 --> 03:13:24,399 like jump with folder in time. You 4872 03:13:24,399 --> 03:13:26,720 assign that to a button, press and hold 4873 03:13:26,720 --> 03:13:28,720 it down and then rotate the secondary 4874 03:13:28,720 --> 03:13:30,160 control wheel and it gives you a second 4875 03:13:30,160 --> 03:13:32,640 way to jump through those images. Same 4876 03:13:32,640 --> 03:13:38,160 basic idea as this other one right here. 4877 03:13:38,160 --> 03:13:41,200 We can invert the primary selector wheel 4878 03:13:41,200 --> 03:13:43,279 and the ISO selector wheel that I call. 4879 03:13:43,279 --> 03:13:45,359 We can make those invert if we wanted to 4880 03:13:45,359 --> 03:13:47,920 during playback. 4881 03:13:47,920 --> 03:13:50,560 Page five, touch control. Yes, we want 4882 03:13:50,560 --> 03:13:52,479 touch control, but if you are, for 4883 03:13:52,479 --> 03:13:54,720 example, a very high-end sports shooter 4884 03:13:54,720 --> 03:13:56,239 and you're doing everything with manual 4885 03:13:56,239 --> 03:13:57,600 controls, you can come in and turn this 4886 03:13:57,600 --> 03:14:00,239 off. So, it would turn the back monitor 4887 03:14:00,239 --> 03:14:02,399 off 4888 03:14:02,399 --> 03:14:03,760 and then we can clear all of the 4889 03:14:03,760 --> 03:14:05,359 customized controls that we just went 4890 03:14:05,359 --> 03:14:09,200 through. and that is the olive tab. The 4891 03:14:09,200 --> 03:14:11,359 orange tab customizations deal with 4892 03:14:11,359 --> 03:14:14,319 fine-tuning how our camera responds to 4893 03:14:14,319 --> 03:14:16,560 changes. For example, when we're talking 4894 03:14:16,560 --> 03:14:18,800 about changing our exposure increments, 4895 03:14:18,800 --> 03:14:20,880 it does it in one/ird stops. There are 4896 03:14:20,880 --> 03:14:23,840 people who prefer one half stops. Same 4897 03:14:23,840 --> 03:14:26,080 thing with ISO. Different tweaks in 4898 03:14:26,080 --> 03:14:28,479 terms of how to retain our speed after 4899 03:14:28,479 --> 03:14:32,640 using auto ISO. How we cancel auto 4900 03:14:32,640 --> 03:14:34,479 bracketing. A lot of these are just 4901 03:14:34,479 --> 03:14:37,120 really niche types of customizations for 4902 03:14:37,120 --> 03:14:38,080 beginning and intermediate 4903 03:14:38,080 --> 03:14:39,520 photographers. Most of them, I would 4904 03:14:39,520 --> 03:14:41,840 say, don't really worry about them. If 4905 03:14:41,840 --> 03:14:43,359 you use your bracketing a lot, you can 4906 03:14:43,359 --> 03:14:46,080 change how the camera changes the 4907 03:14:46,080 --> 03:14:48,319 exposure from shot to shot with an even, 4908 03:14:48,319 --> 03:14:51,040 under, or over exposure. We can change 4909 03:14:51,040 --> 03:14:53,920 that order. 4910 03:14:53,920 --> 03:14:56,080 We can change the number of bracketed 4911 03:14:56,080 --> 03:14:57,840 shots 4912 03:14:57,840 --> 03:15:00,880 anywhere from three to seven. 4913 03:15:00,880 --> 03:15:02,960 page two 4914 03:15:02,960 --> 03:15:05,200 called safety shift that we didn't turn 4915 03:15:05,200 --> 03:15:07,600 on. I don't really use it. It's asking 4916 03:15:07,600 --> 03:15:09,439 if the camera is shifting your 4917 03:15:09,439 --> 03:15:12,080 highlights to be exposed properly. Do 4918 03:15:12,080 --> 03:15:13,439 you want it to shift by shutter speed, 4919 03:15:13,439 --> 03:15:16,080 aperture, or ISO speed? I typically 4920 03:15:16,080 --> 03:15:18,640 leave it turned off when you change 4921 03:15:18,640 --> 03:15:20,960 lenses. So, if you have two different 4922 03:15:20,960 --> 03:15:23,840 lenses and you're changing them, we can 4923 03:15:23,840 --> 03:15:25,760 turn this feature on to allow the 4924 03:15:25,760 --> 03:15:28,399 exposure to be the same between changes. 4925 03:15:28,399 --> 03:15:30,160 And it's asking, do you want to do it by 4926 03:15:30,160 --> 03:15:32,479 ISO, combination of ISO and shutter 4927 03:15:32,479 --> 03:15:35,120 speed, or just shutter speed? I don't 4928 03:15:35,120 --> 03:15:37,279 recommend doing this. You know, you put 4929 03:15:37,279 --> 03:15:39,439 a new lens on there, change the settings 4930 03:15:39,439 --> 03:15:42,439 accordingly. 4931 03:15:42,800 --> 03:15:46,399 Autoexposure lock metering mode after 4932 03:15:46,399 --> 03:15:48,880 focus. What this means is that when we 4933 03:15:48,880 --> 03:15:50,640 push and hold the shutter button halfway 4934 03:15:50,640 --> 03:15:53,200 down, especially when we're one shot, 4935 03:15:53,200 --> 03:15:54,960 when we're pushing that halfway down and 4936 03:15:54,960 --> 03:15:56,640 we get a focusing lock, we're also 4937 03:15:56,640 --> 03:15:59,200 getting an exposure lock. And it's 4938 03:15:59,200 --> 03:16:01,120 asking when you push the shutter button 4939 03:16:01,120 --> 03:16:02,800 halfway down, when you have a certain 4940 03:16:02,800 --> 03:16:06,319 metering mode selected, will this lock 4941 03:16:06,319 --> 03:16:09,359 that exposure setting? I'll leave it on 4942 03:16:09,359 --> 03:16:12,239 evaluated for now. Going to hit okay. We 4943 03:16:12,239 --> 03:16:14,800 can also set our shutter speed range in 4944 03:16:14,800 --> 03:16:17,200 mechanical or electronic. So, this is 4945 03:16:17,200 --> 03:16:19,920 the full range that we can dial in 4946 03:16:19,920 --> 03:16:22,720 without going into bulb mode. And we 4947 03:16:22,720 --> 03:16:25,120 also have it for electronic 4948 03:16:25,120 --> 03:16:28,640 up to 116,000th of a second. We can also 4949 03:16:28,640 --> 03:16:30,560 select our aperture range. I just leave 4950 03:16:30,560 --> 03:16:32,160 this here because your aperture is going 4951 03:16:32,160 --> 03:16:36,200 to be limited by your lens. 4952 03:16:38,160 --> 03:16:39,840 But if you wanted to limit it within a 4953 03:16:39,840 --> 03:16:42,479 certain range, you could do it here. 4954 03:16:42,479 --> 03:16:44,479 Third tab in the orange customization 4955 03:16:44,479 --> 03:16:46,800 menu. The cropping information is kind 4956 03:16:46,800 --> 03:16:48,960 of an overlay. As you're shooting, 4957 03:16:48,960 --> 03:16:51,279 you'll get these little guidelines. Just 4958 03:16:51,279 --> 03:16:53,040 select 6x6. I'm going to tap the shutter 4959 03:16:53,040 --> 03:16:54,399 button. Kind of hard to see. I'll turn 4960 03:16:54,399 --> 03:16:57,520 this down. So, we get these guidelines. 4961 03:16:57,520 --> 03:17:01,120 6x6 is a square. It doesn't crop the 4962 03:17:01,120 --> 03:17:03,439 image. It just kind of gives you kind of 4963 03:17:03,439 --> 03:17:06,080 a range when you're shooting to help you 4964 03:17:06,080 --> 03:17:07,920 know what's going to be in frame 4965 03:17:07,920 --> 03:17:10,080 depending on your aspect ratio. When you 4966 03:17:10,080 --> 03:17:13,040 go to post, we can customize the garbage 4967 03:17:13,040 --> 03:17:15,359 can icon. So, when we're deleting 4968 03:17:15,359 --> 03:17:18,800 images, which option do you want it to 4969 03:17:18,800 --> 03:17:20,479 give you? 4970 03:17:20,479 --> 03:17:22,160 Let's just do it real quick. Press this. 4971 03:17:22,160 --> 03:17:24,560 We hit the garbage can icon. You can see 4972 03:17:24,560 --> 03:17:27,600 this highlight is on cancel. 4973 03:17:27,600 --> 03:17:31,359 Come back out. So, it's basically asking 4974 03:17:31,359 --> 03:17:33,600 what is the default selection when you 4975 03:17:33,600 --> 03:17:36,479 press the garbage can icon depending on 4976 03:17:36,479 --> 03:17:38,160 your preference. 4977 03:17:38,160 --> 03:17:40,960 Release shutter without lens. So, if you 4978 03:17:40,960 --> 03:17:42,399 don't have a lens on, do you want it to 4979 03:17:42,399 --> 03:17:46,239 be able to release the shutter? 4980 03:17:46,239 --> 03:17:48,800 If you you're using a very specific type 4981 03:17:48,800 --> 03:17:51,279 of Canon lens that can zoom in and out, 4982 03:17:51,279 --> 03:17:52,960 you want to retract the lens when you 4983 03:17:52,960 --> 03:17:56,479 turn the power off. That's on. IPCC 4984 03:17:56,479 --> 03:17:59,200 information is more metadata. We have to 4985 03:17:59,200 --> 03:18:02,479 set this up using the EOS utility 4986 03:18:02,479 --> 03:18:04,239 connection app. It allows us to put 4987 03:18:04,239 --> 03:18:06,080 additional information into the camera 4988 03:18:06,080 --> 03:18:08,000 so we can identify our images when we're 4989 03:18:08,000 --> 03:18:09,520 shooting it. If you know what it is, 4990 03:18:09,520 --> 03:18:10,880 this is where you set it up. If you 4991 03:18:10,880 --> 03:18:13,359 don't, don't worry about it. Clear all 4992 03:18:13,359 --> 03:18:14,960 custom functions. So, anything we 4993 03:18:14,960 --> 03:18:17,680 changed or set up in the custom function 4994 03:18:17,680 --> 03:18:19,279 orange menu, this is where we could 4995 03:18:19,279 --> 03:18:21,200 clear it. And that is the orange tab. 4996 03:18:21,200 --> 03:18:23,120 Finally, we have the green menu. This is 4997 03:18:23,120 --> 03:18:25,600 my favorite menu because we've covered a 4998 03:18:25,600 --> 03:18:28,479 ton of menu items. This allows you to 4999 03:18:28,479 --> 03:18:31,120 customize it to just have the ones that 5000 03:18:31,120 --> 03:18:32,479 you're interested in. So, you're going 5001 03:18:32,479 --> 03:18:37,080 to come into add to my menu tab. 5002 03:18:38,560 --> 03:18:40,160 And you're going to see that we can even 5003 03:18:40,160 --> 03:18:42,720 configure additional pages in here. So 5004 03:18:42,720 --> 03:18:45,040 I'm going to go into my menu, select 5005 03:18:45,040 --> 03:18:47,840 items to register. Image quality is one 5006 03:18:47,840 --> 03:18:49,600 of the ones that I do change 5007 03:18:49,600 --> 03:18:51,279 occasionally. So I'm going to select 5008 03:18:51,279 --> 03:18:54,080 that. Hit okay. 5009 03:18:54,080 --> 03:18:57,120 Come out of the menu. And now you can 5010 03:18:57,120 --> 03:18:59,840 see that I have image quality here. So 5011 03:18:59,840 --> 03:19:01,600 instead of needing to search through the 5012 03:19:01,600 --> 03:19:04,479 entire menu, you can drop items in here 5013 03:19:04,479 --> 03:19:07,760 all the time. Another one is formatting 5014 03:19:07,760 --> 03:19:11,319 my memory cards. 5015 03:19:15,120 --> 03:19:18,399 Going to hit okay. Focus bracketing is 5016 03:19:18,399 --> 03:19:20,399 definitely one I use a lot. I'm going to 5017 03:19:20,399 --> 03:19:22,640 select that. 5018 03:19:22,640 --> 03:19:25,279 Once I have those set up, 5019 03:19:25,279 --> 03:19:27,920 there they are and I'm good to go. If I 5020 03:19:27,920 --> 03:19:29,840 wanted to put them on a second page, it 5021 03:19:29,840 --> 03:19:33,479 would do the same thing. 5022 03:19:35,680 --> 03:19:37,520 So now I have three pages in here and it 5023 03:19:37,520 --> 03:19:39,359 would come in and repeat the process. So 5024 03:19:39,359 --> 03:19:41,920 that is how we add items to the my menu 5025 03:19:41,920 --> 03:19:44,479 tab. Quick, easy, fast access for the 5026 03:19:44,479 --> 03:19:47,279 just the items that you need. Finally, 5027 03:19:47,279 --> 03:19:48,640 there's something I want to point out 5028 03:19:48,640 --> 03:19:51,520 real quick. Tap the shutter button. 5029 03:19:51,520 --> 03:19:53,120 So you can see that I'm in a stills mode 5030 03:19:53,120 --> 03:19:56,160 because we're showing the entire frame. 5031 03:19:56,160 --> 03:19:58,479 When I flip over to video mode, we get 5032 03:19:58,479 --> 03:20:01,200 this cropping. This is a 16x9 aspect 5033 03:20:01,200 --> 03:20:03,520 ratio. It's typically considered the 5034 03:20:03,520 --> 03:20:07,000 general cinema. 5035 03:20:07,840 --> 03:20:10,319 When we come into the deep menu, once we 5036 03:20:10,319 --> 03:20:13,439 are in the video mode, we get a few 5037 03:20:13,439 --> 03:20:15,840 other options on this first tab. And 5038 03:20:15,840 --> 03:20:18,000 this can be kind of confusing. I'm 5039 03:20:18,000 --> 03:20:19,520 pointing this out because there's a 5040 03:20:19,520 --> 03:20:21,520 couple features in here that you're 5041 03:20:21,520 --> 03:20:23,200 going to want to know about at some 5042 03:20:23,200 --> 03:20:26,800 point. Open gate is a term, and you can 5043 03:20:26,800 --> 03:20:29,520 see it's not highlighted here. This is a 5044 03:20:29,520 --> 03:20:32,479 term to record video using the entire 5045 03:20:32,479 --> 03:20:36,560 sensor. So currently if I flip to stills 5046 03:20:36,560 --> 03:20:38,160 mode, you can see that we get more of 5047 03:20:38,160 --> 03:20:40,720 the sensor showing. When we flip to 5048 03:20:40,720 --> 03:20:44,080 video, we get this crop. So in order to 5049 03:20:44,080 --> 03:20:46,880 record using the entire sensor, we have 5050 03:20:46,880 --> 03:20:48,479 to be in something that's called open 5051 03:20:48,479 --> 03:20:52,319 gate. So for whatever reason in XFAVSC, 5052 03:20:52,319 --> 03:20:55,040 which is is this container that records 5053 03:20:55,040 --> 03:20:58,000 the video, open gate doesn't like this. 5054 03:20:58,000 --> 03:21:01,200 It wants us to be on one of these or in 5055 03:21:01,200 --> 03:21:05,760 raw video. So let's say 420 at 10 bit. 5056 03:21:05,760 --> 03:21:07,520 Now we have open gate and we can turn 5057 03:21:07,520 --> 03:21:10,160 this on. Tap the shutter button and now 5058 03:21:10,160 --> 03:21:13,439 you can see we get the full frame in the 5059 03:21:13,439 --> 03:21:15,439 sensor. We're getting a heat warning. 5060 03:21:15,439 --> 03:21:16,960 It's telling us that our setting has 5061 03:21:16,960 --> 03:21:20,319 changed. So just understand that that is 5062 03:21:20,319 --> 03:21:22,640 a requirement for open gate recording. 5063 03:21:22,640 --> 03:21:27,120 Also, this is where we can activate RAW 5064 03:21:27,120 --> 03:21:30,000 video. This is 7K RAW video even at open 5065 03:21:30,000 --> 03:21:33,359 gate or we can turn that off. Just know 5066 03:21:33,359 --> 03:21:36,080 that your RAW video shooting is going to 5067 03:21:36,080 --> 03:21:39,439 literally just eat up your memory cards 5068 03:21:39,439 --> 03:21:42,160 in terms of space. Lots of data in 5069 03:21:42,160 --> 03:21:45,200 there. 2,600 megabits per second. That's 5070 03:21:45,200 --> 03:21:48,399 a huge amount of data, but incredible 5071 03:21:48,399 --> 03:21:50,080 color grading options. You know, if 5072 03:21:50,080 --> 03:21:51,200 you're shooting a commercial or 5073 03:21:51,200 --> 03:21:52,239 something of that nature, you could 5074 03:21:52,239 --> 03:21:53,680 probably handle it with, you know, a few 5075 03:21:53,680 --> 03:21:55,600 cards. If you're shooting a film or a 5076 03:21:55,600 --> 03:21:56,800 movie, you're going to need a lot of 5077 03:21:56,800 --> 03:21:58,479 cards. Then you also run the risk of the 5078 03:21:58,479 --> 03:22:00,479 camera overheating. 5079 03:22:00,479 --> 03:22:02,080 Just keep that in mind. We can come in 5080 03:22:02,080 --> 03:22:04,000 once RAW is set up and we can select our 5081 03:22:04,000 --> 03:22:06,239 frame rate. And I believe this is a 5082 03:22:06,239 --> 03:22:08,239 compressed raw here. Yeah, light raw. 5083 03:22:08,239 --> 03:22:11,040 So, here's standard raw and light raw. 5084 03:22:11,040 --> 03:22:13,359 Coming back out. 5085 03:22:13,359 --> 03:22:15,120 I just wanted to demonstrate this is 5086 03:22:15,120 --> 03:22:17,600 where raw and open gate recording 5087 03:22:17,600 --> 03:22:19,760 happens. If you're just learning, 5088 03:22:19,760 --> 03:22:21,840 starting to understand video recording, 5089 03:22:21,840 --> 03:22:24,640 keep it here for now. It's a much 5090 03:22:24,640 --> 03:22:26,239 smaller file size, much more 5091 03:22:26,239 --> 03:22:28,880 straightforward, and doesn't take up as 5092 03:22:28,880 --> 03:22:31,120 much memory space. 5093 03:22:31,120 --> 03:22:33,520 As we move through these other tabs, a 5094 03:22:33,520 --> 03:22:35,279 lot of these we've already covered. 5095 03:22:35,279 --> 03:22:38,640 There are a couple new items like 5096 03:22:38,640 --> 03:22:41,920 changing our aperture value in 1/8 5097 03:22:41,920 --> 03:22:44,640 increments, things of that nature. 5098 03:22:44,640 --> 03:22:45,760 There's a couple in here that would 5099 03:22:45,760 --> 03:22:47,920 actually be good secondary le lessons 5100 03:22:47,920 --> 03:22:51,760 like time-lapse movie selftimer. 5101 03:22:51,760 --> 03:22:54,080 We have a pre-recording set so you can 5102 03:22:54,080 --> 03:22:55,920 pre-record. 5103 03:22:55,920 --> 03:22:58,000 You can see it right here. Probably 5104 03:22:58,000 --> 03:22:59,520 running or cycling through that little 5105 03:22:59,520 --> 03:23:01,279 buffer and then when we press the record 5106 03:23:01,279 --> 03:23:04,560 button it will have a few seconds from 5107 03:23:04,560 --> 03:23:07,040 before we pressed that button on. Very 5108 03:23:07,040 --> 03:23:08,560 nice. 5109 03:23:08,560 --> 03:23:10,239 For the most part, a lot of these menu 5110 03:23:10,239 --> 03:23:12,399 items are going to be doing exactly the 5111 03:23:12,399 --> 03:23:13,439 same thing that we've already talked 5112 03:23:13,439 --> 03:23:15,040 about. We have a tally lamp. So, just 5113 03:23:15,040 --> 03:23:17,040 wanted to point those out. When we're 5114 03:23:17,040 --> 03:23:18,720 talking about gear recommendations, one 5115 03:23:18,720 --> 03:23:20,319 of the first things you want to look at 5116 03:23:20,319 --> 03:23:23,279 is a tripod. I like the Bogen Monro 5117 03:23:23,279 --> 03:23:27,279 carbon fibers. I have the 055. They have 5118 03:23:27,279 --> 03:23:28,960 different variants of it now, and I like 5119 03:23:28,960 --> 03:23:31,120 the XPro ball head. There are tons of 5120 03:23:31,120 --> 03:23:32,880 great companies out there. Just make 5121 03:23:32,880 --> 03:23:35,200 sure that you invest into your tripod 5122 03:23:35,200 --> 03:23:37,120 into a company that is going to last you 5123 03:23:37,120 --> 03:23:38,880 for many years. Let me give you some 5124 03:23:38,880 --> 03:23:41,120 lens recommendations. Now, there's two 5125 03:23:41,120 --> 03:23:42,640 different kinds of Canon lenses you're 5126 03:23:42,640 --> 03:23:44,800 going to see. There are the EF lenses, 5127 03:23:44,800 --> 03:23:47,840 which deal with the older DSLR mount. 5128 03:23:47,840 --> 03:23:50,080 There's also the RF lenses, which are 5129 03:23:50,080 --> 03:23:51,920 the newer mounts made for the mirrorless 5130 03:23:51,920 --> 03:23:54,080 cameras. You can get an adapter that 5131 03:23:54,080 --> 03:23:57,040 will allow you to use older EF glass on 5132 03:23:57,040 --> 03:23:59,279 your Canon R six Mark III. I have one. I 5133 03:23:59,279 --> 03:24:01,680 use it all the time. Some of that glass 5134 03:24:01,680 --> 03:24:04,160 is more affordable if these other ones 5135 03:24:04,160 --> 03:24:06,960 are out of reach. So, talking about the 5136 03:24:06,960 --> 03:24:08,960 lenses that I really like and recommend, 5137 03:24:08,960 --> 03:24:12,160 it's a 24 to 105 F4 as a walkaround 5138 03:24:12,160 --> 03:24:14,560 general purpose shooter. On the wide 5139 03:24:14,560 --> 03:24:17,760 side, I like the 14 to35 F4. If you can 5140 03:24:17,760 --> 03:24:20,720 afford it, the 15 to35 2.8. Both of 5141 03:24:20,720 --> 03:24:23,760 those lenses have far more wide focal 5142 03:24:23,760 --> 03:24:25,120 lengths to allow you to shoot 5143 03:24:25,120 --> 03:24:27,600 landscapes. If you're a sports shooter 5144 03:24:27,600 --> 03:24:29,600 on a budget, take a look at the 100 to 5145 03:24:29,600 --> 03:24:33,120 400 RF. It's a great way to get into 5146 03:24:33,120 --> 03:24:34,880 sports or wildlife shooting if you're on 5147 03:24:34,880 --> 03:24:38,399 a tight budget. I like the 100 to 500 5148 03:24:38,399 --> 03:24:41,359 RF. This is my main safari lens when I 5149 03:24:41,359 --> 03:24:43,920 am shooting in Africa. Canon also makes 5150 03:24:43,920 --> 03:24:45,840 these very intriguing, what I call 5151 03:24:45,840 --> 03:24:47,359 daylight lenses. They're a little bit 5152 03:24:47,359 --> 03:24:50,160 more affordable. There's the 600 F11 and 5153 03:24:50,160 --> 03:24:52,800 the 800 F11. Small aperture, but if you 5154 03:24:52,800 --> 03:24:54,000 have enough daylight, they're pretty 5155 03:24:54,000 --> 03:24:55,840 impressive. Out of those two, I actually 5156 03:24:55,840 --> 03:24:58,960 prefer the 600 F11. If you have enough 5157 03:24:58,960 --> 03:25:01,359 money, the holy grail, in my opinion, is 5158 03:25:01,359 --> 03:25:05,040 the 28 to 70 F2. Holy cow, what an 5159 03:25:05,040 --> 03:25:07,439 amazing lens. Canon also makes a ton of 5160 03:25:07,439 --> 03:25:09,359 amazing primes. For example, if you get 5161 03:25:09,359 --> 03:25:12,399 into macro photography, the 100 RF macro 5162 03:25:12,399 --> 03:25:14,800 is amazing. At some point, you are going 5163 03:25:14,800 --> 03:25:16,399 to be ready for your first camera 5164 03:25:16,399 --> 03:25:17,920 filters. And as you know through this 5165 03:25:17,920 --> 03:25:19,840 video, I am the creator of Maven 5166 03:25:19,840 --> 03:25:21,600 filters. These are colorcoded, 5167 03:25:21,600 --> 03:25:25,279 awardwinning, and patented. You are 5168 03:25:25,279 --> 03:25:27,600 absolutely going to love them. They're 5169 03:25:27,600 --> 03:25:29,840 magnetic. They allow you to identify and 5170 03:25:29,840 --> 03:25:32,399 use your filters instantly. Again, I am 5171 03:25:32,399 --> 03:25:34,000 Michael the Maven, and I want to say 5172 03:25:34,000 --> 03:25:35,439 thank you so much for trusting [music] 5173 03:25:35,439 --> 03:25:37,439 me with your instruction. I hope you 5174 03:25:37,439 --> 03:25:40,720 found it useful. Come back anytime. Be 5175 03:25:40,720 --> 03:25:42,720 sure to check us out in the Facebook 5176 03:25:42,720 --> 03:25:44,239 group. Thank you guys so much for 5177 03:25:44,239 --> 03:25:48,600 watching and I'll see you next time. 5178 03:25:51,200 --> 03:25:54,200 Heat. Heat. 396904

Can't find what you're looking for?
Get subtitles in any language from opensubtitles.com, and translate them here.